Part 74—Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast And

Home , Broadcast transmitter, Frequency assignment, KILO, Station identification, Television broadcasting

Federal Communications Commission Pt. 74

PART 74—EXPERIMENTAL RADIO, Subpart E—Aural Broadcast Auxiliary AUXILIARY, SPECIAL BROADCAST Stations AND OTHER PROGRAM DISTRIBU- 74.501 Classes of aural broadcast auxiliary TIONAL SERVICES stations. 74.502 Frequency assignment. Subpart—General; Rules Applicable to All 74.503 Frequency selection. 74.531 Permissible service. Services in Part 74 74.532 Licensing requirements. Sec. 74.533 Remote control and unattended oper- 74.1 Scope. ation. 74.534 Power limitations. 74.2 General definitions. 74.535 Emission and bandwidth. 74.3 FCC inspections of stations. 74.536 Directional antenna required. 74.5 Cross reference to rules in other parts. 74.537 Temporary authorizations. 74.6 Licensing of broadcast auxiliary and 74.550 Equipment authorization. low power auxiliary stations. 74.551 Equipment changes. 74.12 Notification of filing of applications. 74.561 Frequency tolerance. 74.13 Equipment tests. 74.562 Frequency monitors and measure- 74.14 Service or program tests. ments. 74.15 Station license period. 74.564 Posting of station license. 74.16 Temporary extension of station li- 74.582 Station identification. censes. 74.18 Transmitter control and operation. Subpart F—Television Broadcast Auxiliary 74.19 Special technical records. Stations 74.21 Broadcasting emergency information. 74.22 Use of common antenna structure. 74.600 Eligibility for license. 74.23 Interference jeopardizing safety of life 74.601 Classes of TV broadcast auxiliary sta- or protection of property. tions. 74.24 Short-term operation. 74.602 Frequency assignment. 74.25 Temporary conditional operating au- 74.603 Sound channels. thority. 74.604 Interference avoidance. 74.28 Additional orders. 74.605 Registration of stationary television 74.30 Antenna structure, marking and light- pickup receive sites. ing. 74.631 Permissible service. 74.632 Licensing requirements. 74.32 Operation in the 17.7–17.8 GHz and 17.8– 74.633 Temporary authorizations. 19.7 GHz bands. 74.634 Remote control operation. 74.34 Period of construction; certification of 74.635 Unattended operation. completion of construction. 74.636 Power limitations. 74.637 Emissions and emission limitations. Subparts A–C [Reserved] 74.638 Frequency coordination. 74.641 Antenna systems. Subpart D—Remote Pickup Broadcast 74.643 Interference to geostationary-sat- Stations ellites. 74.644 Minimum path lengths for fixed 74.401 Definitions. links. 74.402 Frequency assignment. 74.651 Equipment changes. 74.403 Frequency selection to avoid inter- 74.655 Authorization of equipment. ference. 74.661 Frequency tolerance. 74.431 Special rules applicable to remote 74.662 Frequency monitors and measure- pickup stations. ments. 74.432 Licensing requirements and proce- 74.663 Modulation limits. dures. 74.664 Posting of station license. 74.433 Temporary authorizations. 74.682 Station identification. 74.434 Remote control operation. 74.690 Transition of the 1990–2025 MHz band 74.436 Special requirements for automatic from the Broadcast Auxiliary Service to relay stations. emerging technologies. 74.451 Certification of equipment. 74.452 Equipment changes. Subpart G—Low Power TV, TV Translator, 74.461 Transmitter power. and TV Booster Stations 74.462 Authorized bandwidth and emissions. 74.463 Modulation requirements. 74.701 Definitions. 74.464 Frequency tolerance. 74.702 Channel assignments. 74.465 Frequency monitors and measure- 74.703 Interference. ments. 74.705 TV broadcast analog station protec- 74.482 Station identification. tion.

435

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00445 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.1 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

74.706 Digital TV (DTV) station protection. 74.833 Temporary authorizations. 74.707 Low power TV and TV translator sta- 74.851 Certification of equipment; prohibition protection. tion on manufacture, import, sale, lease, 74.708 Class A TV and digital Class A TV offer for sale or lease, or shipment of de- station protection. vices that operate in the 700 MHz Band; 74.709 Land mobile station protection. labeling for 700 MHz band equipment des- 74.710 Digital low power TV and TV trans- tined for non-U.S. markets; disclosure lator station protection. for the core TV bands. 74.731 Purpose and permissible service. 74.852 Equipment changes. 74.732 Eligibility and licensing require- 74.861 Technical requirements. ments. 74.870 Wireless video assist devices. 74.733 UHF translator signal boosters. 74.882 Station identification. 74.734 Attended and unattended operation. 74.735 Power limitations. Subparts I–K [Reserved] 74.736 Emissions and bandwidth. 74.737 Antenna location. Subpart L—FM Broadcast Translator 74.750 Transmission system facilities. Stations and FM Broadcast Booster Stations 74.751 Modification of transmission systems. 74.1201 Definitions. 74.761 Frequency tolerance. 74.1202 Frequency assignment. 74.762 Frequency measurements. 74.1203 Interference. 74.763 Time of operation. 74.1204 Protection of FM broadcast, FM 74.765 Posting of station and operator li- Translator and LP100 stations. censes. 74.1205 Protection of channel 6 TV broad- 74.769 Copies of rules. cast stations. 74.780 Broadcast regulations applicable to 74.1231 Purpose and permissible service. translators, low power, and booster sta- 74.1232 Eligibility and licensing require- tions. ments. 74.781 Station records. 74.1233 Processing FM translator and boost- 74.783 Station identification. er station applications. 74.784 Rebroadcasts. 74.1234 Unattended operation. 74.785 Low power TV digital data service 74.1235 Power limitations and antenna sys- pilot project. tems. 74.786 Digital channel assignments. 74.1236 Emission and bandwidth. 74.787 Digital licensing. 74.1237 Antenna location. 74.788 Digital construction period. 74.1250 Transmitters and associated equip- 74.789 Broadcast regulations applicable to ment. digital low power television and tele- 74.1251 Technical and equipment modifica- vision translator stations. tions. 74.790 Permissible service of digital TV 74.1261 Frequency tolerance. translator and LPTV stations. 74.1262 Frequency monitors and measure- 74.791 Digital call signs. ments. 74.792 Digital low power TV and TV trans- 74.1263 Time of operation. lator station protected contour. 74.1265 Posting of station license. 74.793 Digital low power TV and TV trans- 74.1269 Copies of rules. lator station protection of broadcast sta- 74.1281 Station records. tions. 74.1283 Station identification. 74.794 Digital emissions. 74.1284 Rebroadcasts. 74.795 Digital low power TV and TV trans- 74.1290 FM translator and booster station lator transmission system facilities. information available on the Internet. 74.796 Modification of digital transmission ALPHABETICAL INDEX—PART 74 systems and analog transmission systems for digital operation. AUTHORITY: 47 U.S.C. 154, 302a, 303, 307, 309, 74.797 Biennial Ownership Reports. 336 and 554. 74.798 Digital television transition notices EDITORIAL NOTE: Nomenclature changes to by broadcasters. part 74 appear at 64 FR 4055, Jan. 27, 1999.

Subpart H—Low Power Auxiliary Stations Subpart—General; Rules Applica- 74.801 Definitions. ble to All Services in Part 74 74.802 Frequency assignment. 74.803 Frequency selection to avoid inter- § 74.1 Scope. ference. 74.831 Scope of service and permissible (a) The rules in this subpart are ap- transmissions. plicable to the Auxiliary and Special 74.832 Licensing requirements and proce- Broadcast and Other Program Distribu- dures. tional Services.

436

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00446 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.6

(b) Rules in part 74 which apply ex- are also applicable to other services, clusively to a particular service are are set forth in the following parts of contained in that service subpart, as the FCC Rules and Regulations: follows: Remote Pickup Broadcast Sta- (a) Part 1, ‘‘Practice and procedure’’. tions, subpart D; Aural Broadcast STL (1) Subpart A, ‘‘General Rules of and Intercity Relay Stations, subpart Practice and Procedure’’. (§§ 1.1 to E; TV Auxiliary Broadcast Stations, 1.117). subpart F; Low-power TV, TV Trans- (2) Subpart B, ‘‘Hearing Pro- lator and TV Booster Stations, subpart ceedings’’. (§§ 1.201 to 1.364). G; Low-power Auxiliary Stations, sub- (3) Subpart C, ‘‘Rulemaking Pro- part H; FM Broadcast Translator Sta- ceedings’’. (§§ 1.399 to 1.430). tions and FM Broadcast Booster Sta- (4) Subpart F, ‘‘Wireless Tele- tions, subpart L. communications Services Applications [78 FR 25174, Apr. 29, 2013] and Proceedings’’. (§§ 1.901 to 1.981). (5) Subpart G, ‘‘Schedule of Statu- § 74.2 General definitions. tory Charges and Procedures for Pay- Broadcast network-entity. A broadcast ment’’. (§§ 1.1101 to 1.1120). network-entity is an organization (6) Subpart H, ‘‘Ex Parte Presen- which produces programs available for tations’’. (§§ 1.1200 to 1.1216). simultaneous transmission by 10 or (7) Subpart I, ‘‘Procedures Imple- more affiliated broadcast stations and menting the National Environmental having distribution facilities or cir- Policy Act of 1969’’. (§§ 1.1301 to 1.1319). cuits available to such affiliated sta- (8) Part 1, Subpart W of this chapter, tions at least 12 hours each day. ‘‘FCC Registration Number’’. (§§ 1.8001– Cable network-entity. A cable net- 1.8005.) work-entity is an organization which (b) Part 2, ‘‘Frequency Allocations produces programs available for simul- and Radio Treaty Matters, General taneous transmission by cable systems Rules and Regulations’’, including sub- serving a combined total of at least parts A, ‘‘Terminology’’; B, ‘‘Alloca- 5,000,000 subscribers and having dis- tion, Assignments and Use of Radio tribution facilities or circuits available Frequencies’’; C, ‘‘Emissions’’; D, ‘‘Call to such affiliated stations or cable sys- Signs and Other Forms of Identifying tems. Radio Transmissions’’; and J, ‘‘Equip- ment Authorization Proceedings’’. [51 FR 4601, Feb. 6, 1986] (c) [Reserved] (d) Part 17, ‘‘Construction, Marking § 74.3 FCC inspections of stations. and Lighting of Antenna Structures’’. (a) The licensee of a station author- (e) Part 73, ‘‘Radio Broadcast Serv- ized under this part must make the ices’’. station available for inspection by rep- (f) Part 101, ‘‘Fixed Microwave Serv- resentatives of the FCC during the sta- ices’’. tion’s business hours, or at any time it is in operation. [53 FR 2499, Jan. 28, 1988, as amended at 60 (b) In the course of an inspection or FR 55482, Nov. 1, 1995; 66 FR 47896, Sept. 14, 2001; 68 FR 12761, Mar. 17, 2003; 76 FR 70911, investigation, an FCC representative Nov. 16, 2011; 78 FR 25174, Apr. 29, 2013] may require special equipment tests or program tests. § 74.6 Licensing of broadcast auxiliary (c) The logs and records required by and low power auxiliary stations. this part for the particular class or Applicants for and licensees of re- type of station must be made available mote pickup broadcast stations, aural upon request to representatives of the broadcast auxiliary stations, television FCC. broadcast auxiliary stations, and low [47 FR 53022, Nov. 24, 1982] power auxiliary stations authorized under subparts D, E, F, and H of this § 74.5 Cross reference to rules in other part are subject to the application and parts. procedural rules for wireless tele- Certain rules applicable to Auxiliary, communications services contained in Special Broadcast and other Program part 1, subpart F of this chapter. Appli- Distribution services, some of which cants for these stations may file either

437

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00447 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.12 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

manually or electronically as specified the Commission, conduct service or in § 1.913(b) and (d) of this chapter. program tests. (b) Program test authority for sta- [68 FR 12761, Mar. 17, 2003] tions authorized under this part will § 74.12 Notification of filing of applica- continue valid during Commission con- tions. sideration of the application for license and during this period further exten- The provisions of § 73.1030 ‘‘Notifica- sion of the construction permit is not tion concerning interference to Radio required. Program test authority shall Astronomy, Research, and Receiving be automatically terminated with final Installations’’ apply to all stations au- action on the application for station li- thorized under this part of the FCC cense. Rules except the following: (c) The authorization for tests em- (a) Mobile remote pickup stations bodied in this section shall not be con- (subpart D). strued as approval by the Commission (b) TV pickup stations (subpart F). of the application for station license. (c) Low power auxiliary stations (subpart H). [38 FR 18378, July 10, 1973] [44 FR 58735, Oct. 11, 1979, as amended at 44 § 74.15 Station license period. FR 77167, Dec. 31, 1979; 47 FR 28388, June 30, 1982] (a) [Reserved] (b) Licenses for stations or systems § 74.13 Equipment tests. in the Auxiliary Broadcast Service held (a) During the process of construc- by a licensee of a broadcast station will tion of any class of radio station listed be issued for a period running concur- in this part, the permittee, without rently with the license of the associ- further authority of the Commission, ated broadcast station with which it is may conduct equipment tests for the licensed. Licenses held by eligible net- purpose of such adjustments and meas- works for the purpose of providing pro- urements as may be necessary to as- gram service to affiliated stations sure compliance with the terms of the under subpart D of this part, and by el- construction permit, the technical pro- igible networks, cable television opera- visions of the application therefor, the tors, motion picture producers and tel- technical requirements of this chapter, evision program producers under sub- and the applicable engineering stand- part H of this part will be issued for a ards. period running concurrently with the (b) Equipment tests may be contin- normal licensing period for broadcast ued so long as the construction permit stations located in the same area of op- shall remain valid. eration. Licenses held by large venue (c) The authorization for tests em- owners or operators and professional bodied in this section shall not be con- sound companies under subpart H of strued as constituting a license to op- this part will be issued for a period not erate. to exceed ten years from the date of initial issuance or renewal. [38 FR 18378, July 10, 1973] (c) The license of an FM broadcast booster station or a TV broadcast § 74.14 Service or program tests. booster station will be issued for a pe- (a) Upon completion of construction riod running concurrently with the li- of a radio station in accordance with cense of the FM radio broadcast sta- the terms of the construction permit, tion or TV broadcast station (primary the technical provisions of the applica- station) with which it is used. tion therefor, technical requirements (d) Initial licenses for low power TV, of this chapter, and applicable engi- TV translator, and FM translator sta- neering standards, and when an appli- tions will ordinarily be issued for a pe- cation for station license has been filed riod running until the date specified in showing the station to be in satisfac- § 73.1020 of this chapter for full service tory operating condition, the permittee stations operating in their State or or any class of station listed in this Territory, or if issued after such date, part may, without further authority of to the next renewal date determined in

438

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00448 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.15

accordance with § 73.1020 of this chap- (9) Wyoming: ter. Lower power TV and TV translator (i) FM translators, June 1, 1998 station and FM translator station li- (ii) LPTV and TV translators, June 1, censes will ordinarily be renewed for 8 1999 years. However, if the FCC finds that (10) Montana: the public interest, convenience or ne- (i) FM translators, August 1, 1998 cessity will be served, it may issue ei- (ii) LPTV and TV translators, August ther an initial license or a renewal 1, 1999 thereof for a lesser term. The FCC may (11) Idaho: also issue a license renewal for a short- (i) FM translators, October 1, 1995 er term if requested by the applicant. (ii) LPTV and TV translators, Octo- The time of expiration of all licenses ber 1, 1996 will be 3 a.m. local time, on the fol- (12) Washington: lowing dates, and thereafter to the (i) FM translators, December 1, 1995 schedule for full service stations in (ii) LPTV and TV translators, De- their states as reflected in § 73.1020 of cember 1, 1996 this chapter: (13) Oregon: (1) Nevada: (i) FM translators, February 1, 1996 (i) FM translators, February 1, 1997. (ii) LPTV and TV translators, Feb- (ii) LPTV and TV translator, Feb- ruary 1, 1997 ruary 1, 1998. (14) Alaska, American Samoa, Guam, (2) California: Mariana Islands and Hawaii: (i) FM translators, April 1, 1997. (i) FM translators, April 1, 1996 (ii) LPTV and TV translators, April (ii) LPTV and TV translators, April 1, 1998 1, 1997 (3) Maine, Vermont, New Hampshire, (15) Colorado: Massachusetts, Connecticut, Rhodes Is- (i) FM translators, June 1, 1996 land, New York, New Jersey, Pennsyl- (ii) LPTV and TV translators, June 1, vania, Maryland, Delaware, West Vir- 1997 ginia, Ohio and the District of (16) New Mexico: Colbumia: (i) FM translators, August 1, 1996 (i) FM translators, June 1, 1997 (ii) LPTV and TV translators, August (ii) LPTV and TV translators, June 1, 1, 1997 1998 (17) Utah: (4) Virginia, North Carolina, South (i) FM translators, October 1, 1996 Carolina, Georgia, Florida, Alabama, (ii) LPTV and TV translators, Octo- Mississippi, Louisiana, Arkansas, Mis- ber 1, 1997 souri, Kentucky, Tennessee, Indiana, (18) Arizona: Illinois, Michigan, Wisconsin, Pureto (i) FM translators, December 1, 1996 Rico and the Virgin Islands: (ii) LPTV and TV translators, De- (i) FM translators, August 1, 1997 cember 1, 1997 (ii) LPTV and TV translators, August (e) Licenses held by broadcast net- 1, 1998 work-entities under Subpart F will or- (5) Oklahoma and Texas: dinarily be issued for a period of 8 (i) FM translators, October 1, 1997 years running concurrently with the (ii) LPTV and TV translators, Octo- normal licensing period for broadcast ber 1, 1998 stations located in the same area of op- (6) Kansas and Nebraska: eration. An application for renewal of (i) FM translators, December 1, 1997 license shall be filed in accordance (ii) LPTV and TV translators, De- with the provisions of § 1.949. cember 1, 1998 (f) The license of an FM translator or (7) Iowa and South Dakota: FM broadcast booster, TV translator or (i) FM translators, February 1, 1998 TV broadcast booster, or low power TV (ii) LPTV and TV translators, Feb- station will expire as a matter of law ruary 1, 1999 upon failure to transmit broadcast sig- (8) Minnesota and North Dakota: nals for any consecutive 12-month pe- (i) FM translators, April 1, 1998 riod notwithstanding any provision, (ii) LPTV and TV translators, April term, or condition of the license to the 1, 1999 contrary. Further, if the license of any

439

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00449 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.16 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

AM, FM, or TV broadcasting station li- mitting stations if such other duties censed under part 73 of this chapter ex- will not interfere with the proper oper- pires for failure to transmit signals for ation of the station transmission sys- any consecutive 12-month period, the tems. licensee’s authorizations under part 74, subparts D, E, F, and H in connection [60 FR 55482, Nov. 1, 1995] with the operation of that AM, FM, or TV broadcasting station will also ex- § 74.19 Special technical records. pire notwithstanding any provision, The FCC may require a broadcast term, or condition to the contrary. auxiliary station licensee to keep oper- (Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, ating and maintenance records nec- 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303)) essary to resolve conditions of actual or potential interference, rule viola- [28 FR 13706, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 49 FR 32583, Aug. 15, 1984; 50 FR 26758, June 28, tions, or deficient technical operation. 1985; 52 FR 7142, Mar. 9, 1987; 52 FR 25604, [48 FR 38482, Aug. 24, 1983] July 8, 1987; 52 FR 31402, Aug. 20, 1987; 59 FR 63052, Dec. 7, 1994; 61 FR 28767, June 6, 1996; 62 FR 5347, Feb. 5, 1997; 68 FR 12761, Mar. 17, § 74.21 Broadcasting emergency infor- 2003; 69 FR 72045, Dec. 10, 2004; 78 FR 25174, mation. Apr. 29, 2013; 79 FR 40688, July 14, 2014] (a) In an emergency where normal communication facilities have been § 74.16 Temporary extension of station disrupted or destroyed by storms, licenses. floods or other disasters, the stations Where there is pending before the licensed under this part may be oper- Commission any application, investiga- ated for the purpose of transmitting es- tion, or proceeding which, after hear- sential communications intended to al- ing, might lead to or make necessary leviate distress, dispatch aid, assist in the modification of, revocation of, or rescue operations, maintain order, or the refusal to renew an existing auxil- otherwise promote the safety of life iary broadcast station license or a tele- and property. In the course of such op- vision broadcast translator station license, the Commission in its discre- eration, a station of any class may tion, may grant a temporary extension communicate with stations of other of such license: Provided, however, That classes and in other services. However, no such temporary extension shall be such operation shall be conducted only construed as a finding by the Commis- on the frequency or frequencies for sion that the operation of any radio which the station is licensed and the station thereunder will serve public in- used power shall not exceed the max- terest, convenience, and necessity be- imum authorized in the station license. yond the express terms of such tem- When such operation involves the use porary extension of license: And proof frequencies shared with other sta- vided further, That such temporary ex- tions, licensees are expected to cooper- tension of license will in no wise affect ate fully to avoid unnecessary or dis- or limit the action of the Commission ruptive interference. with respect to any pending applica- (b) Whenever such operation involves tion or proceeding. communications of a nature other than [78 FR 25175, Apr. 29, 2013] those for which the station is licensed to perform, the licensee shall, at the § 74.18 Transmitter control and oper- earliest practicable time, notify the ation. FCC in Washington, DC of the nature Except where unattended operation of the emergency and the use to which is specifically permitted, the licensee the station is being put and shall sub- of each station authorized under the sequently notify the same offices when provisions of this part shall designate a the emergency operation has been ter- person or persons to activate and con- minated. trol its transmitter. At the discretion (c) Emergency operation undertaken of the station licensee, persons so des- pursuant to the provisions of this sec- ignated may be employed for other du- tion shall be discontinued as soon as ties and for operation of other trans- substantially normal communications

440

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00450 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.24

facilities have been restored. The Com- short test operations may be made dur- mission may at any time order dis- ing the period of suspended operation continuance of such operation. to check the efficacy of remedial measures. (Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303)) [47 FR 1395, Jan. 13, 1982]

[28 FR 13706, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 37 § 74.24 Short-term operation. FR 25843, Dec. 5, 1972; 44 FR 65765, Nov. 15, 1979; 47 FR 40175, Sept. 13, 1982] All classes of broadcast auxiliary stations provided for in subparts D, E, F § 74.22 Use of common antenna struc- and H of this part, except wireless ture. video assist devices, may be operated The simultaneous use of a common on a short-term basis under the author- antenna structure by more than one ity conveyed by a part 73 license or a station authorized under this part, or broadcast auxiliary license without by one or more stations of any other prior authorization from the FCC, sub- service may be authorized. The owner ject to the following conditions: of each antenna structure is respon- (a) Licensees operating under this sible for ensuring that the structure, if provision must be eligible to operate required, is painted and/or illuminated the particular class of broadcast auxil- in accordance with part 17 of this chap- iary station. ter. In the event of default by the (b) The short-term broadcast auxil- owner, each licensee or permittee shall iary station shall be operated in con- be responsible for ensuring that the formance with all normally applicable structure complies with applicable regulations to the extent they are not painting and lighting requirements. superceded by specific provisions of this section. [61 FR 4368, Feb. 6, 1996] (c) Short-term operation is on a secondary, non-interference basis to regu- § 74.23 Interference jeopardizing safe- larly authorized stations and shall be ty of life or protection of property. discontinued immediately upon notifi- (a) The licensee of any station au- cation that perceptible interference is thorized under this part that causes being caused to the operation of a regu- harmful interference, as defined in § 2.1 larly authorized station. Short-term of the Commission’s rules, to radio station operators shall, to the extent communications involving the safety practicable, use only the effective radi- of life or protection of property shall ated power and antenna height nec- promptly eliminate the interference. essary for satisfactory system perform- (b) If harmful interference to radio ance. communications involving the safety (d) Short-term operation under this of life or protection of property cannot section shall not exceed 720 hours an- be promptly eliminated and the Com- nually per frequency. mission finds that there exists an im- NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (d): Certain fre- minent danger to safety of life or pro- quencies shared with other services which tection of property, pursuant to 47 are normally available for permanent broad- U.S.C. 312 (b) and (e) and 5 U.S.C. 558, cast auxiliary station assignment may not operation of the offending equipment be available for short-term operation. Refer shall temporarily be suspended and to any note(s) which may be applicable to shall not be resumed until the harmful the use of a specific frequency prior to initi- interference has been eliminated or the ating operation. threat to the safety of life or property (e) The antenna height of a station has passed. In situations where the pro- operated pursuant to this section shall tection of property alone is jeopard- not increase the height of any man- ized, before taking any action under made antenna supporting structure, or this paragraph, the Commission shall increase by more than 6.1 meters (20 balance the nature and extent of the feet) the height of any other type of possible property damage against the man-made structure or natural forma- potential harm to a licensee or the tion. However, the facilities of an au- public caused by suspending part 74 op- thorized broadcast auxiliary station erations. When specifically authorized, belonging to another licensee may be

441

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00451 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.24 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

operated in accordance with the terms event, such as a convention, sporting of its outstanding authorization. event, etc. (f) Stations operated pursuant to this (h) Short-term operation is limited section shall be identified by the trans- to areas south or west of the United mission of the call sign of the associ- States-Canada border as follows: ated part 73 broadcast station or broad- (1) Use of broadcast auxiliary service cast auxiliary station, or, in the case of frequencies below 470 MHz is limited to stations operated by broadcast net- areas of the United States south of work and cable network entities, by Line A or west of Line C unless the ef- the network or cable entity’s name and fective radiated power of the station is base of operations city. 5 watts or less. See § 1.928(e) of this (g) Prior to operating pursuant to the chapter for a definition of Line A and provisions of this section, licensees Line C. shall, for the intended location or area- (2) A broadcast auxiliary service sta- of-operation, notify the appropriate tion operating on frequencies between frequency coordination committee or 470 MHz and 1 GHz must be at least 56.3 any licensee(s) assigned the use of the kilometers (35 miles) south (or west, as proposed operating frequency, con- appropriate of the United States-Can- cerning the particulars of the intended ada border if the antenna looks within ° operation and shall provide the name a 200 sector toward the border; or, the and telephone number of a person who station must be at least 8.1 kilometers may be contacted in the event of inter- (5 miles) south (or west, as appropriate) ° ference. Except as provided herein, this if the antenna looks within a 160 sec- notification provision shall not apply tor away from the border. However, op- where an unanticipated need for imme- eration is not permitted in either of diate short-term mobile station oper- these two situations if the station ation would render compliance with would be within the coordination dis- the provisions of this paragraph im- tance of a receiving earth station in practical. Canada which uses the same frequency band. (The coordination distance is the (1) A CARS licensee shall always be distance, calculated for any station, given advance notification prior to the according to Appendix 28 of the Inter- commencement of short-term oper- national Radio Regulations.) ation on or adjacent to an assigned fre- (3) A broadcast auxiliary service sta- quency. tion operating on frequencies above 1 (2) The Commission may designate a GHz shall not be located within the co- frequency coordinator as the single ordination distance of a receiving earth point of contact under this section for station in Canada which uses the same advance coordination of major national frequency band. (The coordination dis- and international events. Once des- tance is the distance, calculated for ignated, all short-term auxiliary broad- any station, according to Appendix 28 cast use under this section must be co- of the international Radio Regula- ordinated in advance through the des- tions.) ignated coordinator. (i) Short-term operation of a remote (i) Coordinators under this provision pickup broadcast base station, a re- will not be designated unless the Com- mote pickup automatic relay station, mission receives an initial request, in an aural broadcast STL station, an writing, to designate a coordinator. aural broadcast intercity relay station, (ii) The Commission will issue a Pub- a TV STL station, a TV intercity relay lic Notice with information regarding station or a TV translator relay sta- the designation of such a coordinator. tion in the National Radio Quiet Zone, (iii) All coordination must be done on the Table Mountain Radio Receiving a non-discriminatory basis. Zone, or near FCC monitoring stations (iv) All licensees must abide by the is subject to the same advance notifi- decision of the coordinator. The Com- cation procedures applicable to regular mission will be the final arbiter of any applications as provided for in § 73.1030 disputes. of this chapter and § 74.12, except that (3) An unanticipated need will never inasmuch as short-term operation does be deemed to exist for a scheduled not involve an application process, the

442

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00452 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.25

provisions relating to agency objection be provided by Cornell University. In procedures shall not apply. It shall addition, the applicant shall indicate simply be necessary for the licensee to in its application to the Commission contact the potentially affected agency the date notification was made to the and obtain advance approval for the Observatory. Generally, submission of proposed short-term operation. Where the information in the technical por- protection to FCC monitoring stations tion of the FCC license application is is concerned, approval for short-term adequate notification. After receipt of operation may be given by the Re- such applications in non-emergency gional Director of a Commission field situations, the Commission will allow facility. the Arecibo Observatory a period of 20 (j)(1) This paragraph applies only to days for comments or objections in re- operations which will transmit on fre- sponse to the notification indicated. quencies under 15 GHz. Prior to com- The applicant will be required to make mencing short-term operation of a re- reasonable efforts in order to resolve or mote pickup broadcast station, a re- mitigate any potential interference mote pickup automatic relay station, problem with the Arecibo Observatory an aural broadcast STL station, an aural broadcast intercity relay station, and to file either an amendment to the a TV STL station, a TV intercity relay application or a modification applica- station, a TV translator relay station, tion, as appropriate. If the Commission a TV pickup station, or a TV micro- determines that an applicant has satis- wave booster station within the 4-mile fied its responsibility to make reason- (6.4 kilometer) radius Commonwealth able efforts to protect the Observatory of Puerto Rico Protection Zone (cen- from interference, its application may tered on NAD–83 Geographical Coordi- be granted. In emergency situations in nates North Latitude 18°20′38.28″, West which prior notification or approval is Longitude 66°45′09.42″), an applicant not practicable, notification or ap- must notify the Arecibo Observatory, proval must be accomplished as soon as located near Arecibo, Puerto Rico. Op- possible after operations begin. erations within the Puerto Rico Co- (Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032; ordination Zone (i.e., on the islands of 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) Puerto Rico, Desecheo, Mona, Vieques, or Culebra), but outside the Protection [47 FR 9219, Mar. 4, 1982, as amended at 49 FR Zone, whether short term or long term, 34356, Aug. 30, 1984; 50 FR 23709, June 5, 1985; shall provide notification to the Are- 62 FR 55532, Oct. 27, 1997; 68 FR 12762, Mar. 17, 2003; 70 FR 31373, June 1, 2005; 80 FR 53751, cibo Observatory prior to commencing Sept. 8, 2015] operation. Notification should be directed to the following: Interference § 74.25 Temporary conditional oper- Office, Arecibo Observatory, HC3 Box ating authority. 53995, Arecibo, Puerto Rico 00612, Tel. An applicant for a new broadcast (809) 878–2612, Fax (809) 878–1861, E-mail [email protected]. auxiliary radio service station or a (2) Notification of short-term oper- modification of an existing station ations may be provided by telephone, under subparts D, E, F, or H of this fax, or electronic mail. The notifica- part may operate the proposed station tion for long-term operations shall be during the pendency of its applications written or electronic, and shall set upon the filing of a properly completed forth the technical parameters of the formal application that complies with proposed station, including the geo- the rules for the particular class of sta- graphical coordinates of the antenna tion, provided that the conditions set (NAD–83 datum), antenna height above forth are satisfied. ground, ground elevation at the an- (a) Conditions applicable to all broad- tenna, antenna directivity and gain, cast auxiliary stations. (1) Stations oper- proposed frequency and FCC Rule Part, ated pursuant to this section shall be type of emission, effective radiated identified by the transmission of the power, and whether the proposed use is call sign of the associated part 73 of itinerant. Applicants may wish to con- this chapter broadcast station, if one sult interference guidelines, which will exists, or the prefix ‘‘WT’’ followed by

443

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00453 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.28 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

the applicant’s local business tele- Regional Director of a Commission phone number for broadcast or cable field facility, and shall not be resumed network entities. until specific authority is given by the (2) The antenna structure(s) has been Commission or Regional Director. previously studied by the Federal Avia- When authorized by the Regional Di- tion Administration and determined to rector, short test operations may be pose no hazard to aviation safety as re- made. quired by subpart B of part 17 of this (e) Conditional authority ceases im- chapter; or the antenna or tower struc- mediately if the application(s) is re- ture does not exceed 6.1 meters above turned by the Commission because it is ground level or above an existing man- not acceptable for filing. made structure (other than an antenna (f) Conditional authorization does structure), if the antenna or tower has not prejudice any action the Commis- not been previously studied by the Fed- sion may take on the subject applica- eral Aviation Administration and tion(s). Conditional authority is ac- cleared by the FCC; cepted with the express understanding (3) The grant of the application(s) that such authority may be modified or does not require a waiver of the Com- cancelled by the Commission at any mission’s rules; time without hearing if, in the Com- (4) The applicant has determined that mission’s discretion, the need for such the facility(ies) will not significantly action arises. An applicant operating affect the environment as defined in pursuant to this conditional authority § 1.1307 of this chapter; assumes all risks associated with such (5) The station site does not lie with- operation, the termination or modi- in an area identified in § 1.924 of this fication of the conditional authority, chapter. or the subsequent dismissal or denial of (b) Conditions applicable to remote its application(s). pickup broadcast auxiliary stations. (1) [68 FR 12762, Mar. 17, 2003, as amended at 69 The auxiliary station must be located FR 17958, Apr. 6, 2004; 71 FR 69048, Nov. 29, within 80 km (50 mi) of the broadcast 2006; 80 FR 53751, Sept. 8, 2015] studio or broadcast transmitter. (2) The applicant must coordinate the § 74.28 Additional orders. operation with all affected co-channel In case the rules contained in this and adjacent channel licensees in the part do not cover all phases of oper- area of operation. This requirement ation with respect to external effects, can be satisfied by coordination with the FCC may make supplemental or ad- the local frequency committee if one ditional orders in each case as may be exists. deemed necessary. (3) Operation under this provision is not permitted between 152.87 MHz and [78 FR 25175, Apr. 29, 2013] 153.35 MHz. § 74.30 Antenna structure, marking (c) Conditions applicable to aural and and lighting. television broadcast auxiliary stations. (1) The applicable frequency coordination The provisions of part 17 of the FCC procedures have been successfully com- rules (Construction, Marking, and pleted and the filed application is con- Lighting of Antenna Structures) re- sistent with that coordination. quire certain antenna structures to be (2) The station site does not lie with- painted and/or lighted in accordance in an area requiring international co- with the provisions of §§ 17.47 through ordination. 17.56 of the FCC rules. (3) If operated on frequencies in the [47 FR 53022, Nov. 24, 1982] 17.8–19.7 GHz band for any services or on frequencies in the 17.7–17.8 GHz band § 74.32 Operation in the 17.7–17.8 GHz for MVPD operations, the station site and 17.8–19.7 GHz bands. does not lie within any of the areas The following exclusion areas and co- identified in § 1.924 of this chapter. ordination areas are established to (d) Operation under this section shall minimize or avoid harmful interference be suspended immediately upon notifi- to Federal Government earth stations cation from the Commission or by the receiving in the 17.7–19.7 GHz band:

444

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00454 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.401

(a) No application seeking authority subparts E and F of this part must be for fixed stations supporting the oper- in operation within 18 months from the ations of Multichannel Video Program- initial date of grant. ming Distributors (MVPD) in the 17.7– (b) Each remote pickup broadcast 17.8 GHz band or to operate in the 17.8– auxiliary station authorized under sub- 19.7 GHz band for any service will be part D of this part must be in oper- accepted for filing if the proposed sta- ation within 12 months from the initial tion is located within 20 km of Denver, date of grant. CO (39°43′ N., 104°46′ W.) or Washington, (c) Failure to timely begin operation DC (38°48′ N., 76°52′ W.). means the authorization terminates (b) Any application for a new station automatically. license to provide MVPD operations in (d) Requests for extension of time the 17.7–17.8 GHz band or to operate in may be granted upon a showing of good the 17.8–19.7 GHz band for any service, cause pursuant to § 1.946(e) of this chap- or for modification of an existing sta- ter. tion license in these bands which would (e) Construction of any authorized fa- change the frequency, power, emission, cility or frequency must be completed modulation, polarization, antenna by the date specified in the license and height or directivity, or location of the Commission must be notified pur- such a station, must be coordinated suant to § 1.946 of this chapter. with the Federal Government by the [68 FR 12763, Mar. 17, 2003] Commission before an authorization will be issued, if the station or proposed station is located in whole or in Subparts A–C [Reserved] part within any of the following areas: (1) Denver, CO area: Subpart D—Remote Pickup (i) Between latitudes 41°30′ N. and Broadcast Stations 38°30′ N. and between longitudes 103°10′ W. and 106°30′ W. § 74.401 Definitions. (ii) Between latitudes 38°30′ N. and Associated broadcasting station(s). The 37°30′ N. and between longitudes 105°00′ broadcasting station or stations with W. and 105°50′ W. which a remote pickup broadcast sta- (iii) Between latitudes 40°08′ N. and tion or system is licensed as an auxil- 39°56′ N. and between longitudes 107°00′ iary and with which it is principally W. and 107°15′ W. used. (2) Washington, DC area: Authorized bandwidth. The occupied (i) Between latitudes 38°40′ N. and or necessary bandwidth, whichever is 38°10′ N. and between longitudes 78°50′ greater, authorized to be used by a sta- W. and 79°20′ W. tion. (ii) Within 178 km of 38°48′ N, 76°52′ W. Automatic relay station. A remote (3) San Miguel, CA area: pickup broadcast base station which is (i) Between latitudes 34°39′ N. and actuated by automatic means and is 34°00′ N. and between longitudes 118°52′ used to relay transmissions between re- W. and 119°24′ W. mote pickup broadcast base and mobile (ii) Within 200 km of 35°44′ N., 120°45′ stations, between remote pickup broad- W. cast mobile stations and from remote (4) Guam area: Within 100 km of 13°35′ pickup broadcast mobile stations to N., 144°51′ E. broadcasting stations. (Automatic op- Note to § 74.32: The coordinates cited eration is not operation by remote con- in this section are specified in terms of trol.) the ‘‘North American Datum of 1983 Carrier power. The average power at (NAD 83).’’ the output terminals of a transmitter [80 FR 38908, July 7, 2015] (other than a transmitter having a sup- pressed, reduced or controlled carrier) § 74.34 Period of construction; certifi- during one radio frequency cycle under cation of completion of construc- conditions of no modulation. tion. Mean power. The power at the output (a) Each aural and television broad- terminals of a transmitter during nor- cast auxiliary station authorized under mal operation, averaged over a time

445

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00455 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.402 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

sufficiently long compared with the pe- function, constitutes a separate sta- riod of the lowest frequency encoun- tion. tered in the modulation. A time of 1⁄10 Studio. Any room or series of rooms second during which the mean power is equipped for the regular production of greatest will be selected normally. broadcast programs of various kinds. A Necessary bandwidth. For a given broadcasting booth at a stadium, con- class of emission, the minimum value vention hall, church, or other similar of the occupied bandwidth sufficient to place is not considered to be a studio. ensure the transmission of information Systems. A complete remote pickup at the rate and with the quality rebroadcast facility consisting of one or quired for the system employed, under more mobile stations and/or one or specified conditions. Emissions useful more base stations authorized pursuant for the good functioning of the receiv- to a single license. ing equipment, as for example, the emission corresponding to the carrier [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 42 of reduced carrier systems, shall be in- FR 14728, Mar. 16, 1977; 47 FR 28388, June 30, 1982; 47 FR 54448, Dec. 3, 1982; 51 FR 4601, Feb. cluded in the necessary bandwidth. 6, 1986] Occupied bandwidth. The frequency bandwidth such that, below its lower § 74.402 Frequency assignment. and above its upper frequency limits, the mean powers radiated are each Operation on all channels listed in equal to 0.5 percent of the total mean this section (except: frequencies 26.07 power radiated by a given emission. MHz, 26.11 MHz, and 26.45 MHz, and fre- Operational communications. Commu- quencies listed in paragraphs (a)(4) and nications concerning the technical and (c)(1) of this section shall be in accord- programming operation of a broadcast ance with the ‘‘priority of use’’ provi- station and its auxiliaries. sions in § 74.403(b)). The channel will be Remote control operation. Operation of assigned by its center frequency, chan- a base station by a properly designated nel bandwidth, and emission desig- person on duty at a control position nator. In general, the frequencies listed from which the transmitter is not visi- in this section represent the center of ble but that position is equipped with the channel or channel segment. When suitable controls so that essential an even number of channels are functions can be performed therefrom. stacked in those sections stacking is Remote pickup broadcast base station. permitted, channel assignments may A remote pickup broadcast station au- be made for the frequency halfway be- thorized for operation at a specified lo- tween those listed. cation. (a) The following channels may be as- Remote pickup broadcast mobile station. signed for use by broadcast remote A remote pickup broadcast station au- pickup stations using any emission thorized for use while in motion or dur- (other than single sideband or pulse) ing halts at unspecified locations. (As that will be in accordance with the pro- used in this subpart, mobile stations visions of § 74.462. include hand-carried, pack-carried and (1) [Reserved] other portable transmitters.) (2) HF Channels: 25.87, 25.91, 25.95, Remote pickup broadcast stations. A 25.99, 26.03, 26.07, 26.09, 26.11, 26.13, 26.15, term used in this subpart to include 26.17, 26.19, 26.21, 26.23, 26.25, 26.27, 26.29, both remote pickup broadcast base sta- 26.31, 26.33, 26.35, 26.37, 26.39, 26.41, 26.43, tions and remote pickup broadcast mo- 26.45, and 26.47 MHz. The channels bile stations. 25.87–26.09 MHz are subject to the con- Remote pickup mobile repeater unit. A dition listed in paragraph (e)(2) of this vehicular receiver-transmitter repeater section. used to provide extended communica- (3) VHF Channels: 166.25 and 170.15 tions range for a low-power hand-car- MHz. These channels are subject to the ried or pack-carried transmitter. condition listed in paragraph (e)(8) of Station. As used in this subpart, each this section. remote pickup broadcast transmitter, (4) UHF Channels: Up to two of the and its associated accessory equipment following 6.25 kHz segments may be necessary to the radio communication stacked to form a channel which may

446

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00456 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.402

be assigned for use by broadcast re- 161.3625, 161.370, 161.3775, 161.385, mote pickup stations using any emis- 161.3925, 161.400. These channels are sion contained within the resultant subject to the condition listed in para- channel in accordance with the provi- graph (e)(6) and (10) of this section. sions of § 74.462: 450.00625 MHz, 450.0125 (3) VHF segments: 161.625, 161.6325, MHz, 450.01875 MHz, 450.025 MHz, 161.640, 161.6475, 161.655, 161.6625, 161.670, 450.98125 MHz, 450.9875 MHz, 450.99375 161.6775, 161.685, 161.6925, 161.700, MHz, 455.00625 MHz, 455.0125 MHz, 161.7075, 161.715, 161.7225, 161.730, 455.01875 MHz, 455.025 MHz, 455.98125 161.7375, 161.745, 161.7525, 161.760, MHz, 455.9875 MHz, and 455.99375 MHz. 161.7675, 161.775. These channels are These channels are subject to the con- subject to the conditions listed in para- dition listed in paragraph (e)(9) of this graphs (e)(4), (7), and (10) of this sec- section. tion. (b) Up to four of the following 7.5 kHz (4) UHF segments: 450.03125, 450.0375, VHF segments and up to eight of the 450.04375, 450.050, 450.05625, 450.0625, following 6.25 kHz UHF segments may 450.06875, 450.075, 450.08125, 450.0875, be stacked to form a channel which 450.09375, 450.100, 450.10625, 450.1125, may be assigned for use by broadcast 450.11875, 450.125, 450.13125, 450.1375, remote pickup stations using any emis- 450.14375, 450.150, 450.15625, 450.1625, sion contained within the resultant 450.16875, 450.175, 450.18125, 450.1875, channel in accordance with the provi- 450.19375, 450.200, 450.20625, 450.2125, sions of § 74.462. 450.21875, 450.225, 450.23125, 450.2375, (1) VHF segments: 152.8625, 152.870, 450.24375, 450.250, 450.25625, 450.2625, 152.8775, 152.885, 152.8925, 152.900, 450.26875, 450.275, 450.28125, 450.2875, 152.9075, 152.915, 152.9225, 152.930, 450.29375, 450.300, 450.30625, 450.3125, 152.9375, 152.945, 152.9525, 152.960, 450.31875, 450.325, 450.33125, 450.3375, 152.9675, 152.975, 152.9825, 152.990, 450.34375, 450.350, 450.35625, 450.3625, 152.9975, 153.005, 153.0125, 153.020, 450.36875, 450.375, 450.38125, 450.3875, 153.0275, 153.035, 153.0425, 153.050, 450.39375, 450.400, 450.40625, 450.4125, 153.0575, 153.065, 153.0725, 153.080, 450.41875, 450.425, 450.43125, 450.4375, 153.0875, 153.095, 153.1025, 153.110, 450.44375, 450.450, 450.45625, 450.4625, 153.1175, 153.125, 153.1325, 153.140, 450.46875, 450.475, 450.48125, 450.4875, 153.1475, 153.155, 153.1625, 153.170, 450.49375, 450.500, 450.50625, 450.5125, 153.1775, 153.185, 153.1925, 153.200, 450.51875, 450.525, 450.53125, 450.5375, 153.2075, 153.215, 153.2225, 153.230, 450.54375, 450.550, 450.55625, 450.5625, 153.2375, 153.245, 153.2525, 153.260, 450.56875, 450.575, 450.58125, 450.5875, 153.2675, 153.275, 153.2825, 153.290, 450.59375, 450.600, 450.60625, 450.6125, 153.2975, 153.305, 153.3125, 153.320, 450.61875, 455.03125, 455.0375, 455.04375, 153.3275, 153.335, 153.3425, 153.350, and 455.050, 455.05625, 455.0625, 455.06875, 153.3575. These channels are subject to 455.075, 455.08125, 455.0875, 455.09375, the conditions listed in paragraphs 455.100, 455.10625, 455.1125, 455.11875, (e)(3), (4), (5), and (10) of this section. 455.125, 455.13125, 455.1375, 455.14375, (2) VHF segments: 160.860, 160.8675, 455.150, 455.15625, 455.1625, 455.16875, 160.875, 160.8825, 160.890, 160.8975, 160.905, 455.175, 455.18125, 455.1875, 455.19375, 160.9125, 160.920, 160.9275, 160.935, 455.200, 455.20625, 455.2125, 455.21875, 160.9425, 160.950, 160.9575, 160.965, 455.225, 455.23125, 455.2375, 455.24375, 160.9725, 160.980, 160.9875, 160.995, 455.250, 455.25625, 455.2625, 455.26875, 161.0025, 161.010, 161.0175, 161.025, 455.275, 455.28125, 455.2875, 455.29375, 161.0325, 161.040, 161.0475, 161.055, 455.300, 455.30625, 455.3125, 455.31875, 161.0625, 161.070, 161.0775, 161.085, 455.325, 455.33125, 455.3375, 455.34375, 161.0925, 161.100, 161.1075, 161.115, 455.350, 455.35625, 455.3625, 455.36875, 161.1225, 161.130, 161.1375, 161.145, 455.375, 455.38125, 455.3875, 455.39375, 161.1525, 161.160, 161.1675, 161.175, 455.400, 455.40625, 455.4125, 455.41875, 161.1825, 161.190, 161.1975, 161.205, 455.425, 455.43125, 455.4375, 455.44375, 161.2125, 161.220, 161.2275, 161.235, 455.450, 455.45625, 455.4625, 455.46875, 161.2425, 161.250, 161.2575, 161.265, 455.475, 455.48125, 455.4875, 455.49375, 161.2725, 161.280, 161.2875, 161.295, 455.500, 455.50625, 455.5125, 455.51875, 161.3025, 161.310, 161.3175, 161.325, 455.525, 455.53125, 455.5375, 455.54375, 161.3325, 161.340, 161.3475, 161.355, 455.550, 455.55625, 455.5625, 455.56875,

447

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00457 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.402 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

455.575, 455.58125, 455.5875, 455.59375, (6) These frequencies are allocated 455.600, 455.60625, 455.6125, 455.61875. for assignment to broadcast remote (c) Up to two of the following 25 kHz pickup stations in Puerto Rico or the segments may be stacked to form a Virgin Islands only. channel which may be assigned for use NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (e)(6): These fre- by broadcast remote pickup stations quencies are shared with Public Safety and using any emission contained within Industrial/Business Pools (Part 90). the resultant channel in accordance with the provisions of § 74.462. Users (7) These frequencies may not be used committed to 50 kHz bandwidths and by broadcast remote pickup stations in transmitting program material will Puerto Rico or the Virgin Islands. In have primary use of these channels. other areas, certain existing stations (1) UHF segments: 450.6375, 450.6625, in the Public Safety and Industrial/ 450.6875, 450.7125, 450.7375, 450.7625, Business Pools (Part 90) have been per- 450.7875, 450.8125, 450.8375, 450.8625, mitted to continue operation on these 455.6375, 455.6625, 455.6875, 455.7125, frequencies on the condition that no 455.7375, 455.7625, 455.7875, 455.8125, harmful interference is caused to 455.8375, 455.8625 MHz. broadcast remote pickup stations. (2) [Reserved] (8) Operation on frequencies 166.25 MHz and 170.15 MHz is subject to the (d) Up to two of the following 50 kHz condition that harmful interference segments may be stacked to form a shall not be caused to present or future channel which may be assigned for use Government stations in the band 162– by broadcast remote pickup stations 174 MHz and is also subject to the band- using any emission contained within width and tolerance limitations and the resultant channel in accordance compliance deadlines listed in § 74.462 with the provisions of § 74.462. Users of this part. Authorization on these committed to 100 kHz bandwidths and frequencies shall be in the lower 48 con- transmitting program material will tiguous States only, except within the have primary use of these channels. area bounded on the west by the Mis- (1) UHF segments: 450.900, 450.950, sissippi River, on the north by the par- 455.900, and 455.950 MHz. allel of latitude 37°30′ N., and on the (2) [Reserved] east and south by that arc of the circle (e) Conditions on Broadcast Remote with center at Springfield, Illinois, and Pickup Service channel usage as re- radius equal to the airline distance be- ferred to in paragraphs (a) through (d) tween Springfield, Illinois, and Mont- of this section: gomery, Alabama, subtended between (1) [Reserved] the foregoing west and north bound- (2) Operation is subject to the condi- aries, or within 150 miles (241.4 km) of tion that no harmful interference is New York City. caused to stations in the broadcast (9) The use of these frequencies is service. limited to operational communica- (3) Operation is subject to the conditions, including tones for signaling and tion that no harmful interference is for remote control and automatic caused to stations operating in accord- transmission system control and te- ance with the Table of Frequency Allo- lemetry. Stations licensed or applied cations set forth in part 2 of this chap- for before April 16, 2003, must comply ter. Applications for licenses to use fre- with the channel plan by March 17, quencies in this band must include 2006, or may continue to operate on a statements showing what procedures secondary, non-interference basis. will be taken to ensure that inter- (10) Stations licensed or applied for ference will not be caused to stations before April 16, 2003, must comply with in the Industrial/Business Pool (Part the channel plan by March 17, 2006, or 90). may continue to operate on a sec- (4) These frequencies will not be li- ondary, non-interference basis. censed to network entities. (f) License applicants shall request (5) These frequencies will not be au- assignment of only those channels, thorized to new stations for use on both in number and bandwidth, nec- board aircraft. essary for satisfactory operation and

448

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00458 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.431

for which the system is equipped to op- studio or production center. The trans- erate. However, it is not necessary that mitted material shall be intended for each transmitter within a system be the licensee’s own use and may be equipped to operate on all frequencies made available for use by any other authorized to that licensee. broadcast station or cable system. (g) Remote pickup stations or sys- (b) Remote pickup mobile or base tems will not be granted exclusive stations may be used for communica- channel assignments. The same chan- tions related to production and tech- nel or channels may be assigned to nical support of the remote program. other licensees in the same area. When This includes cues, orders, dispatch in- such sharing is necessary, the provi- structions, frequency coordination, es- sions of § 74.403 shall apply. tablishing microwave links, and oper- [68 FR 12763, Mar. 17, 2003, as amended at 68 ational communications. Operational FR 25540, May 13, 2003] communications are alerting tones and special signals of short duration used § 74.403 Frequency selection to avoid for telemetry or control. interference. (c) Remote pickup mobile or base (a) Where two or more remote pickup stations may communicate with any broadcast station licensees are author- other station licensed under this sub- ized to operate on the same frequency part. or group of frequencies in the same (d) Remote pickup mobile stations area and when simultaneous operation may be operated as a vehicular re- is contemplated, the licensees shall en- peater to relay program material and deavor to select frequencies or sched- communications between stations li- ule operation in such manner as to censed under this subpart. Precautions avoid mutual interference. If mutual shall be taken to avoid interference to agreement to this effect cannot be other stations and the vehicular re- reached the Commission shall be noti- peater shall only be activated by hand- fied and it will specify the frequency or frequencies on which each station is to carried or pack-carried units. be operated. (e) The output of hand-carried or (b) The following order of priority of pack-carried transmitter units used transmissions shall be observed on all with a vehicular repeater is limited to frequencies except frequencies 26.07 2.5 watts. The output of a vehicular re- MHz, 26.11 MHz, and 26.45 MHz, and fre- peater transmitter used as a talkback quencies listed in § 74.402(a)(4) and unit on an additional frequency is lim- (c)(1): ited to 2.5 watts. (1) Communications during an emer- (f) Remote pickup base and mobile gency or pending emergency directly stations in Alaska, Guam, Hawaii, related to the safety of life and prop- Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands erty. may be used for any purpose related to (2) Program material to be broadcast. the programming or technical oper- (3) Cues, orders, and other related ation of a broadcasting station, except communications immediately nec- for transmission intended for direct re- essary to the accomplishment of a ception by the general public. broadcast. (g) [Reserved] (4) Operational communications. (h) In the event that normal aural (5) Tests or drills to check the per- studio to transmitter circuits are dam- formance of stand-by or emergency cir- aged, stations licensed under Subpart cuits. D may be used to provide temporary [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 68 circuits for a period not exceeding 30 FR 12764, Mar. 17, 2003] days without further authority from the Commission necessary to continue § 74.431 Special rules applicable to rebroadcasting. mote pickup stations. (i) Remote pickup mobile or base sta- (a) Remote pickup mobile stations tions may be used for activities associ- may be used for the transmission of ated with the Emergency Alert System material from the scene of events (EAS) and similar emergency survival which occur outside the studio back to communications systems. Drills and

449

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00459 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.432 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

test are also permitted on these sta- licensed area of operation for a system tions, but the priority requirements of which includes mobile stations shall be § 74.403(b) must be observed in such the area considered to be served by the cases. associated broadcasting station. Mo- [51 FR 4602, Feb. 6, 1986, as amended at 68 FR bile stations may be operated outside 12764, Mar. 17, 2003] the licensed area of operation pursuant to § 74.24 of this part. Where the appli- § 74.432 Licensing requirements and cant for remote pickup broadcast fa- procedures. cilities is the licensee of more than one (a) A license for a remote pickup sta- class of broadcasting station (AM, FM, tion will be issued to: the licensee of an TV), all licensed to the same commu- AM, FM, noncommercial FM, low nity, designation of one such station as power FM, TV, Class A TV, inter- the associated broadcasting station national broadcast or low power TV will not preclude use of the remote station; broadcast network-entity; or pickup broadcast facilities with those cable network-entity. broadcasting stations not included in (b) Base stations may operate as the designation and such additional use automatic relay stations on the fre- shall be at the discretion of the li- quencies listed in § 74.402(b)(4) and (c)(1) censee. under the provisions of § 74.436, how- (h) In cases where a series of broad- ever, one licensee may not operate casts are to be made from the same lo- such stations on more than two fre- cation, portable or mobile transmitters quency pairs in a single area. may be left at such location for the du- (c) Base stations may use voice com- ration of the series of broadcasts: Pro- munications between the studio and vided, The transmitting apparatus is transmitter or points of any intercity properly secured so that it may not be relay system on frequencies in Groups operated by unauthorized persons when I and J. unattended. Prior Commission author- (d) Base stations may be authorized ity shall be obtained for the installa- to establish standby circuits from tion of any transmitting antenna places where official broadcasts may be which requires notification to the made during times of emergency and FAA, pursuant to § 17.7 of the Commis- circuits to interconnect an emergency sion’s rules and regulations, and which survival communications system. will be in existence for more than 2 (e) In Alaska, Guam, Hawaii, Puerto days. Rico, and the Virgin Islands, base sta- (i) The location of each remote pick- tions may provide program circuits be- up broadcast base station will be speci- tween the studio and transmitter or to fied in the station or system license relay programs between broadcasting and such stations may not be operated stations. A base station may be oper- at any other location without prior au- ated unattended in accordance with the thority of the Commission. following: (1) The station must be designed, in- (j) The license shall be retained in stalled, and protected so that the the licensee’s files at the address transmitter can only be activated or shown on the authorization, posted at controlled by persons authorized by the the transmitter, or posted at the con- licensee. trol point of the station. (2) The station must be equipped with (k) In case of permanent discontinu- circuits to prevent transmitter oper- ance of operations of a station licensed ation when no signal is received from under this subpart, the licensee shall the station which it is relaying. cancel the station license using FCC (f) Remote pickup stations may use Form 601. For purposes of this section, only those frequencies and bandwidths a station which is not operated for a which are necessary for operation. period of one year is considered to have (g) An application for a remote pick- been permanently discontinued. up broadcast station or system shall NOTE: Licensees of remote pickup broad- specify the broadcasting station with cast stations licensed prior to August 31, which the remote pickup broadcast fa- 1976, should not file applications to consoli- cility is to be principally used and the date individually licensed transmitters

450

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00460 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.436

under a single system license until the re- mitted successfully on these fre- newal application of the associated broad- quencies, frequencies assigned to other cast station is filed. Applications filed be- services may be requested upon a show- tween August 31, 1976, and the date of filing of the renewal applications to obtain author- ing that operation thereon will not ization to use additional transmitters or cause interference to established sta- modification of existing stations shall be re- tions: And provided further, In no case stricted to a single system application nec- will operation of a remote pickup essary to accomplish the desired change, but broadcast station be authorized on fre- may include consolidation of previously-licensed transmitters within the system li- quencies employed for the safety of life cense. Applications submitted for system li- and property. censing prior to the time when renewal ap- (e) The user shall have full control plications would normally be filed which are over the transmitting equipment dur- unnecessary for either administrative or ing the period it is operated. operational purposes will be returned as unacceptable for filing. (f) Special temporary authority to permit operation of remote pickup (Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155) broadcast stations or systems pending [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 42 Commission action on an application FR 2071, Jan. 10, 1977; 47 FR 21496, May 18, for regular authority will not normally 1982; 49 FR 14509, Apr. 12, 1984; 51 FR 4602, Feb. 6, 1986; 58 FR 19775, Apr. 16, 1993; 60 FR be granted. 55482, Nov. 1, 1995; 65 FR 30011, May 10, 2000; [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 47 68 FR 12764, Mar. 17, 2003] FR 9220, Mar. 4, 1982; 47 FR 55936, Dec. 14, 1982; 50 FR 23709, June 5, 1985; 58 FR 19775, § 74.433 Temporary authorizations. Apr. 16, 1993; 68 FR 12765, Mar. 17, 2003] (a) Special temporary authority may be granted for remote pickup station § 74.434 Remote control operation. operation which cannot be conducted (a) A remote control system must in accordance with § 74.24. Such author- provide adequate monitoring and con- ity will normally be granted only for trol functions to permit proper oper- operations of a temporary nature. Where operation is seen as likely on a ation of the station. continuing annual basis, an application (b) A remote control system must be for a regular authorization should be designed, installed, and protected so submitted. that the transmitter can only be acti- (b) A request for special temporary vated or controlled by persons author- authority for the operation of a remote ized by the licensee. pickup broadcast station must be made (c) A remote control system must in accordance with the procedures of prevent inadvertent transmitter oper- § 1.931(b) of this chapter. ation caused by malfunctions in the (c) All requests for special temporary circuits between the control point and authority of a remote pickup broadcast transmitter. station must include full particulars including: licensee’s name and address, [51 FR 4602, Feb. 6, 1986, as amended at 60 FR facility identification number of the 55482, Nov. 1, 1995] associated broadcast station or sta- § 74.436 Special requirements for auto- tions, call letters of remote pickup sta- matic relay stations. tion (if assigned), type and manufacturer of equipment, power output, (a) An automatic relay station must emission, frequency or frequencies pro- be designed, installed, and protected so posed to be used, commencement and that the transmitter can only be acti- termination date, location of operation vated or controlled by persons author- and purpose for which request is made ized by the licensee. including any particular justification. (b) An automatic relay station may (d) A request for special temporary accomplish retransmission of the in- authority shall specify a frequency or coming signals by either heterodyne frequencies consistent with the provi- frequency conversion or by modulating sions of § 74.402: Provided, That, in the the transmitter with the demodulated case of events of wide-spread interest incoming signals. and importance which cannot be trans-

451

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00461 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.451 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

(c) An automatic relay station trans- using equipment which has not been mitter may relay the demodulated in- certificated will specify the particular coming signals from one or more retransmitting equipment which the li- ceivers. censee is authorized to use. [51 FR 4602, Feb. 6, 1986, as amended at 60 FR (Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155) 55483, Nov. 1, 1995] [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 14728, Mar. 16, 1977; 42 FR 43636, Aug. 30, § 74.451 Certification of equipment. 1977; 43 FR 14661, Apr. 7, 1978; 45 FR 28142, (a) Applications for new remote pick- Apr. 28, 1980; 63 FR 36604, July 7, 1998; 68 FR up broadcast stations or systems or for 12765, Mar. 17, 2003] changing transmitting equipment of an existing station will not be accepted § 74.452 Equipment changes. unless the transmitters to be used have (a) Modifications may be made to an been certificated by the FCC pursuant existing authorization in accordance to the provisions of this subpart, or with §§ 1.929 and 1.947 of this chapter. have been certificated for licensing (b) All transmitters initially in- under part 90 of this chapter and do not stalled after November 30, 1977, must be exceed the output power limits speci- certificated for use in this service or fied in § 74.461(b). other service as specified in § 74.451(a). (b) Any manufacturer of a trans- [68 FR 12765, Mar. 17, 2003] mitter to be used in this service may apply for certification for such trans- § 74.461 Transmitter power. mitter following the certification pro- (a) Transmitter power is the power at cedure set forth in part 2 of the Com- the transmitter output terminals and mission’s rules and regulations. Atten- delivered to the antenna, antenna tion is also directed to part 1 of the transmission line, or any other imped- Commission’s rules and regulations ance-matched, radio frequency load. which specifies the fees required when For the purpose of this Subpart, the filing an application for certification. transmitter power is the carrier power. (c) An applicant for a remote pickup (b) The authorized transmitter power broadcast station or system may also for a remote pickup broadcast station apply for certification for an individual shall be limited to that necessary for transmitter by following the certifi- satisfactory service and, in any event, cation procedure set forth in part 2 of shall not be greater than 100 watts, ex- the Commission’s rules and regula- cept that a station to be operated tions. aboard an aircraft shall normally be (d) All transmitters marketed for use limited to a maximum authorized under this subpart shall be certificated power of 15 watts. Specific authoriza- by the Federal Communications Com- tion to operate stations on board air- mission. (Refer to subpart J of part 2 of craft with an output power exceeding the Commission’s Rules and Regula- 15 watts will be issued only upon an tions.) adequate engineering showing of need, (e) Remote pickup broadcast station and of the procedures that will be equipment authorized to be used pursu- taken to avoid harmful interference to ant to an application accepted for fil- other licensees. ing prior to December 1, 1977, may continue to be used by the licensee or its (Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155) successors or assignees: Provided, how- [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 43 ever, If operation of such equipment FR 14662, Apr. 7, 1978] causes harmful interference due to its failure to comply with the technical § 74.462 Authorized bandwidth and standards set forth in this subpart, the emissions. Commission may, at its discretion, re- (a) Each authorization for a new require the licensee to take such correc- mote pickup broadcast station or sys- tive action as is necessary to eliminate tem shall require the use of certifi- the interference. cated equipment and such equipment (f) Each instrument of authority shall be operated in accordance with which permits operation of a remote emission specifications included in the pickup broadcast station or system grant of certification and as prescribed

452

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00462 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.462

in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this and the maximum authorized fre- section. quency deviation in the case of fre- (b) The maximum authorized band- quency or phase modulated emission, width of emissions corresponding to shall be as follows: the types of emissions specified below,

Maximum Authorized bandwidth frequency Frequencies Type of emission 2 (kHz) deviation 1 (kHz)

MHz: 25.87 to 26.03 ...... 40 ...... 10 Frequencies 25.87 to 153.3575 26.07 to 26.47 ...... 20 ...... 5 MHz: A3E, F1E, F3E, F9E. 152.8625 to 153.3575 3 ...... 30/60 ...... 5/10 160.860 to 161.400 ...... 60 ...... 10 161.625 to 161.775 ...... 30 ...... 5 166.25 and 170.15 4 ...... 12.5/25 ...... 5 450.00625 to 450.025 Frequencies 160.860 to 450.98125 to 450.99375 455.950 MHz: A1A, 455.00625 to 455.025 A1B, A1D, A1E, A2A, 455.98125 to 455.99375 ...... A2B, A2D, A2E, A3E, ...... F1A, F1B, F1D, F1E, ...... F2A, F2B, F2D, F2E, Up to 12.5 ...... F3E, F9E...... 1.5 ...... 450.03125 to 450.61875 455.03125 to 455.61875 ...... Up to 25 ...... 5 450.6375 to 450.8625 455.6375 to 455.8625 ...... 25–50 ...... 10 450.900, 450.950 455.900, 455.950 ...... 50–100 ...... 35 1 Applies where F1A, F1B, F1D, F1E, F2A, F2B, F2D, F2E, F3E, or F9E emissions are used. 2 Stations operating above 450 MHz shall show a need for employing A1A, A1B, A1D, A1E, A2A, A2B, A2D, A2E, F1A, F1B, F1D, F1E, F2A, F2B, F2D, or F2E emission. 3 New or modified licenses for use of the frequencies will not be granted to utilize transmitters on board aircraft, or to use a bandwidth in excess of 30 kHz and maximum deviation exceeding 5 kHz 4 For stations licensed or applied for before April 16, 2003, the sum of the bandwidth of emission and tolerance on frequencies 166.25 MHz or 170.15 MHz shall not exceed 25 kHz, and such operation may continue until January 1, 2005. For new stations licensed or applied for on or after April 16, 2003, the sum of the bandwidth of emission and tolerance on these frequencies shall not exceed 12.5 kHz. For all remote pickup broadcast stations, the sum of the bandwidth of emission and tolerance on these frequencies shall not exceed 12.5 kHz on or after January 1, 2005.

(c) For emissions on frequencies (3) On any frequency removed from above 25 MHz with authorized the assigned frequency by more than bandwidths up to 30 kHz, the emissions 250 percent on the authorized band- shall comply with the emission mask width; at least 43 plus 10 log10 (mean and transient frequency behavior re- output power, in watts) dB. quirements of §§ 90.210 and 90.214 of this (d) In the event a station’s emissions chapter. For all other emissions, the outside its authorized channel cause mean power of emissions shall be at- harmful interference, the Commission tenuated below the mean output power may, at its discretion, require the li- of the transmitter in accordance with censee to take such further steps as the following schedule: may be necessary to eliminate the in- (1) On any frequency removed from terference. the assignment frequency by more NOTE: The measurements of emission than 50 percent up to and including 100 power can be expressed in peak or mean val- percent of the authorized bandwidth: at ues provided they are expressed in the same least 25 dB: (2) On any frequency removed from the assigned frequency by more than 100 percent up to and including 250 percent of the authorized bandwidth: at least 35 dB;

453

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00463 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.463 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

parameters as the unmodulated transmitter § 74.465 Frequency monitors and carrier power. measurements. (Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155) The licensee of a remote pickup sta- [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 41 tion or system shall provide the nec- FR 32429, Aug. 3, 1976; 41 FR 35068, Aug. 19, essary means to assure that all oper- 1976; 43 FR 14662, Apr. 7, 1978; 43 FR 38391, ating frequencies are maintained with- Aug. 28, 1978; 44 FR 65765, Nov. 15, 1979; 56 FR in the allowed tolerances. 28498, June 21, 1991; 63 FR 36604, July 7, 1998; 68 FR 12765, Mar. 17, 2003; 68 FR 25540, May 13, [51 FR 4603, Feb. 6, 1986] 2003] § 74.482 Station identification. § 74.463 Modulation requirements. (a) Each remote pickup broadcast (a) Each new remote pickup broad- station shall be identified by the trans- cast station authorized to operate with mission of the assigned station or sys- a power output in excess of 3 watts tem call sign, or by the call sign of the shall be equipped with a device which associated broadcast station. For sys- will automatically prevent modulation in excess of the limits set forth in this tems, the licensee (including those op- subpart. erating pursuant to § 74.24 of this part) (b) If amplitude modulation is em- shall assign a unit designator to each ployed, modulation shall not exceed 100 station in the system. The call sign percent on negative peaks. (and unit designator, where appro- (c) If frequency modulation is em- priate) shall be transmitted at the be- ployed, emission shall conform to the ginning and end of each period of oper- requirements specified in § 74.462. ation. A period of operation may consist of a single continuous trans- [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 47 mission, or a series of intermittent FR 54448, Dec. 3, 1982] transmissions pertaining to a single § 74.464 Frequency tolerance. event. (b) In cases where a period of oper- For operations on frequencies above ation is of more than one hour dura- 25 MHz using authorized bandwidths up tion identification of remote pickup to 30 kHz, the licensee of a remote broadcast stations participating in the pickup broadcast station or system operation shall be made at approxi- shall maintain the operating frequency mately one-hour intervals. Identifica- of each station in compliance with the tion transmissions during operation frequency tolerance requirements of need not be made when to make such § 90.213 of this chapter. For all other op- transmissions would interrupt a single erations, the licensee of a remote pick- consecutive speech, play, religious up broadcast station or system shall service, symphony, concert, or any maintain the operating frequency of type of production. In such cases, the each station in accordance with the identification transmissions shall be following: made at the first interruption in the Tolerance (percent) program continuity and at the conclusion thereof. Hourly identification may Frequency range Base sta- Mobile station tion be accomplished either by transmission of the station or system call sign and 25 to 30 MHz: 3 W or less ...... 002 .005 unit designator assigned to the indi- Over 3 W ...... 002 .002 vidual station or identification of an 30 to 300 MHz: associated broadcasting station or net- 3 W or less ...... 0005 .005 Over 3 W ...... 0005 .0005 work with which the remote pickup 300 to 500 MHz, all powers ...... 00025 .0005 broadcast station is being used. (c) In cases where an automatic relay (Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, station is a part of the circuit, the call 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303)) sign of the relay transmitter may be [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 42 transmitted automatically by the relay FR 2071, Jan. 10, 1977; 43 FR 38391, Aug. 28, transmitter or by the remote pickup 1978; 44 FR 65765, Nov. 15, 1979; 68 FR 12766, broadcast base or mobile station that Mar. 17, 2003; 68 FR 25540, May 13, 2003] actuates the automatic relay station.

454

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00464 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.502

(d) Automatically activated equip- (c) Aural broadcast microwave booster ment may be used to transmit station station. A fixed station in the broadcast identification in International Morse auxiliary service that receives and am- Code, provided that the modulation plifies signals of an aural broadcast tone is 1200 Hz±800 Hz, the level of mod- STL or intercity relay station and re- ulation of the identification signal is transmits them on the same frequency. ± maintained at 40% 10%, and that the [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 49 code transmission rate is maintained FR 7129, Feb. 27, 1984; 53 FR 4169, Feb. 12, between 20 and 25 words per minute. 1988; 55 FR 50692, Dec. 10, 1990; 57 FR 41111, (e) For stations using F1E or G1E Sept. 9, 1992] emissions, identification shall be transmitted in the unscrambled analog § 74.502 Frequency assignment. (F3E) mode or in International Morse (a) Except as provided in NG30, Code pursuant to the provisions of broadcast auxiliary stations licensed as paragraph (d) of this section at inter- of November 21, 1984, to operate in the vals not to exceed 15 minutes. For pur- band 942–944 MHz 1 may continue to op- poses of rule enforcement, all licensees erate on a co-equal, primary basis to using F1E or G1E emissions shall pro- other stations and services operating vide, upon request by the Commission, in the band in accordance with the a full and complete description of the Table of Frequency Allocations. These encoding methodology they currently stations will be protected from possible use. interference caused by new users of the band by the technical standards speci- NOTE: Stations are encouraged to identify fied in § 101.105(c)(2). using their associated part 73 station call (b) The frequency band 944–952 MHz is sign. available for assignment to aural STL [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 47 and ICR stations. One or more of the FR 9220, Mar. 4, 1982; 52 FR 47569, Dec. 15, following 25 kHz segments may be 1987; 56 FR 28499, June 21, 1991; 68 FR 12766, stacked to form a channel which may Mar. 17, 2003] be assigned with a maximum authorized bandwidth of 300 kHz except as Subpart E—Aural Broadcast noted in the following Table. The chan- Auxiliary Stations nel, will be assigned by its center frequency, channel bandwidth, and emis- § 74.501 Classes of aural broadcast sion designator. The following fre- auxiliary stations. quencies are the centers of individual (a) Aural broadcast STL station. A segments. When stacking an even num- fixed station for the transmission of ber of segments, the center frequency aural program material between the specified will deviate from the fol- studio and the transmitter of a broad- lowing frequencies in that it should casting station other than an inter- correspond to the actual center of national broadcasting station. stacked channels. When stacking an (b) Aural broadcast intercity relay odd number of channels, the center fre- (ICR) station. A fixed station for the quency specified will correspond to one transmission of aural program mate- of the following frequencies. rial between radio broadcast stations, 944.0125, 944.0375, 944.0625, 944.0875, 944.1125, other than international broadcast sta- 944.1375, 944.1625, 944.1875, 944.2125, 944.2375, tions, between FM radio broadcast sta- 944.2625, 944.2875, 944.3125, 944.3375, 944.3625, tions and their co-owned FM booster 944.3875, 944.4125, 944.4375, 944.4625, 944.4875, stations, between noncommercial edu- 944.5125, 944.5375, 944.5625, 944.5875, 944.6125, cational FM radio stations and their 944.6375, 944.6625, 944.6875, 944.7125, 944.7375, 944.7625, 944.7875, 944.8125, 944.8375, 944.8625, co-owned noncommercial educational 944.8875, 944.9125, 944.9375, 944.9625, 944.9875, FM translator stations assigned to reserved channels (Channels 201 to 220), 1 between FM radio stations and FM NOTE: In addition to this band, stations in Puerto Rico may continue to be authorized translator stations operating within on 942.5, 943.0, 943.5, 944.0 MHz in the band the coverage contour of their primary 942–944 MHz on a primary basis to stations stations, or for such other purposes as and services operating in accordance with authorized in § 74.531. the Table of Frequency Allocations.

455

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00465 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8003 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.502 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

945.0125, 945.0375, 945.0625, 945.0875, 945.1125, use. However, an FM station licensed 945.1375, 945.1625, 945.1875, 945.2125, 945.2375, for twelve or fewer segments (300 kHz 945.2625, 945.2875, 945.3125, 945.3375, 945.3625, total bandwidth) or an AM station li- 945.3875, 945.4125, 945.4375, 945.4625, 945.4875, 945.5125, 945.5375, 945.5625, 945.5875, 945.6125, censed for eight or fewer segments (200 945.6375, 945.6625, 945.6875, 945.7125, 945.7375, kHz total bandwidth) may lease excess 945.7625, 945.7875, 945.8125, 945.8375, 945.8625, capacity for broadcast and other uses 945.8875, 945.9125, 945.9375, 945.9625, 945.9875, on a primary basis. 946.0125, 946.0375, 946.0625, 946.0875, 946.1125, (2) An applicant (new or modification 946.1375, 946.1625, 946.1875, 946.2125, 946.2375, of existing license) may assume the 946.2625, 946.2875, 946.3125, 946.3375, 946.3625, cost of replacement of one or more ex- 946.3875, 946.4125, 946.4375, 946.4625, 946.4875, 946.5125, 946.5375, 946.5625, 946.5875, 946.6125, isting licensees equipment with 946.6375, 946.6625, 946.6875, 946.7125, 946.7375, narrowband equipment of comparable 946.7625, 946.7875, 946.8125, 946.8375, 946.8625, capabilities and quality in order to 946.8875, 946.9125, 946.9375, 946.9625, 946.9875, make available spectrum for its facili- 947.0125, 947.0375, 947.0625, 947.0875, 947.1125, ties. Existing licensees must accept 947.1375, 947.1625, 947.1875, 947.2125, 947.2375, such replacement without cost to them 947.2625, 947.2875, 947.3125, 947.3375, 947.3625, except upon a showing that the re- 947.3875, 947.4125, 947.4375, 947.4625, 947.4875, 947.5125, 947.5375, 947.5625, 947.5875, 947.6125, placement equipment does not meet 947.6375, 947.6625, 947.6875, 947.7125, 947.7375, the capability or quality requirements. 947.7625, 947.7875, 947.8125, 947.8375, 947.8625, (c) Aural broadcast STL and inter- 947.8875, 947.9125, 947.9375, 947.9625, 947.9875, city relay stations that were licensed 948.0125, 948.0375, 948.0625, 948.0875, 948.1125, or had applications pending before the 948.1375, 948.1625, 948.1875, 948.2125, 948.2375, Commission as of September 18, 1998 948.2625, 948.2875, 948.3125, 948.3375, 948.3625, may continue those operations in the 948.3875, 948.4125, 948.4375, 948.4625, 948.4875, band 18,760–18,820 and 19,100–19,160 MHz 948.5125, 948.5375, 948.5625, 948.5875, 948.6125, 948.6375, 948.6625, 948.6875, 948.7125, 948.7375, on a shared co-primary basis with 948.7625, 948.7875, 948.8125, 948.8375, 948.8625, other services under parts 21, 25, and 948.8875, 948.9125, 948.9375, 948.9625, 948.9875, 101 of this chapter until June 8, 2010. 949.0125, 949.0375, 949.0625, 949.0875, 949.1125, Prior to June 8, 2010, such stations are 949.1375, 949.1625, 949.1875, 949.2125, 949.2375, subject to relocation by licensees in 949.2625, 949.2875, 949.3125, 949.3375, 949.3625, the fixed-satellite service. Such reloca- 949.3875, 949.4125, 949.4375, 949.4625, 949.4875, tion is subject to the provisions of 949.5125, 949.5375, 949.5625, 949.5875, 949.6125, §§ 101.85 through 101.97 of this chapter. 949.6375, 949.6625, 949.6875, 949.7125, 949.7375, 949.7625, 949.7875, 949.8125, 949.8375, 949.8625, After June 8, 2010, such operations are 949.8875, 949.9125, 949.9375, 949.9625, 949.9875, not entitled to protection from fixed- 950.0125, 950.0375, 950.0625, 950.0875, 950.1125, satellite service operations and must 950.1375, 950.1625, 950.1875, 950.2125, 950.2375, not cause unacceptable interference to 950.2625, 950.2875, 950.3125, 950.3375, 950.3625, fixed-satellite service station oper- 950.3875, 950.4125, 950.4375, 950.4625, 950.4875, ations. No applications for new licenses 950.5125, 950.5375, 950.5625, 950.5875, 950.6125, will be accepted in these bands after 950.6375, 950.6625, 950.6875, 950.7125, 950.7375, June 8, 2000. 950.7625, 950.7875, 950.8125, 950.8375, 950.8625, 950.8875, 950.9125, 950.9375, 950.9625, 950.9875, (1)(i) 5 MHz maximum authorized 951.0125, 951.0375, 951.0625, 951.0875, 951.1125, bandwidth channels: 951.1375, 951.1625, 951.1875, 951.2125, 951.2375, 951.2625, 951.2875, 951.3125, 951.3375, 951.3625, Receive Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) 951.3875, 951.4125, 951.4375, 951.4625, 951.4875, (MHz) 951.5125, 951.5375, 951.5625, 951.5875, 951.6125, 951.6375, 951.6625, 951.6875, 951.7125, 951.7375, 340 MHz Separation 951.7625, 951.7875, 951.8125, 951.8375, 951.8625, 951.8875, 951.9125, 951.9375, 951.9625, 951.9875. 18762.5 ...... 19102.5 18767.5 ...... 19107.5 (1) A single broadcast station may be 18772.5 ...... 19112.5 authorized up to a maximum of twenty 18777.5 ...... 19117.5 segments (500 kHz total bandwidth) for 18782.5 ...... 19122.5 18787.5 ...... 19127.5 transmission of program material be- 18792.5 ...... 19132.5 tween a single origin and one or more 18797.5 ...... 19137.5 designations. The station may lease ex- 18802.5 ...... 19142.5 cess capacity for broadcast and other 18807.5 ...... 19147.5 uses on a secondary basis, subject to 18812.5 ...... 19152.5 availability of spectrum for broadcast 18817.5 ...... 19157.5

456

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00466 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.531

(ii) Licensees may use either a two- tion, except an international broad- way link or one frequency of a fre- casting station, for simultaneous or de- quency pair for a one-way link. layed broadcast. (2) [Reserved] (b) An aural broadcast intercity relay (d) For the coordination of all fre- station is authorized to transmit aural quency assignments for fixed stations program material between broad- above 944 MHz, for each frequency au- casting stations, except international thorized under this part, the inter- broadcasting stations, for simulta- ference protection criteria in neous or delayed broadcast. § 101.105(a), (b), and (c) of this chapter (c) An aural broadcast intercity relay and the frequency usage coordination station is authorized to transmit aural procedures of § 101.103(d) of this chapter program material between noncommer- will apply. cial educational FM radio stations and (e) The use of the frequencies listed their co-owned noncommercial edu- in paragraph (b) of this section by cational FM translator stations as- aural broadcast intercity relay sta- signed to reserved channels (Channels tions is subject to the condition that 201 to 220) and between FM radio sta- no harmful interference is caused to tions and FM translator stations oper- other classes of stations operating in ating within the coverage contour of accordance with the Table of Fre- their primary stations. This use shall quency Allocations contained in § 2.106 not interfere with or otherwise pre- of this chapter. clude use of these broadcast auxiliary [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 48 facilities by broadcast auxiliary sta- FR 50332, Nov. 1, 1983; 49 FR 37777, Sept. 26, tions transmitting aural programming 1984; 50 FR 4658, Feb. 1, 1985; 50 FR 7341, Feb. between broadcast stations as provided 22, 1985; 50 FR 34150, Aug. 23, 1985; 50 FR 48600, in paragraph (b) of this section. Nov. 26, 1985; 54 FR 10329, Mar. 13, 1989; 54 FR (d) An aural broadcast STL or inter- 24905, June 12, 1989; 54 FR 30043, July 18, 1989; city relay may be used to transmit ma- 65 FR 38325, June 20, 2000; 65 FR 54172, Sept. terial between an FM broadcast radio 7, 2000; 68 FR 12766, Mar. 17, 2003; 68 FR 16967, station and an FM booster station Apr. 8, 2003; 73 FR 25496, May 6, 2008] owned, operated, and controlled by the § 74.503 Frequency selection. licensee of the originating FM radio station. This use shall not interfere (a) Each application for a new station with or otherwise preclude use of these or change in an existing station shall broadcast auxiliary facilities by broad- be specific with regard to frequency. In cast auxiliary stations transmitting general, the lowest suitable frequency aural programming between the studio will be assigned which, on an engineer- and transmitter location of a broadcast ing basis, will not cause harmful inter- station or between broadcast stations ference to other stations operating in as provided in paragraphs (a) and (b) of accordance with existing frequency al- this section. locations. (e) An aural broadcast microwave (b) Where it appears that interference booster station is authorized to re- may result from the operation of a new transmit the signals of an aural broad- station or a change in the facilities of cast STL or intercity relay station. an existing station, the Commission (f) Multiplexing of the STL or inter- may require a showing that harmful in- city relay transmitter may be em- terference will not be caused to exist- ployed to provide additional commu- ing stations or that if interference will nication channels for the transmission be caused the need for the proposed of aural program material, news-wire service outweighs the loss of service teleprinter signals relaying news to be due to the interference. associated with main channel program- [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963] ming, operational communications, and material authorized to be trans- § 74.531 Permissible service. mitted over an FM station under a (a) An aural broadcast STL station is valid Subsidiary Communications Au- authorized to transmit aural program thorization (SCA). An aural broadcast material between the studio and trans- STL or intercity relay station may not mitter location of a broadcasting sta- be operated solely for the transmission

457

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00467 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.532 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

of operational, teleprinter or sub- broadcast intercity relay station also sidiary communications. Operational will be licensed for use by low power communications include cues, orders, FM stations, noncommercial edu- and other communications directly re- cational FM translator stations as- lated to the operation of the broadcast signed to reserved channels (Channels station as well as special signals used 201–220) and owned and operated by for telemetry or the control of appa- their primary station, by FM trans- ratus used in conjunction with the lator stations operating within the broadcasting operations. coverage contour of their primary sta- (g) All program material, including tions, and by FM booster stations. subsidiary communications, trans- Aural auxiliary stations licensed to mitted over an aural broadcast STL or low power FM stations will be assigned intercity relay station shall be in- on a secondary basis; i.e., subject to the tended for use by broadcast stations condition that no harmful interference owned or under common control of the is caused to other aural auxiliary sta- licensee or licensees of the STL or tions assigned to radio broadcast sta- intercity relay station. Other broad- tions. Auxiliary stations licensed to cast stations may simultaneously uti- low power FM stations must accept lize such program material with per- any interference caused by stations mission of the STL or intercity relay having primary use of aural auxiliary station licensee. frequencies. (h) In any case where multiplexing, is (b) More than one aural broadcast employed on an aural broadcast STL STL or intercity relay station may be station for the simultaneous trans- licensed to a single licensee upon a sat- mission of more than one aural chan- isfactory showing that the additional nel, the STL transmitter must be capa- stations are needed to provide different ble of transmitting the multiple chan- program circuits to more than one nels within the channel on which the broadcast station, to provide program STL station is authorized to operate circuits from other studios, or to pro- and with adequate technical quality so vide one or more intermediate relay that each broadcast station utilizing stations over a path which cannot be the circuit can meet the technical per- covered with a single station due to formance standards stipulated in the terrain or distance. rules governing that class of broad- (c) If more than one broadcast sta- casting station. If multiplex operation tion or class of broadcast station is to is employed during the regular oper- be served by a single aural broadcast ation of the STL station, the addi- auxiliary station, this information tional circuits shall be in operation at must be stated in the application for the time that the required periodic per- construction permit or license. formance measurements are made of (d) Licensees of aural broadcast STL the overall broadcasting system from and intercity relay stations may be au- the studio microphone input circuit to thorized to operate one or more aural the broadcast transmitter output cir- broadcast microwave booster stations cuit. for the purpose of relaying signals over [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 45 a path that cannot be covered with a FR 51564, Aug. 4, 1980; 52 FR 31403, Aug. 20, single station. 1987; 55 FR 50693, Dec. 10, 1990; 57 FR 41111, (e) Each aural broadcast auxiliary Sept. 9, 1992] station will be licensed at a specified transmitter location to communicate § 74.532 Licensing requirements. with a specified receiving location, and (a) An aural broadcast STL or an the direction of the main radiation aural broadcast intercity relay station lobe of the transmitting antenna will will be licensed only to the licensee or be a term of the station authorization. licensees of broadcast stations, includ- (f) In case of permanent discontinu- ing low power FM stations, other than ance of operations of a station licensed international broadcast stations, and under this subpart, the licensee shall for use with broadcast stations owned cancel the station license using FCC entirely by or under common control of Form 601. For purposes of this section, the licensee or licensees. An aural a station which is not operated for a

458

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00468 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.535

period of one year is considered to have such action appears to be in the public been permanently discontinued. interest, convenience and necessity. [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 49 (Sec. 318, 48 Stat. 1089, as amended by sec. 1, FR 7129, Feb. 27, 1984; 49 FR 10930, Mar. 23, 74 Stat. 363; 47 U.S.C. 318) 1984; 52 FR 31403, Aug. 20, 1987; 55 FR 50693, [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 47 Dec. 10, 1990; 57 FR 41111, Sept. 9, 1992; 58 FR FR 55936, Dec. 14, 1982; 49 FR 7130, Feb. 27, 19775, Apr. 16, 1993; 65 FR 7649, Feb. 15, 2000; 1984; 50 FR 32417, Aug. 12, 1985; 50 FR 48599, 68 FR 12766, Mar. 17, 2003] Nov. 26, 1985; 60 FR 55483, Nov. 1, 1995]

§ 74.533 Remote control and unat- § 74.534 Power limitations. tended operation. (a) Transmitter output power. (1) (a) Aural broadcast STL and inter- Transmitter output power shall be lim- city relay stations may be operated by ited to that necessary to accomplish remote control provided that such op- the function of the system. eration is conducted in accordance (2) In the 17,700 to 19,700 MHz band, with the conditions listed below: transmitter output power shall not ex- (1) The remote control system must ceed 10 watts. provide adequate monitoring and con- (b) In no event shall the average trol functions to permit proper oper- equivalent isotropically radiated power ation of the station. (EIRP), as referenced to an isotropic (2) The remote control system must radiator, exceed the values specified in be designed, installed, and protected so the following table. In cases of harmful that the transmitter can only be acti- interference, the Commission may, vated or controlled by persons author- after notice and opportunity for hear- ized by the licensee. ing, order a change in the equivalent (3) The remote control system must isotropically radiated power of this prevent inadvertent transmitter oper- station. ation due to malfunctions in circuits Maximum Al- between the control point and trans- Frequency band (MHz) lowable 1 mitter. EIRP (dBW) (b) Aural broadcast auxiliary sta- 944 to 952 ...... + 40 tions may be operated unattended sub- 17,700 to 18,600 ...... + 55 ject to the following provisions: 18,600 to 19,700 ...... + 35 (1) The transmitter shall be provided 1 Stations licensed based on an application filed before April 16, 2003, for EIRP values exceeding those specified above, with adequate safeguards to prevent may continue to operate indefinitely in accordance with the improper operation of the equipment. terms of their current authorizations, subject to periodic renewal. (2) The transmitter installation shall be adequately protected against tam- (c) The EIRP of transmitters that use pering by unauthorized persons. Automatic Transmitter Power Control (3) Whenever an unattended aural (ATPC) shall not exceed the EIRP spec- broadcast auxiliary station is used, ap- ified on the station authorization. The propriate observations must be made EIRP of non-ATPC transmitters shall at the receiving end of the circuit as be maintained as near as practicable to often as necessary to ensure proper sta- the EIRP specified on the station au- tion operation. However, an aural thorization. broadcast STL (and any aural broad- [68 FR 12766, Mar. 17, 2003] cast microwave booster station) associated with a radio or TV broadcast sta- § 74.535 Emission and bandwidth. tion operated by remote control may (a) The mean power of emissions be observed by monitoring the broad- shall be attenuated below the mean cast station’s transmitted signal at the transmitter power (PMEAN) in accord- remote control or ATS monitoring ance with the following schedule: point. (1) When using frequency modulation: (c) The FCC may notify the licensee (i) On any frequency removed from to cease or modify operation in the the assigned (center) frequency by case of frequency usage disputes, inter- more than 50% up to and including ference or similar situations where 100% of the authorized bandwidth: At

459

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00469 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.535 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

least 25 dB in any 100 kHz reference power of emissions shall be attenuated bandwidth (BREF); below the peak envelope transmitter (ii) On any frequency removed from power (PPEAK) in accordance with the the assigned (center) frequency by following schedule: more than 100% up to and including (1) On any frequency 500 Hz inside the 250% of the authorized bandwidth: At channel edge up to and including 2500 least 35 dB in any 100 kHz reference Hz outside the same edge, the following bandwidth; formula will apply: (iii) On any frequency removed from 2 the assigned (center) frequency by A = 29 Log10 [(25/11)[(D + 2.5 ¥ (W/2)] ] more than 250% of the authorized band- dB width: At least 43 + 10 log (P in 10 MEAN (Attenuation greater than 50 decibels is watts) dB, or 80 dB, whichever is the not required.) lesser attenuation, in any 100 kHz reference bandwidth. Where: (2) When using transmissions employ- A = Attenuation (in dB) below the peak enve- ing digital modulation techniques: lope transmitter power. (i) For operating frequencies below 15 D = the displacement frequency (kHz) from GHz, in any 4 kHz reference bandwidth the center of the authorized bandwidth. (BREF), the center frequency of which is W = the channel bandwidth (kHz). removed from the assigned frequency by more than 50 percent up to and in- (2) On any frequency removed from cluding 250 percent of the authorized the channel edge by more than 2500 Hz: bandwidth: As specified by the fol- At least 43 + 10 Log10 (PPEAK in watts) lowing equation but in no event less dB. than 50 decibels: (c) In the event a station’s emissions outside its authorized channel cause A = 35 + 0.8(G ¥ 50) + 10 Log B. 10 harmful interference, the Commission (Attenuation greater than 80 decibels is may require the licensee to take such not required.) further steps as may be necessary to Where: eliminate the interference. A = Attenuation (in decibels) below the mean (d) For purposes of compliance with output power level. the emission limitation requirements G = Percent removed from the carrier fre- of this section: quency. (1) If the transmitter modulates a B = Authorized bandwidth in megahertz. single carrier, digital modulation tech- (ii) For operating frequencies above niques are considered as being em- 15 GHz, in any 1 MHz reference band- ployed when digital modulation occu- width (BREF), the center frequency of pies 50 percent or more of the total which is removed from the assigned peak frequency deviation of a trans- frequency by more than 50 percent up mitted radio frequency carrier. The to and including 250 percent of the au- total peak frequency deviation will be thorized bandwidth: As specified by the determined by adding the deviation following equation but in no event less produced by the digital modulation sig- than 11 decibels: nal and the deviation produced by any A = 11 + 0.4(G ¥ 50) + 10 Log10 B. frequency division multiplex (FDM) (Attenuation greater than 56 decibels is modulation used. The deviation (D) not required.) produced by the FDM signal must be (iii) In any 4 kHz reference bandwidth determined in accordance with § 2.202(f) (BREF), the center frequency of which is of this chapter. removed from the assigned frequency (2) If the transmitter modulates two by more than 250 percent of the author- or more carriers, with at least one ized bandwidth: At least 43 + 10 Log10 using digital modulation and one using (PMEAN in watts) decibels, or 80 deci- frequency or other analog modulation, bels, whichever is the lesser attenu- digital modulation techniques are con- ation. sidered as being employed when the (b) For all emissions not covered in paragraph (a) of this section, the peak

460

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00470 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.535

necessary bandwidth of the digital sig- their current authorizations, subject to nal(s) is 50 percent or more of the ag- periodic renewal. Existing equipment gregate bandwidth of the system, com- and equipment of product lines in pro- prising the digital necessary band- duction before April 16, 2003, authorized width(s), the analog necessary band- via certification or verification before width(s), and any bandwidth(s) between March 17, 2005, for equipment not con- the digital and analog necessary forming to the emission limitations re- bandwidths. In this case, the aggregate quirements specified above, may con- bandwidth shall be used for the author- tinue to be manufactured and/or mar- ized bandwidth (B) in paragraph (a) of keted, but may not be authorized for this section, and for purposes of com- use under a station license except at pliance with the bandwidth limitations stations licensed pursuant to an appli- in § 74.502 of this subpart; and the sum cation filed before March 17, 2005. Any of the powers of the analog and digital non-conforming equipment authorized signals shall be used for mean trans- under a station license, and replaced on mitter power (PMEAN) in paragraph (a) or after March 17, 2005, must be re- or the peak envelope transmitter power placed by conforming equipment. (PPEAK) in paragraph (b) of this section, (e) The following limitations apply to and for purposes of compliance with the operation of aural broadcast micro- the power limitations in § 74.534 of this wave booster stations: subpart. (1) The booster station must receive (3) For demonstrating compliance and amplify the signals of the origi- with the attenuation requirements for nating station and retransmit them on frequency modulation and digital mod- the same frequency without signifi- ulation in paragraph (a) of this section, cantly altering them in any way. The the resolution bandwidth (BRES) of the characteristics of the booster trans- measuring equipment used for meas- mitter output signal shall meet the re- urements removed from the center fre- quirements applicable to the signal of quency by more than 250 percent of the the originating station. authorized bandwidth shall be 100 kHz for operating frequencies below 1 GHz, (2) The licensee is responsible for cor- and 1 MHz for operating frequencies recting any condition of interference above 1 GHz. The resolution bandwidth that results from the radiation of radio for frequencies removed from the cen- frequency energy outside the assigned ter frequency by less than 250 percent channel. Upon notice by the FCC to the of the authorized bandwidth shall be station licensee that interference is being caused, operation of the appa- the reference bandwidth (BREF) specified in the individual emission limita- ratus must be immediately suspended tions, but may be reduced to not less and may not be resumed until the in- than one percent of the authorized terference has been eliminated or it bandwidth (B), adjusted upward to the can be demonstrated that the inter- nearest greater resolution bandwidth ference is not due to spurious emis- available on the measuring equipment. sions. However, short term test transmissions may be made during the pe- In all cases, if BRES and BREF are not equal, then the attenuation require- riod of suspended operation to deter- ment must be increased (or decreased) mine the efficacy of remedial measures. as determined by a factor of 10 log10 (3) In each instance where suspension [(BREF in megahertz)/(BRES in megahertz)] decibels, where a positive factor of operation is required, the licensee indicates an increase in the attenu- must submit a full report to the FCC ation requirement and a negative fac- after operation is resumed. The report tor indicates a decrease in the attenu- must contain details of the nature of ation requirement. the interference, the source of inter- (4) Stations licensed pursuant to an fering signals, and the remedial steps application filed before March 17, 2005, taken to eliminate the interference. using equipment not conforming with [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 48 the emission limitations specified FR 50332, Nov. 1, 1983; 49 FR 7130, Feb. 27, above, may continue to operate indefi- 1984; 49 FR 37777, Sept. 26, 1984; 50 FR 48599, nitely in accordance with the terms of Nov. 26, 1985; 68 FR 12766, Mar. 17, 2003.]

461

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00471 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.536 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

§ 74.536 Directional antenna required. does not meet performance Standard A, which is specified in the table in para- (a) Aural broadcast STL and ICR sta- graph (c) of this section, upon a show- tions are required to use a directional ing that said antenna causes or is like- antenna with the minimum beamwidth ly to cause interference to (or receive necessary, consistent with good engi- interference from) any other author- neering practice, to establish the link. ized or proposed station; provided that (b) An aural broadcast STL or inter- an antenna meeting performance city relay station operating in the 17.7– Standard A is unlikely to involve such 19.7 GHz band shall employ an antenna interference. that meets the performance standards (c) Licensees shall comply with the for Category A, except that in areas antenna standards table shown in this not subject to frequency congestion, paragraph in the following manner: antennas meeting standards for Cat- (1) With either the maximum beam- egory B may be employed. However, width to 3 dB points requirement or the Commission may require the re- with the minimum antenna gain replacement, at the licensee’s expense, of quirement; and any antenna or periscope antenna sys- (2) With the minimum radiation sup- tem of a permanent fixed station that pression to angle requirement.

ANTENNA STANDARDS

Maximum Minimum radiation suppression to angle in de- beam- grees from centerline of main beam in decibels width to 3 dB Minimum Frequency (GHz) Category 1 antenna ° ° ° ° ° ° points gain (dbi) 5° to 10 15 20 30 100 140 (included ° to to to to to to angle in 10 15° 20° 30° 100° 140° 180° degrees)

17.7 to 19.7 ...... A 2.2 38 25 29 33 36 42 55 55 B 2.2 38 20 24 28 32 35 36 36 1 If a licensee chooses to show compliance using maximum beamwidth to 3 dB points, the beamwidth limit shall apply in both the azimuth and the elevation planes.

[48 FR 50333, Nov. 1, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 7130, Feb. 27, 1984; 50 FR 48599, Nov. 26, 1985; 51 FR 19840, June 3, 1986; 62 FR 4922, Feb. 3, 1997; 68 FR 12767, Mar. 17, 2003]

§ 74.537 Temporary authorizations. call letters of the aural broadcast STL (a) Special temporary authority may or intercity relay station, if assigned, be granted for aural broadcast STL or type and manufacturer of equipment, intercity relay station operation which effective isotropic radiated power, cannot be conducted in accordance emission, frequency or frequencies pro- with § 74.24. Such authority will nor- posed for use, commencement and ter- mally be granted only for operations of mination date and location of the pro- a temporary nature. Where operation is posed operation, and purpose for which seen as likely on a continuing annual request is made including any par- basis, an application for a regular au- ticular justification. thorization should be submitted. (d) A request for special temporary (b) A request for special temporary authorization shall specify a frequency authority for the operation of an aural or frequencies consistent with the pro- broadcast STL or an intercity relay visions of § 74.502. However, in the case station must be made in accordance of events of widespread interest and with the procedures of § 1.931(b) of this importance which cannot be trans- chapter. mitted successfully on these fre- (c) All requests for special temporary quencies, frequencies assigned to other authority of an aural broadcast auxil- services may be requested upon a show- iary stations must include full particu- ing that operation thereon will not lars including: licensee’s name and ad- cause interference to established sta- dress, facility identification number of tions. In no case will operation of an the associated broadcast station(s), aural broadcast STL or intercity relay

462

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00472 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.564

station be authorized on frequencies § 74.551 Equipment changes. employed for the safety of life or prop- (a) Modifications may be made to an erty. existing authorization in accordance (e) When the transmitting equipment with §§ 1.929 and 1.947 of this chapter. utilized is not licensed to the user, the user shall nevertheless have full con- (b) Permissible changes in equipment trol over the use of the equipment dur- operating in the bands 18.3–18.58, 18.76– ing the period it is operated. 18.82 GHz and 19.1–19.16 GHz. Notwith- (f) Special temporary authorization standing other provisions of this sec- to permit operation of aural broadcast tion, licensees of stations that remain STL or intercity relay stations or sys- co-primary under the provisions of tems pending FCC action on an appli- § 74.502(c) may not make modifications cation for regular authority will nor- to their systems that increase inter- mally not be granted. ference to satellite earth stations, or result in a facility that would be more [47 FR 9220, Mar. 4, 1982, as amended at 50 FR costly to relocate. 23709, June 5, 1985; 58 FR 19775, Apr. 16, 1993; 68 FR 12767, Mar. 17, 2003] [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 38 FR 6827, Mar. 13, 1973; 47 FR 54448, Dec. 3, § 74.550 Equipment authorization. 1982; 49 FR 7130, Feb. 27, 1984; 50 FR 48599, Each authorization for aural broad- Nov. 26, 1985; 58 FR 19775, Apr. 16, 1993; 61 FR 4368, Feb. 6, 1996; 65 FR 54172, Sept. 7, 2000; 68 cast STL, ICR, and booster stations FR 12768, Mar. 17, 2003; 68 FR 16967, Apr. 8, shall require the use of equipment 2003; 68 FR 20225, Apr. 24, 2003; 69 FR 43772, which has been certificated or verified. July 22, 2004] Equipment which has not been approved under the equipment authoriza- § 74.561 Frequency tolerance. tion program and which was in service In the bands above 944 MHz, the oper- prior to July 1, 1993, may be retained ating frequency of the transmitter solely for temporary uses necessary to shall be maintained in accordance with restore or maintain regular service the following table: provided by approved equipment, because the main or primary unit has Tolerance as percentage of failed or requires servicing. Such tem- Frequency band (MHz) assigned fre- porary uses may not interfere with or quency impede the establishment of other 944 to 952 ...... 0 .005 aural broadcast auxiliary links and 17,700 to 19,700 ...... 0 .003 may not occur during more than 720 cumulative hours per year. Should interference occur, the licensee must [54 FR 30043, July 18, 1989, as amended at 68 FR 12768, Mar. 17, 2003] take all steps necessary to eliminate it, up to and including cessation of op- § 74.562 Frequency monitors and eration of the auxiliary transmitter. measurements. All unapproved equipment retained for The licensee shall ensure that the temporary use must have been in the STL, ICR, TVP, or booster transmitter possession of the licensee prior to July does not exceed the emission limita- 1, 1993, and may not be obtained from tions of § 74.535. This may be accom- other sources. Equipment designed ex- plished by appropriate frequency meas- clusively for fixed operation shall be urement techniques and consideration authorized under the verification proof the transmitter emissions. cedure. The equipment authorization procedures are contained in subpart J [50 FR 48599, Nov. 26, 1985] of part 2 of the rules. § 74.564 Posting of station license. NOTE TO § 74.550: Consistent with the note to § 74.502(a), grandfathered equipment in the (a) The station license and any other 942–944 MHz band and STL/ICR users of these instrument of authorization or indi- frequencies in Puerto Rico are also required vidual order concerning the construc- to come into compliance by July 1, 1993. The tion of the equipment or manner of op- backup provisions described above apply to eration of the station shall be posted in these stations also. the room in which the transmitter is [63 FR 36604, July 7, 1998] located, provided that if the station is

463

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00473 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.582 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

operated by remote control pursuant to transmission of identification as pro- § 74.533, the station license shall be vided in paragraph (a) of this section. posted at the operating position. (e) Voice transmissions shall nor- (b) Posting of the station license and mally be employed for station identi- any other instruments of authorization fication. However, other methods of shall be done by affixing the licenses to station identification may be per- the wall at the posting location, or by mitted or required by the Commission. enclosing them in a binder or folder which is retained at the posting loca- [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 42 FR 36830, July 18, 1977; 42 FR 38178, July 27, tion so that the documents will be 1977; 45 FR 26067, Apr. 17, 1980; 49 FR 7130, readily available and easily accessible. Feb. 27, 1984] [48 FR 24385, June 1, 1983, as amended at 60 FR 55483, Nov. 1, 1995] Subpart F—Television Broadcast Auxiliary Stations § 74.582 Station identification. (a) Each aural broadcast STL or § 74.600 Eligibility for license. intercity relay station, when transmit- A license for a station in this subpart ting program material or information will be issued only to a television shall transmit station identification at broadcast station, a Class A TV sta- the beginning and end of each period of tion, a television broadcast network- operation, and hourly, as close to the entity, a low power TV station, or a TV hour as feasible, at a natural break in translator station. program offerings by one of the following means: [ 65 FR 30011, May 10, 2000] (1) Transmission of its own call sign by aural means or by automatic trans- § 74.601 Classes of TV broadcast auxil- mission of international Morse teleg- iary stations. raphy. (a) TV pickup stations. A land mobile (2) Aural transmission of the call station used for the transmission of TV sign of the radio broadcast station with program material and related commu- which it is licensed as an STL or inter- nications from scenes of events occur- city relay station. ring at points removed from TV station (3) Aural transmission of the call studios to a TV broadcast, Class A TV sign of the radio broadcast station or low power TV station or other pur- whose signals are being relayed, or, poses as authorized in § 74.631. when programs are obtained directly (b) TV STL station (studio-transmitter from network lines and relayed, the link). A fixed station used for the trans- network identification. mission of TV program material and (b) Station identification trans- related communications from the stu- missions during operation need not be dio to the transmitter of a TV broad- made when to make such transmission cast, Class A TV or low power TV sta- would interrupt a single consecutive tion or other purposes as authorized in speech, play, religious service, sym- § 74.631. phony concert, or other such produc- (c) TV relay station. A fixed station tions. In such cases, the identification used for transmission of TV program transmission shall be made at the first material and related communications interruption of the entertainment con- for use by TV broadcast, Class A TV tinuity and at the conclusion thereof. and low power TV stations or other (c) Where more than one aural broad- purposes as authorized in § 74.631. cast STL or intercity relay station is (d) TV translator relay station. A fixed employed in an integrated relay sys- station used for relaying programs and tem, the station at the point of origi- signals of TV broadcast or Class A TV nation may originate the transmission stations to Class A TV, LPTV, TV of the call signs of all of the stations in translator, and to other communica- the relay system. tions facilities that the Commission (d) Aural broadcast microwave boost- may authorize or for other purposes as er stations will be assigned individual permitted by § 74.631. call signs. However, station identifica- (e) TV broadcast licensee. Licensees tion will be accomplished by the re- and permittees of TV broadcast, Class

464

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00474 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.602

A TV and low power TV stations, un- relay and television translator relay less specifically otherwise indicated. stations. The band segments 17,700– (f) TV microwave booster station. A 18,580 and 19,260–19,700 MHz are avail- fixed station in the TV broadcast auxil- able for broadcast auxiliary stations as iary service that receives and amplifies described in paragraph (g) of this sec- signals of a TV pickup, TV STL, TV tion. The band segment 6425–6525 MHz relay, or TV translator relay station is available for broadcast auxiliary sta- and retransmits them on the same fre- tions as described in paragraph (i) of quency. this section. The bands 6875–7125 MHz and 12700–13200 MHz are co-equally [65 FR 30012, May 10, 2000] shared with stations licensed pursuant to Parts 78 and 101 of the Commission’s § 74.602 Frequency assignment. Rules. Broadcast network-entities may (a) The following frequencies are also use the 1990–2110, 6425–6525 and available for assignment to television 6875–7125 MHz bands for mobile tele- pickup, television STL, television vision pickup only.

Band D 1 GHz

Band A MHz Band B MHz Group A channels Group B channels Channel bound- Channel bound- Designation aries Designation aries

1990–2008 ...... A01 ...... 12.700–12.725 B01 ...... 12.7125– 12.7375 2008–2025 ...... A02 ...... 12.725–12.750 B02 ...... 12.7375– 12.7625 2025–2042 ...... A03 ...... 12.750–12.775 B03 ...... 12.7625– 12.7875 2042–2059 ...... A04 ...... 12.775–12.800 B04 ...... 12.7875– 12.8125 2059–2076 ...... 6875–6900 ...... A05 ...... 12.800–12.825 B05 ...... 12.8125– 12.8375 2076–2093 ...... 6900–6925 ...... A06 ...... 12.825–12.850 B06 ...... 12.8375– 12.8625 2093–2110 ...... 6925–6950 ...... A07 ...... 12.850–12.875 B07 ...... 12.8625– 12.8875 2450–2467 ...... 6950–6975 ...... A08 ...... 12.875–12.900 B08 ...... 12.8875– 12.9125 2467–2483.5 ...... 6975–7000 ...... A09 ...... 12.900–12.925 B09 ...... 12.9125– 12.9375 7000–7025 ...... A10 ...... 12.925–12.950 B10 ...... 12.9375– 12.9625 7025–7050 ...... A11 ...... 12.950–12.975 B11 ...... 12.9625– 12.9875 7050–7075 ...... A12 ...... 12.975–13.000 B12 ...... 12.9875– 12.0125 7075–7100 ...... A13 ...... 13.000–13.025 B13 ...... 13.0125– 13.0375 7100–7125 ...... A14 ...... 13.025–13.050 B14 ...... 13.0375– 13.0625 A15 ...... 13.050–13.075 B15 ...... 13.0625– 13.0875 A16 ...... 13.075–13.100 B16 ...... 13.0875– 13.1125 A17 ...... 13.100–13.125 B17 ...... 13.1125– 13.1375 A18 ...... 13.125–13.150 B18 2 ...... 13.1375– 13.1625 A19 2 ...... 13.150–13.175 B19 2 ...... 13.1625– 13.1875 A20 2 ...... 13.175–13.200 B20 2 ...... 13.1875– 13.2125 A21 ...... 13.200–13.225 B21 ...... 13.2125– 13.2375 A22 ...... 13.225–13.250 1 For fixed stations using Band D Channels, applicants are encouraged to use alternate A and B channels such that adjacent R.F. carriers are spaced 12.5 MHz. As example, a fixed station, relaying several channels, would use A01, B01, A02, B02, A03, etc.

465

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00475 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.602 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

2 The band 13.15–13.20 GHz is reserved for television pickup and CARS pickup stations inside a 50 km radius of the 100 television markets delineated in § 76.51 of this chapter. Outside a 50 km radius of the 100 television markets delineated in § 76.51 of this chapter, television pickup stations, CARS stations and NGSO FSS gateway earth stations shall operate on a primary co- equal basis. The band 13.20–13.2125 GHz is reserved for television pickup stations on a primary basis and CARS pickup stations on a secondary basis inside a 50 km radius of the 100 television markets delineated in § 76.51 of this chapter. Outside a 50 km radius of the 100 markets delineated in § 76.51 of this chapter, television pickup stations and NGSO FSS gateway earth stations shall operate on a co-primary basis, CARS stations shall operate on a secondary basis. Fixed television auxiliary stations licensed pursuant to applications accepted for filing before September 1, 1979, may continue operation on channels in the 13.15–13.25 GHz band, subject to periodic license renewals. NGSO FSS gateway uplink transmissions in the 13.15–13.2125 GHz segment shall be limited to a maximum EIRP of 3.2 dBW towards 0 degrees on the radio horizon. These provisions shall not apply to GSO FSS operations in the 12.75–13.25 GHz band.

(1) Frequencies shown above between 2025.025–2025.050 MHz 2450 and 2500 MHz in Band A are allo- 2025.050–2025.075 MHz cated to accommodate the incidental 2025.075–2025.100 MHz radiations of industrial, scientific, and 2025.100–2025.125 MHz medical (ISM) equipment, and stations 2025.125–2025.150 MHz 2025.150–2025.175 MHz operating therein must accept any in- 2025.175–2025.200 MHz terference that may be caused by the 2025.200–2025.225 MHz operation of such equipment. Fre- 2025.225–2025.250 MHz quencies between 2450 and 2500 MHz are 2025.250–2025.275 MHz also shared with other communication 2025.275–2025.300 MHz services and exclusive channel assign- 2025.300–2025.325 MHz ments will not be made, nor is the 2025.325–2025.350 MHz channeling shown above necessarily 2025.350–2025.375 MHz that which will be employed by such 2025.375–2025.400 MHz other services. 2025.400–2025.425 MHz (2) In the band 2483.5–2500 MHz, no ap- 2025.425–2025.450 MHz 2025.450–2025.475 MHz plications for new stations or modifica- 2025.475–2025.500 MHz tion to existing stations to increase the number of transmitters will be ac- Upper band DRL channels cepted. Existing licensees as of July 25, 2109.500–2109.525 MHz 1985, and licensees whose initial appli- 2109.525–2109.550 MHz cations were filed on or before July 25, 2109.550–2109.575 MHz 1985, are grandfathered and their oper- 2109.575–2109.600 MHz ations are on a co-primary basis with 2109.600–2109.625 MHz the mobile-satellite and radiodetermin- 2109.625–2109.650 MHz ation-satellite services, and in the seg- 2109.650–2109.675 MHz ment 2495–2500 MHz, their operations 2109.675–2109.700 MHz 2109.700–2109.725 MHz are also on a co-primary basis with 2109.725–2109.750 MHz part 27 fixed and mobile except aero- 2109.750–2109.775 MHz nautical mobile service operations. 2109.775–2109.800 MHz (3)(i) After January 7, 2004, stations 2109.800–2109.825 MHz may adhere to the channel plan speci- 2109.825–2109.850 MHz fied in paragraph (a) of this section, or 2109.850–2109.875 MHz the following channel plan in Band A: 2109.875–2109.900 MHz 2109.900–2109.925 MHz Channel A1r—2025.5–2037.5 MHz 2109.925–2109.950 MHz Channel A2r—2037.5–2049.5 MHz 2109.950–2109.975 MHz Channel A3r—2049.5–2061.5 MHz 2109.975–2110.000 MHz Channel A4—2061.5–2073.5 MHz Channel A5r—2073.5–2085.5 MHz (iii) Broadcast Auxiliary Service, Channel A6r—2085.5–2097.5 MHz Cable Television Remote Pickup Serv- Channel A7r—2097.5–2109.5 MHz ice, and Local Television Transmission (ii) Stations adhering to the channel Service licensees will be required to plan specified in paragraph (a)(3)(i) of use the Band A channel plan in para- this section may also use the following graph (a)(3)(i) of this section after com- 40 data return link (DRL) channels to pletion of relocation by an Emerging facilitate their operations in the 2025.5– Technologies licensee in accordance 2109.5 MHz band: with § 74.690 or § 78.40. Licensees declin- ing relocation may continue to use Lower band DRL channels their existing channel plan but must 2025.000–2025.025 MHz discontinue use of the 1990–2025 MHz

466

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00476 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.602

band when they indicate to an Emerg- translator relay stations must accept ing Technologies licensee, acting pur- any interference caused by stations suant to § 74.690 or § 78.40 of this chap- having primary use of TV auxiliary fre- ter, that they decline to be relocated. quencies. (4) [Reserved] (g) The following frequencies are (b) Subject to the conditions of para- available for assignment to television graph (a) of this section, frequency as- STL, television relay stations and tele- signments will normally be made as re- vision translator relay stations. Sta- quested, provided that the frequency tions operating on frequencies in the selection provisions of § 74.604 have sub-bands 18.3–18.58 GHz and 19.26–19.3 been followed and that the frequency GHz that were licensed or had applica- requested will cause no interference to tions pending before the Commission as existing users in the area. The Com- of September 18, 1998 may continue mission reserves the right to assign those operations on a shared co-pri- frequencies other than those requested mary basis with other services under if, in its opinion, such action is war- parts 21, 25, 78, and 101 of this chapter. ranted. Such stations, however, are subject to (c) Fixed link stations will be author- relocation by licensees in the fixed-sat- ized to operate on one channel only. ellite service. Such relocation is sub- (d) Cable Television Relay Service ject to the provisions of §§ 101.85 stations may be assigned channels in through 101.97 of this chapter. No new Band D between 12,700 and 13,200 MHz applications for new licenses will be ac- subject to the condition that no harm- cepted in the 19.26–19.3 GHz band after ful interference is caused to TV STL June 8, 2000, and no new applications and TV relay stations authorized at for new licenses will be accepted in the the time of such grants. Similarly, new 18.3–18.58 GHz band after November 19, TV STL and TV relay stations must 2002. The provisions of § 74.604 do not not cause harmful interference to cable apply to the use of these frequencies. television relay stations authorized at Licensees may use either a two-way the time of such grants. The use of link or one or both frequencies of a fre- channels between 12,700 and 13,200 MHz quency pair for a one-way link and by TV pickup stations is subject to the shall coordinate proposed operations condition that no harmful interference pursuant to procedures required in is caused to Cable Television Relay § 101.103(d) of this chapter. Service stations, TV STL and TV relay (1) 2 MHz maximum authorized band- stations, except as provided for in width channel: § 74.602(a) Note 2. Band D channels are Receive also shared with certain Private Oper- Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) ational Fixed Stations, see § 74.638. (MHz) (e) Communication common carriers 18141.0 ...... n/a in the Local Television Transmission Service (Part 101) may be assigned fre- (2) 6 MHz maximum authorized band- quencies available to television broad- width channels: cast station licensees and broadcast network entities for the purpose of pro- Receive Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) viding service to television broadcast (MHz) stations and broadcast network entities, respectively. 216 MHz Separation (f) TV auxiliary stations licensed to 18145.0 ...... n/a low power TV stations and translator 18151.0 ...... 18367.0 18157.0 ...... 18373.0 relay stations will be assigned on a sec- 18163.0 ...... 18379.0 ondary basis, i.e., subject to the condi- 18169.0 ...... 18385.0 tion that no harmful interference is 18175.0 ...... 18391.0 18181.0 ...... 18397.0 caused to other TV auxiliary stations 18187.0 ...... 18403.0 assigned to TV broadcast stations, or 18193.0 ...... 18409.0 to cable television relay service sta- 18199.0 ...... 18415.0 tions (CARS) operating between 12,700 18205.0 ...... 18421.0 18211.0 ...... 18427.0 and 13,200 MHz. Auxiliary stations li- 18217.0 ...... 18433.0 censed to low power TV stations and 18223.0 ...... 18439.0

467

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00477 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.602 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

Receive Receive Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) (MHz) (MHz)

18229.0 ...... 18445.0 18095.0 ...... 19655.0 18235.0 ...... 18451.0 18105.0 ...... 19665.0 18241.0 ...... 18457.0 18115.0 ...... 19675.0 18247.0 ...... 18463.0 18125.0 ...... 19685.0 18253.0 ...... 18469.0 18135.0 ...... 19695.0 18259.0 ...... 18475.0 18265.0 ...... 18481.0 (4) 20 MHz maximum authorized 18271.0 ...... 18487.0 18277.0 ...... 18493.0 bandwidth channels: 18283.0 ...... 18499.0 18289.0 ...... 18505.0 Receive 18295.0 ...... 18511.0 Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) 18301.0 ...... 18517.0 (MHz) 18307.0 ...... 18523.0 1560 MHz Separation 18313.0 ...... 18529.0 18319.0 ...... 18535.0 17710.0 ...... 19270.0 18325.0 ...... 18541.0 17730.0 ...... 19290.0 18331.0 ...... 18547.0 17750.0 ...... 19310.0 18337.0 ...... 18553.0 17770.0 ...... 19330.0 18343.0 ...... 18559.0 17790.0 ...... 19350.0 18349.0 ...... 18565.0 17810.0 ...... 19370.0 18355.0 ...... 18571.0 17830.0 ...... 19390.0 18361.0 ...... 18577.0 17850.0 ...... 19410.0 17870.0 ...... 19430.0 (3) 10 MHz maximum authorized 17890.0 ...... 19450.0 bandwidth channels: 17910.0 ...... 19470.0 17930.0 ...... 19490.0 Receive 17950.0 ...... 19510.0 Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) 17970.0 ...... 19530.0 (MHz) 17990.0 ...... 19550.0 18010.0 ...... 19570.0 1560 MHz Separation 18030.0 ...... 19590.0 18050.0 ...... 19610.0 17705.0 ...... 19265.0 18070.0 ...... 19630.0 17715.0 ...... 19275.0 18090.0 ...... 19650.0 17725.0 ...... 19285.0 18110.0 ...... 19670.0 17735.0 ...... 19295.0 18130.0 ...... 19690.0 17745.0 ...... 19305.0 17755.0 ...... 19315.0 (5) 40 MHz maximum authorized 17765.0 ...... 19325.0 17775.0 ...... 19335.0 bandwidth channels: 17785.0 ...... 19345.0 17795.0 ...... 19355.0 Receive 17805.0 ...... 19365.0 Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) 17815.0 ...... 19375.0 (MHz) 17825.0 ...... 19385.0 17835.0 ...... 19395.0 1560 MHz Separation 17845.0 ...... 19405.0 17720.0 ...... 19280.0 17855.0 ...... 19415.0 17760.0 ...... 19320.0 17865.0 ...... 19425.0 17800.0 ...... 19360.0 17875.0 ...... 19435.0 17840.0 ...... 19400.0 17885.0 ...... 19445.0 17880.0 ...... 19440.0 17895.0 ...... 19455.0 17920.0 ...... 19480.0 17905.0 ...... 19465.0 17960.0 ...... 19520.0 17915.0 ...... 19475.0 18000.0 ...... 19560.0 17925.0 ...... 19485.0 18040.0 ...... 19600.0 17935.0 ...... 19495.0 18080.0 ...... 19640.0 17945.0 ...... 19505.0 18120.0 ...... 19680.0 17955.0 ...... 19515.0 17965.0 ...... 19525.0 17975.0 ...... 19535.0 (6) 80 MHz maximum authorized 17985.0 ...... 19545.0 bandwidth channels: 17995.0 ...... 19555.0 18005.0 ...... 19565.0 Receive 18015.0 ...... 19575.0 Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) 18025.0 ...... 19585.0 (MHz) 18035.0 ...... 19595.0 18045.0 ...... 19605.0 1560 MHz Separation 18055.0 ...... 19615.0 18065.0 ...... 19625.0 17740.0 ...... 19300.0 18075.0 ...... 19635.0 17820.0 ...... 19380.0 18085.0 ...... 19645.0 17900.0 ...... 19460.0

468

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00478 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.602

Receive ating on UHF TV channels 52–69 will Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) not be accepted for filing on or after (MHz) the end of DTV Transition. 17980.0 ...... 19540.0 (5)(i) The licensee of a TV STL, TV 18060.0 ...... 19620.0 relay station, or TV translator relay (h) TV STL, TV relay stations, and station that operates on frequencies in TV translator relay stations may be the 600 MHz band assigned to wireless authorized to operate fixed point-to- licensees under part 27 of this chapter point service on the UHF TV channels must cease operations on those fre- 14–69 on a secondary basis and subject quencies no later than the end of the to the provisions of subpart G of this post-auction transition period as depart: fined in § 27.4 of this chapter. The li- (1) Applications for authorization in censee of a TV STL, TV relay station, accordance with this paragraph must or TV translator relay station may be comply with the following technical required to cease operations on a date limits or be accompanied by an engi- earlier than the end of the post-auction neering analysis demonstrating why transition period if it receives a notifi- these limits must be exceeded: cation pursuant to paragraph (h)(5)(ii) (i) Maximum EIRP is limited to 35 of this section. dBW; (ii) A wireless licensee assigned to (ii) Transmitting antenna beamwidth frequencies in the 600 MHz band under is limited to 25 degrees (measured at part 27 of this chapter must notify the the 3 dB points); and licensee of a TV STL, TV relay station, (iii) Vertical polarization is used. or TV translator relay station of its in- (2) These stations must not interfere tent to commence wireless operations with and must accept interference from and the likelihood of harmful inter- current and future full-power UHF-TV ference from the TV STL, TV relay sta- stations, LPTV stations, and trans- tion, or TV translator relay station to lator stations. They will also be sec- those operations within the wireless li- ondary to land mobile stations in areas censee’s licensed geographic service where land mobile sharing is currently area. permitted. (A) The wireless licensee must: (3) TV STL and TV relay stations li- (1) Notify the licensee of the TV STL, censed for operation on UHF TV chan- TV relay station, or TV translator nels 52–69 based on applications filed relay station in the form of a letter, before April 16, 2003, may continue to via certified mail, return receipt re- operate under the terms of their cur- quested; and rent authorizations until the end of transition to digital television in their (2) Send such notification not less market (DTV Transition), as set forth than 30 days in advance of the approxi- in §§ 73.622 through 73.625 of this chap- mate date of commencement of such ter. Applications for TV STL and TV operations. relay stations operating on UHF TV (B) The licensee of the TV STL, TV channels 52–69 will not be accepted for relay station, or TV translator relay filing on or after April 16, 2003. station must cease the subject oper- (4) TV translator relay stations li- ation within 30 days of receiving the censed for operation on UHF TV chan- notification pursuant to this section. nels 52–59 based on applications filed (iii) By the end of the post-auction before the end of DTV transition may transition period, all TV STL, TV relay continue to operate under the terms of station and TV translator relay station their current authorizations indefi- licensees must modify or cancel their nitely. TV translator relay stations li- authorizations and vacate the 600 MHz censed for operation on UHF TV chan- band. Applications for TV STL, TV nels 60–69 based on applications filed relay and TV translator relay stations before the end of DTV transition may in the 600 MHz band will not be accept- continue to operate under the terms of ed for filing on or after the end date for their current authorizations until the the post-auction transition period. end of DTV Transition. Applications (6) The licensee of a TV STL, TV for TV translator relay stations oper- relay station, or TV translator relay

469

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00479 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.603 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

station that operates on the UHF spec- § 74.603 Sound channels. trum that is reserved for guard band (a) The frequencies listed in § 74.602(a) channels as a result of the broadcast may be used for the simultaneous television incentive auction conducted transmission of the picture and sound under section 6403 of the Middle Class portions of TV broadcast programs and Tax Relief and Job Creation Act of 2012 for cue and order circuits, either by (Pub. L. 112–96) must cease operations means of multiplexing or by the use of on those frequencies no later than the a separate transmitter within the same end of the post-auction transition pe- channel. When multiplexing of a TV riod as defined in § 27.4 of this chapter. STL station is contemplated, consider- The licensee of a TV STL, TV relay ation should be given to the require- station, or TV translator relay station ments of § 73.687 of this Chapter regard- may be required to cease operations on ing the overall system performance re- a date earlier than the end of the post- quirements. Applications for new TV auction transition period if it receives pickup, TV STL, TV relay and TV a notification pursuant to paragraph translator relay stations shall clearly (h)(5)(ii) of this section. indicate the nature of any mutliplexing (i) 6425 to 6525 MHz—Mobile Only. proposed. Multiplexing equipment may Paired and un-paired operations per- be installed on licensed equipment mitted. Use of this spectrum for direct without authority of the FCC, provided delivery of video programs to the gen- the installation of such apparatus on a eral public or multi-channel cable dis- TV STL station shall not result in deg- tribution is not permitted. This band is radation of the overall system perform- co-equally shared with mobile stations ance of the TV broadcast station below licensed pursuant to parts 78 and 101 of that permitted by § 73.687 of this chap- this chapter. The following channel ter. plans apply. (b) [Reserved] (1) 1 MHz maximum authorized band- (c) Aural STL or intercity relay sta- width channels. tions licensed as of July 10, 1970, to op- Transmit (or receive MHz) Receive (or transmit) (MHz) erate in the frequency band 942–947 MHz, may continue to so operate pend- 6425.5 6475.5 ing a decision as to their disposition 6450.5 6500.5 through a future rule making pro- (2) 8 MHz maximum authorized band- ceeding. width channels. (d) Remote pickup broadcast stations may be used in conjunction with tele- Transmit (or receive MHz) Receive (or transmit) (MHz) vision pickup stations for the trans- 6430.0 6480.0 mission of the aural portion of tele- 6438.0 6488.0 vision programs or events that occur 6446.0 6596.0 outside a television studio and for the 6455.0 6505.0 transmission of cues, orders, and other 6463.0 6513.0 6471.0 6521.0 related communications necessary thereto. The rules governing remote (3) 25 MHz maximum authorized pickup broadcast stations are con- bandwidth channels. tained in Subpart D of this part.

Transmit (or receive MHz) Receive (or transmit (MHz) [28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 47 FR 55936, Dec. 14, 1982; 48 FR 24385, June 1, 6437.5 6487.5 1983; 68 FR 12769, Mar. 17, 2003] 6462.5 6512.5 § 74.604 Interference avoidance. (Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, (a) [Reserved] 1068, 1082; 47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303) (b) Where two or more licensees are [28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963] assigned a common channel for TV

EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- pickup, TV STL, or TV relay purposes tations affecting § 74.602, see the List of CFR in the same area and simultaneous op- Sections Affected, which appears in the eration is contemplated, they shall Finding Aids section of the printed volume take such steps as may be necessary to and at www.fdsys.gov. avoid mutual interference, including

470

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00480 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.631

consultation with the local coordina- conjunction with other television tion committee, if one exists. If a mu- broadcast stations not aformentioned tual agreement to this effect cannot be in this paragraph: Provided, That the reached, the Commission must be noti- transmissions by the television pickup fied and it will take such action as may station are under the control of the li- be necessary, including time sharing censee of the television pickup station arrangements, to assure an equitable and that such operation shall not ex- distribution of available frequencies. ceed a total of 10 days in any 30-day pe- (c) For those interference disputes riod. Television pickup stations may be brought to the Commission for resolu- used to provide temporary studio- tion, TV broadcast auxiliary channels transmitter links or intercity relay will have the following priority for pur- circuits consistent with § 74.632 without poses of interference protection: further authority of the Commission: (1) All fixed links for full service Provided, however, That prior Commis- broadcast stations and cable systems. sion authority shall be obtained if the (2) TV and CARS pickup stations. transmitting antenna to be installed (3) Fixed or mobile stations serving will increase the height of any natural translator or low power TV stations. formation or man-made structure by (4) Backup facilities; TV pickup sta- more than 6.1 meters (20 feet) and will tions used outside a licensee’s local be in existence for a period of more service area. than 2 consecutive days. (5) Any transmission, pursuant to NOTE: As used in this subpart, ‘‘associated § 74.631(f), that does not involve the de- television broadcast station’’ means a tele- livery of program material to a licens- vision broadcast station licensed to the li- ee’s associated TV broadcast station. censee of the television auxiliary broadcast (d) Interference between two stations station and with which the television auxil- having the same priority shall be re- iary station is licensed as an auxiliary facil- solved in favor of the station licensed ity. first on a particular path. (b) A television broadcast STL station is authorized to transmit visual [48 FR 17091, Apr. 21, 1983, as amended at 68 FR 12769, Mar. 17, 2003] program material between the studio and the transmitter of a television § 74.605 Registration of stationary tele- broadcast station for simultaneous or vision pickup receive sites. delayed broadcast. Licensees of TV pickup stations in (c) A TV relay station is authorized the 6875–7125 MHz and 12700–13200 MHz to transmit visual program material bands shall register their stationary between TV broadcast stations for si- receive sites using the Commission’s multaneous or delayed broadcast, or Universal Licensing System. may be used to transmit visual program material from a remote pickup [76 FR 59571, Sept. 27, 2011] receiver site of a single station. (d) The transmitter of an STL, TV § 74.631 Permissible service. relay station or TV translator relay (a) The licensee of a television pick- station may be multiplexed to provide up station authorizes the transmission additional communication channels. A of program material, orders concerning TV broadcast STL or TV relay station such program material, and related will be authorized only in those cases communications necessary to the ac- where the principal use is the trans- complishment of such transmissions, mission of television broadcast pro- from the scenes of events occurring in gram material for use by its associated places other than a television studio, TV broadcast station. However, STL or to its associated television broadcast TV relay stations so licensed may be station, to an associated television operated at any time for the trans- relay station, to such other stations as mission of multiplexed communica- are broadcasting the same program tions whether or not visual program material, or to the network or net- material is being transmitted, provided works with which the television broad- that such operation does not cause cast station is affiliated. Television harmful interference to TV broadcast pickup stations may be operated in pickup, STL or TV relay stations

471

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00481 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.632 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

transmitting television broadcast pro- tion to television broadcast translator gram material. stations for simultaneous retrans- (e) Except as provided in paragraphs mission. (a), (d), (f) and (j) of this section, all (h) A TV microwave booster station program material transmitted over a is authorized to retransmit the signals TV pickup, STL, or TV relay station of a TV pickup, TV STL, TV relay, or shall be used by or intended for use by TV translator relay station. a TV broadcast station owned by or (i) TV broadcast auxiliary stations under the common control of the li- authorized pursuant to this subpart censee of the TV pickup, STL, or TV may additionally be authorized to sup- relay station. Program material trans- ply programs and signals of TV broad- mitted over a TV pickup, STL or TV relay station and so used by the li- cast stations to cable television sys- censee of such facility may, with the tems or CARS stations. Where the li- permission of the licensee of the broad- censee of a TV broadcast auxiliary sta- cast auxiliary facility, be used by other tion supplies programs and signals to TV broadcast stations and by non- cable television systems or CARS sta- broadcast closed circuit educational tions, the TV auxiliary licensee must TV systems operated by educational have exclusive control over the oper- institutions. ation of the TV auxiliary stations li- (f) A TV broadcast pickup, STL, or censed to it. Contributions to capital TV relay station may be used for the and operating expenses may be accept- transmission of material to be used by ed only on a cost-sharing, non-profit others, including but not limited to basis, prorated on an equitable basis other broadcast stations, cable tele- among all parties being supplied with vision systems, and educational insti- program material. tutions. This use shall not interfere (j) A broadcast network-entity may with the use of these broadcast auxil- use television auxiliary service sta- iary facilities for the transmission of tions to transmit their own television programs and associated material in- program materials to broadcast sta- tended to be used by the television stations, other broadcast network-enti- tion or stations licensed to or under ties, cable systems and cable network- common control of the licensee of the entities: Provided, however, that the TV pickup, STL, or TV relay station. bands 1990–2110 MHz, 6425–6525 MHz and This use of the broadcast auxiliary facilities must not cause harmful inter- 6875–7125 MHz may be used by broad- ference to broadcast auxiliary stations cast network-entities only for tele- operating in accordance with the basic vision pick-up stations. frequency allocation, and the licensee [28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 29 of the TV pickup, STL, or TV relay FR 15524, Nov. 19, 1964; 43 FR 1950, Jan. 13, station must retain exclusive control 1978; 44 FR 32381, June 6, 1979; 47 FR 55937, over the operation of the facilities. Dec. 14, 1982; 48 FR 17092, Apr. 21, 1983; 49 FR Prior to operating pursuant to the pro- 7130, Feb. 27, 1984; 52 FR 7142, Mar. 9, 1987; 68 visions of this section, the licensee FR 12769, Mar. 17, 2003] shall, for the intended location or area- of-operation, notify the appropriate § 74.632 Licensing requirements. frequency coordinatioin committee or (a) Licenses for television pickup, any licensee(s) assigned the use of the television STL, television microwave proposed operating frequency, con- booster, or television relay stations cerning the particulars of the intended will be issued only to licensees of tele- operation and must provide the name vision broadcast stations, and broad- and telephone number of a person who cast network-entities and, further, on a may be contacted in the event of inter- secondary basis, to licensees of low ference. power television stations. A separate (g) Except as provided in paragraph application is required for each fixed (d) of this section, a television translator relay station is authorized for the station and the application shall be purpose of relaying the programs and specific with regard to the frequency signals of a television broadcast sta- requested. A mobile station license

472

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00482 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.633

may be issued for any number of mo- a station which is not operated for a bile transmitters to operate in a spe- period of one year is considered to have cific area or frequency band and the ap- been permanently discontinued. plicant shall be specific with regard to the frequencies requested. [28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 44 (b) A license for a TV relay station FR 32382, June 6, 1979; 47 FR 55937, Dec. 14, 1982; 48 FR 9012, Mar. 3, 1983; 48 FR 17092, Apr. may be issued in any case where the 21, 1983; 48 FR 21486, May 12, 1983; 49 FR 7130, circuit will operate between TV broad- Feb. 27, 1984; 49 FR 10930, Mar. 23, 1984; 52 FR cast stations either by means of ‘‘off- 7142, Mar. 9, 1987; 58 FR 19775, Apr. 16, 1993; 63 the-air’’ pickup and relay or location of FR 36605, July 7, 1998; 68 FR 12769, Mar. 17, the initial relay station at the studio 2003] or transmitter of a TV broadcast station. § 74.633 Temporary authorizations. (c) An application for a new TV pick- (a) Special temporary authority may up station shall designate the TV be granted for TV broadcast auxiliary broadcast station with which it is to be station operation which cannot be con- operated and specify the area in which the proposed operation is intended. The ducted in accordance with § 74.24. Such maximum permissible area of oper- authority will normally be granted ation will generally be that of a stand- only for operations of a temporary na- ard metropolitan area, unless a special ture. Where operation is seen as likely showing is made that a larger area is on a continuing annual basis, an appli- necessary. cation for a regular authorization (d) Licensees who have two or more should be submitted. TV broadcast stations located in dif- (b) A request for special temporary ferent cities shall, in applying for a authority for the operation of a tele- new TV pickup station, designate the vision broadcast auxiliary station must TV broadcast station in conjunction be made in accordance with the proce- with which it is to be operated prin- dures of § 1.931(b) of this chapter. cipally. Operation in a city which is (c) All requests for special temporary not the city of license of the associated authority of a television broadcast TV broadcast station is on a secondary, auxiliary station must include full par- non-interference basis to home-city ticulars including: licensee’s name and users. address, facility identification number (e) A license for a TV translator of the associated broadcast station(s) relay station will be issued only to li- (if any), call letters of the television censees of low power TV and TV trans- broadcast STL or intercity relay sta- lator stations. However, a television tion (if assigned), type and manufac- translator relay station license may be issued to a cooperative enterprise turer of equipment, effective isotropic wholly owned by licensees of television radiated power, emission, frequency or broadcast translators or licensees of frequencies proposed for use, com- television broadcast translators and mencement and termination date and cable television owners or operators location of the proposed operation, and upon a showing that the applicant is purpose for which request is made in- qualified under the Communication cluding any particular justification. Act of 1934, as amended. (d) A request for special temporary (f) Licensees of TV pickup, TV STL, authority shall specify a channel or TV relay, and TV translator relay sta- channels consistent with the provisions tions may be authorized to operate one of § 74.602: Provided, That in the case of or more TV microwave booster stations events of wide-spread interest and im- for the purpose of relaying signals over portance which cannot be transmitted a path that cannot be covered with a successfully on these frequencies, fre- single station. quencies assigned to other services (g) In case of permanent discontinu- may be requested upon a showing that ance of operations of a station licensed operation thereon will not cause inter- under this subpart, the licensee shall ference to established stations: And cancel the station license using FCC provided further, That in no case will a Form 601. For purposes of this section,

473

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00483 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.634 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

television auxiliary broadcast oper- (1) The transmitter must be provided ation be authorized on frequencies em- with adequate safeguards to prevent ployed for the safety of life and prop- improper operation. erty. (2) The transmitter shall be so in- (e) When the transmitting equipment stalled and protected that it is not ac- utilized is not licensed to the user, the cessible to other than duly authorized user shall nevertheless have full con- persons; trol over the use of the equipment dur- (3) TV relay stations, TV STL sta- ing the period it is operated. tions, TV translator relay stations, and (f) Special temporary authority to TV microwave booster stations used permit operation of a TV auxiliary with these stations, shall be observed broadcast station of any class pending at the receiving end of the microwave FCC action on an application for reg- circuit as often as necessary to ensure ular authority will not normally be proper station operation by a person designated by the licensee, who must granted. institute measures sufficient to ensure (Sec. 318, 48 Stat. 1089, as amended; 47 U.S.C. prompt correction of any condition of 318) improper operation. However, an STL [28 FR 13720, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 47 station (and any TV microwave booster FR 9221, Mar. 4, 1982; 47 FR 55937, Dec. 14, station) associated with a TV broad- 1982; 50 FR 23710, June 5, 1985; 52 FR 10570, cast station operated by remote con- Apr. 2, 1987; 58 FR 19775, Apr. 16, 1993; 68 FR trol may be observed by monitoring 12769, Mar. 17, 2003] the TV station’s transmitted signal at the remote control point. Additionally, § 74.634 Remote control operation. a TV translator relay station (and any (a) A TV auxiliary station may be op- associated TV microwave booster sta- erated by remote control provided that tion) may be observed by monitoring such operation is conducted in accord- the associated TV translator station’s ance with the conditions listed below: transmitted signal. (1) The remote control system must (b) The FCC may notify the licensee be designed, installed, and protected so to cease or modify operation in the that the transmitter can only be acti- case of frequency usage disputes, inter- vated or controlled by persons author- ference or similar situations where ized by the licensee. such action appears to be in the public (2) The remote control equipment interest, convenience and necessity. must be maintained to ensure proper [28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 31 operation. FR 15314, Dec. 7, 1966; 43 FR 1950, Jan. 13, (3) The remote control system must 1978; 47 FR 55937, Dec. 14, 1982; 49 FR 7131, be designed to prevent inadvertent Feb. 27, 1984; 50 FR 32417, Aug. 12, 1985] transmitter operation caused by mal- § 74.636 Power limitations. functions in the circuits between the control point and transmitter. (a) On any authorized frequency, (b) The FCC may notify the licensee transmitter peak output power and the to cease or modify operation in the average power delivered to an antenna case of frequency usage disputes. inter- in this service must be the minimum ference or similar situations where amount of power necessary to carry such action appears to be in the public out the communications desired and interest, convenience and necessity. shall not exceed the values listed in the following table. Application of this [28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at, 47 principle includes, but is not to be lim- FR 55937, Dec. 14, 1982; 50 FR 48600, Nov. 26, ited to, requiring a licensee who re- 1985; 60 FR 55483, Nov. 1, 1995] places one or more of its antennas with larger antennas to reduce its antenna § 74.635 Unattended operation. input power by an amount appropriate (a) TV relay stations, TV translator to compensate for the increased pri- relay stations, TV STL stations, and mary lobe gain of the replacement an- TV microwave booster stations may be tenna(s). In no event shall the average operated unattended under the fol- equivalent isotropically radiated power lowing conditions: (EIRP), as referenced to an isotropic

474

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00484 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.637

radiator, exceed the values specified in width: At least 43 + 10 log10 (PMEAN in the following table. In cases of harmful watts) dB, or 80 dB, whichever is the interference, the Commission may, lesser attenuation, in any 100 kHz ref- after notice and opportunity for hear- erence bandwidth. ing, order a change in the effective ra- (2) When using transmissions employ- diated power of this station. The table ing digital modulation techniques: follows: (i) For operating frequencies below 15 GHz, in any 4 kHz reference bandwidth Max- Maximum al- imum lowable (BREF), the center frequency of which is allow- EIRP 2 removed from the assigned frequency able trans- by more than 50 percent up to and in- Frequency band (MHz) mitter cluding 250 percent of the authorized power Fixed Mo- (dBW) bile bandwidth: As specified by the fol- Mobile (dBW) lowing equation but in no event less (W) than 50 decibels: 2,025 to 2,110 ...... 12.0 + 45 + 35 A = 35 + 0.8 (G ¥ 50) + 10 Log B. 2,450 to 2,483.5 ...... 12.0 + 45 + 35 10 6,425 to 6,525 ...... 12.0 ...... + 35 (Attenuation greater than 80 decibels is 6,875 to 7,125 ...... 12.0 + 55 + 35 12,700 to 13,250 ...... 1.5 + 55 + 45 not required.) 17,700 to 18,600 ...... + 55 ...... 18,600 to 18,800 1 ...... + 35 ...... Where: 18,800 to 19,700 ...... + 55 ...... A = Attenuation (in decibels) below the mean 1 The power delivered to the antenna is limited to ¥3 dBW. output power level. 2 Stations licensed based on an application filed before April G = Percent removed from the carrier fre- 16, 2003, for EIRP values exceeding those specified above, quency. may continue to operate indefinitely in accordance with the terms of their current authorizations, subject to periodic B = Authorized bandwidth in megahertz. renewal. (ii) For operating frequencies above (b) The EIRP of transmitters that 15 GHz, in any 1 MHz reference band- use Automatic Transmitter Power Con- width (BREF), the center frequency of trol (ATPC) shall not exceed the EIRP which is removed from the assigned specified on the station authorization. frequency by more than 50 percent up The EIRP of non-ATPC transmitters to and including 250 percent of the au- shall be maintained as near as prac- thorized bandwidth: As specified by the ticable to the EIRP specified on the following equation but in no event less station authorization. than 11 decibels:

[68 FR 12769, Mar. 17, 2003] A = 11 + 0.4 (G¥50) + 10 Log10 B. § 74.637 Emissions and emission limi- (Attenuation greater than 56 decibels is tations. not required.) (a) The mean power of emissions (iii) In any 4 kHz reference bandwidth shall be attenuated below the mean (BREF), the center frequency of which is transmitter power (PMEAN) in accord- removed from the assigned frequency ance with the following schedule: by more than 250 percent of the author- (1) When using frequency modulation: ized bandwidth: At least 43 + 10 Log10 (i) On any frequency removed from (PMEAN in watts) decibels, or 80 deci- the assigned (center) frequency by bels, whichever is the lesser attenu- more than 50% up to and including ation. 100% of the authorized bandwidth: At (3) Amplitude Modulation. For ves- least 25 dB in any 100 kHz reference tigial sideband AM video: On any fre- bandwidth (BREF); quency removed from the center fre- (ii) On any frequency removed from quency of the authorized band by more the assigned (center) frequency by than 50%: at least 50 dB below peak more than 100% up to and including power of the emission. 250% of the authorized bandwidth: At (b) For all emissions not covered in least 35 dB in any 100 kHz reference paragraph (a) of this section, the peak bandwidth; power of emissions shall be attenuated (iii) On any frequency removed from below the peak envelope transmitter the assigned (center) frequency by power (PPEAK) in accordance with the more than 250% of the authorized band- following schedule:

475

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00485 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.637 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

(1) On any frequency 500 Hz inside the signals shall be used for mean trans- channel edge up to and including 2500 mitter power (PMEAN) in paragraph (a) Hz outside the same edge, the following or the peak envelope transmitter power formula will apply: (PPEAK) in paragraph (b) of this section, 2 and for purposes of compliance with A = 29 Log10 [(25/11)[(D + 2.5 ¥ (W/2)] ] dB the power limitations in § 74.636 of this subpart. (Attenuation greater than 50 decibels is (3) For demonstrating compliance not required.) with the attenuation requirements for Where: frequency modulation and digital mod- A = Attenuation (in dB) below the peak enve- ulation in paragraph (a) of this section, lope transmitter power. the resolution bandwidth (BRES) of the D = The displacement frequency (kHz) from measuring equipment used for meas- the center of the authorized bandwidth. urements removed from the center fre- W = the channel bandwidth (kHz). quency by more than 250 percent of the (2) On any frequency removed from authorized bandwidth shall be 100 kHz the channel edge by more than 2500 Hz: for operating frequencies below 1 GHz, At least 43 + 10 Log10 (PPEAK in watts) and 1 MHz for operating frequencies dB. above 1 GHz. The resolution bandwidth (c) For purposes of compliance with for frequencies removed from the cen- the emission limitation requirements ter frequency by less than 250 percent of this section: of the authorized bandwidth shall be (1) If the transmitter modulates a the reference bandwidth (BREF) speci- single carrier, digital modulation tech- fied in the individual emission limita- niques are considered as being em- tions, but may be reduced to not less ployed when digital modulation occu- than one percent of the authorized pies 50 percent or more of the total bandwidth (B), adjusted upward to the peak frequency deviation of a trans- nearest greater resolution bandwidth mitted radio frequency carrier. The available on the measuring equipment. total peak frequency deviation will be In all cases, if BRES and BREF are not determined by adding the deviation equal, then the attenuation require- produced by the digital modulation sig- ment must be increased (or decreased) nal and the deviation produced by any as determined by a factor of 10 log10 frequency division multiplex (FDM) [(BREF in megahertz)/(BRES in mega- modulation used. The deviation (D) hertz)] decibels, where a positive factor produced by the FDM signal must be indicates an increase in the attenu- determined in accordance with § 2.202(f) ation requirement and a negative fac- of this chapter. tor indicates a decrease in the attenu- (2) If the transmitter modulates two ation requirement. or more carriers, with at least one (4) Stations licensed pursuant to an using digital modulation and one using application filed before March 17, 2005, frequency or other analog modulation, using equipment not conforming with digital modulation techniques are con- the emission limitations specified sidered as being employed when the above, may continue to operate indefi- necessary bandwidth of the digital sig- nitely in accordance with the terms of nal(s) is 50 percent or more of the ag- their current authorizations, subject to gregate bandwidth of the system, com- periodic renewal. Existing equipment prising the digital necessary band- and equipment of product lines in pro- width(s), the analog necessary band- duction before April 16, 2003, authorized width(s), and any bandwidth(s) between via certification or verification before the digital and analog necessary March 17, 2005, for equipment not con- bandwidths. In this case, the aggregate forming to the emission limitations re- bandwidth shall be used for the author- quirements specified above, may con- ized bandwidth (B) in paragraph (a) of tinue to be manufactured and/or mar- this section, and for purposes of com- keted, but may not be authorized for pliance with the bandwidth limitations use under a station license except at in paragraph (g) of this section and in stations licensed pursuant to an appli- § 74.602 of this subpart; and the sum of cation filed before March 17, 2005. Any the powers of the analog and digital non-conforming equipment authorized

476

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00486 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.638

under a station license, and replaced on less than the maximum bandwidth if it or after March 17, 2005, must be re- appears that less bandwidth would be placed by conforming equipment. sufficient to support an applicant’s in- (d) In the event that interference to tended communications. other stations is caused by emissions outside the authorized channel, the Maximum authorized FCC may require greater attenuation Frequency Band (MHz) bandwidth than that specified in paragraph (b) of (MHz) this section. 1,990 to 2,110 ...... 18 (e) The following limitations also 6,425 to 6,525 ...... 25 apply to the operation of TV micro- 6,875 to 7,125 ...... 25 wave booster stations: 12,700 to 13,250 ...... 25 (1) The booster station must receive 17,700 to 19,700 ...... 80 and amplify the signals of the originating station and retransmit them on [45 FR 78692, Nov. 26, 1980, as amended at 48 the same frequency without signifi- FR 50734, Nov. 3, 1983; 49 FR 7131, Feb. 27, cantly altering them in any way. The 1984; 49 FR 37778, Sept. 26, 1984; 50 FR 7342, characteristics of the booster trans- Feb. 22, 1985; 50 FR 34150, Aug. 23, 1985; 50 FR mitter output signal shall meet the re- 48600, Nov. 26, 1985; 52 FR 7142, Mar. 9, 1987; 58 quirements applicable to the signal of FR 51251, Oct. 1, 1993; 68 FR 12769, Mar. 17, the originating station. 2003.] (2) The licensee is responsible for cor- recting any condition of interference § 74.638 Frequency coordination. that results from the radiation of radio (a) Coordination of all frequency as- frequency energy outside the assigned signments for fixed stations in all channel. Upon notice by the FCC to the bands above 2110 MHz, and for mobile station licensee that interference is (temporary fixed) stations in the bands being caused, operation of the appa- 6425–6525 MHz and 17.7–19.7 GHz, will be ratus must be immediately suspended in accordance with the procedure es- and may not be resumed until the in- tablished in paragraph (b) of this sec- terference has been eliminated or it tion, except that the prior coordination can be demonstrated that the inter- process for mobile (temporary fixed) ference is not due to spurious emis- assignments may be completed orally sions. However, short term test trans- and the period allowed for response to missions may be made during the pe- a coordination notification may be less riod of suspended operation to deter- than 30 days if the parties agree. Co- mine the efficacy of remedial meas- ordination of all frequency assign- ures. ments for all mobile (temporary fixed) (3) In each instance where suspension stations in all bands above 2110 MHz, of operation is required, the licensee except the bands 6425–6525 MHz and must submit a full report to the FCC 17.7–19.7 GHz, will be conducted in ac- after operation is resumed. The report cordance with the procedure estab- must contain details of the nature of the interference, the source of inter- lished in paragraph (b) of this section fering signals, and the remedial steps or with the procedure in paragraph (d) taken to eliminate the interference. of this section. Coordination of all fre- (f) In the event a station’s emissions quency assignments for all fixed sta- outside its authorized channel cause tions in the band 1990–2110 MHz will be harmful interference, the Commission in accordance with the procedure es- may require the licensee to take such tablished in paragraph (c) of this sec- further steps as may be necessary to tion. Coordination of all frequency as- eliminate the interference. signments for all mobile (temporary (g) The maximum bandwidth which fixed) stations in the band 1990–2110 will be authorized per frequency as- MHz will be conducted in accordance signment is set out in the table which with the procedure in paragraph (d) of follows. Regardless of the maximum this section. authorized bandwidth specified for (b) For each frequency coordinated each frequency band, the Commission under this paragraph, the interference reserves the right to issue a license for protection criteria in 47 CFR 101.105(a),

477

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00487 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.641 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

(b), and (c) and the frequency usage co- information on frequencies available in ordination procedures in 47 CFR the area. In selecting frequencies, con- 101.103(d) will apply. sideration should be given to the rel- (c) For each frequency coordinated ative location of receive points, normal under this paragraph, the following fre- transmission paths, and the nature of quency usage coordination procedures the contemplated operation. will apply: (1) General requirements. Applicants [68 FR 12770, Mar. 17, 2003, as amended at 75 FR 17061, Apr. 5, 2010] are responsible for selecting the frequency assignments that are least like- § 74.641 Antenna systems. ly to result in mutual interference with other licensees in the same area. (a) For fixed stations operating above Applicants may consult local fre- 2025 MHz, the following standards quency coordination committees, apply: where they exist, for information on (1) Fixed TV broadcast auxiliary sta- frequencies available in the area. Pro- tions shall use directional antennas posed frequency usage must be coordi- that meet the performance standards nated with existing licensees and appli- indicated in the following table. Upon cants in the area whose facilities could adequate showing of need to serve a affect or be affected by the new pro- larger sector, or more than a single posal in terms of frequency inter- sector, greater beamwidth or multiple ference on active channels, applied-for antennas may be authorized. Appli- channels, or channels coordinated for cants shall request, and authorization future growth. Coordination must be for stations in this service will specify, completed prior to filing an application the polarization of each transmitted for regular authorization, for major signal. Booster station antennas hav- amendment to a pending application, ing narrower beamwidths and reduced or for major modification to a license. sidelobe radiation may be required in (2) To be acceptable for filing, all ap- congested areas, or to resolve inter- plications for regular authorization, or ference problems. major amendment to a pending appli- (i) Stations must employ an antenna cation, or major modification to a li- that meets the performance standards cense, must include a certification at- for Category B. In areas subject to fre- testing that all co-channel and adja- quency congestion, where proposed fa- cent-channel licensees and applicants cilities would be precluded by contin- potentially affected by the proposed ued use of a Category B antenna, a Cat- fixed use of the frequency(ies) have egory A antenna must be employed. been notified and are in agreement The Commission may require the use of that the proposed facilities can be in- a high performance antenna where installed without causing harmful inter- terference problems can be resolved by ference to those other licensees and ap- the use of such antennas. plicants. (ii) Licensees shall comply with the (d) For each frequency coordinated antenna standards table shown in this under this paragraph, applicants are paragraph in the following manner: responsible for selecting the frequency (A) With either the maximum assignments that are least likely to re- beamwith to 3 dB points requirement sult in mutual interference with other or with the minimum antenna gain re- licensees in the same area. Applicants quirement; and may consult local frequency coordina- (B) With the minimum radiation sup- tion committees, where they exist, for pression to angle requirement.

478

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00488 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.643

ANTENNA STANDARDS

Maximum Minimum radiation suppression to angle in de- beam- grees from centerline of main beam in decibels width to 3 dB Minimum Frequency (MHz) Category 1 antenna ° ° ° ° ° ° points gain (dbi) 5° to 10 15 20 30 100 140 (included ° to to to to to to angle in 10 15° 20° 30° 100° 140° 180° degrees)

1,990 to 2,110 ...... A 5.0 n/a 12 18 22 25 29 33 39 B 8.0 n/a 5 18 20 20 25 28 36 6,875 to 7,125 ...... A 1.5 n/a 26 29 32 34 38 41 49 B 2.0 n/a 21 25 29 32 35 39 45 12,700 to 13,250 ...... A 1.0 n/a 23 28 35 39 41 42 50 B 2.0 n/a 20 25 28 30 32 37 47 17,700 to 19,700 ...... A 2.2 38 25 29 33 36 42 55 55 B 2.2 38 20 24 28 32 35 36 36 1 If a licensee chooses to show compliance using maximum beamwith to 3 dB points, the beamwidth limit shall apply in both the azimuth and the elevation planes.

(2) New periscope antenna systems requests for use of periscope antenna will be authorized upon a certification systems where a persuasive showing is that the radiation, in a horizontal made that no frequency conflicts exist plane, from an illuminating antenna in the area of proposed use. Such ap- and reflector combination meets or ex- provals shall be conditioned to a stand- ceeds the antenna standards of this ard antenna as required in paragraph section. This provision similarly ap- (a) of this section when an applicant of plies to passive repeaters employed to a new TV auxiliary broadcast or Cable redirect or repeat the signal from a Television Relay station indicates that station’s directional antenna system. the use of the existing antenna system (3) The choice of receiving antennas will cause interference and the use of a is left to the discretion of the licensee. category A or B antenna will remedy However, licensees will not be pro- the interference. tected from interference which results (d) As a further exception to the pro- from the use of antennas with poorer vision of paragraph (a) of this section, performance than identified in the the Commission may approve antenna table of this section. systems not conforming to the tech- (4) [Reserved] nical standards where a persuasive (5) Pickup stations are not subject to showing is made that: the performance standards herein stat- (1) Indicates in detail why an an- ed. tenna system complying with the re- (b) All fixed stations are to use an- quirements of paragraph (a) of this sec- tenna systems in conformance with the tion cannot be installed, and standards of this section. TV auxiliary (2) Includes a statement indicating broadcast stations are considered to be that frequency coordination as relocated in an area subject to frequency quired in § 74.604 (a) was accomplished. congestion and must employ a Cat- [45 FR 78693, Nov. 26, 1980, as amended at 49 egory A antenna when: FR 7131, Feb. 27, 1984; 49 FR 37778, Sept. 26, (1) A showing by an applicant of a 1984; 50 FR 7342, Feb. 22, 1985; 51 FR 19840, new TV auxiliary broadcast station or June 3, 1986; 52 FR 7143, Mar. 9, 1987; 55 FR Cable Television Relay Service (CARS) 11587, Mar. 29, 1990; 56 FR 50663, Oct. 8, 1991; station, which shares the 12.7–13.20 GHz 62 FR 4922, Feb. 3, 1997; 68 FR 12771, Mar. 17, band with TV auxiliary broadcast, indi- 2003] cates that use of a category B antenna § 74.643 Interference to geostationary- limits a proposed project because of in- satellites. terference, and (2) That use of a category A antenna Applicants and licensees must com- will remedy the interference thus al- ply with § 101.145 of this chapter to lowing the project to be realized. minimize the potential of interference (c) As an exception to the provisions to geostationary-satellites. of this section, the FCC may approve [68 FR 12771, Mar. 17, 2003]

479

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00489 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.644 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

§ 74.644 Minimum path lengths for § 74.651 Equipment changes. fixed links. (a) Modifications may be made to an (a) The distance between end points existing authorization in accordance of a fixed link must equal or exceed the with §§ 1.929 and 1.947 of this chapter. value set forth in the table below or (b) Multiplexing equipment may be the EIRP must be reduced in accord- installed on any licensed TV broadcast ance with the equation set forth below. STL, TV relay or translator relay station without authority from the Com- Minimum mission. Frequency band path (MHz) length (c) Permissible changes in equipment (km) operating in the bands 18.3–18.58 GHz and 19.26–19.3 GHz. Notwithstanding Below 1,990 ...... n/a other provisions of this section, licens- 1,990–7,125 ...... 17 ees of stations that remain co-primary 12,200–13,250 ...... 5 Above 17,700 ...... n/a under the provisions of § 74.602(g) may not make modifications to their sys- (b) For paths shorter than those spec- tems that increase interference to sat- ified in the Table, the EIRP shall not ellite earth stations, or result in a fa- exceed the value derived from the fol- cility that would be more costly to re- lowing equation. locate. ¥ [28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 38 EIRP = MAXEIRP 40 log(A/B) dBW FR 6827, Mar. 13, 1973; 47 FR 55938, Dec. 14, Where: 1982; 49 FR 7131, Feb. 27, 1984; 58 FR 19776, Apr. 16, 1993; 61 FR 4368, Feb. 6, 1996; 63 FR EIRP = The new maximum EIRP (equivalent 36605, July 7, 1998; 65 FR 54173, Sept. 7, 2000; isotropically radiated power) in dBW. 68 FR 12771, Mar. 17, 2003; 68 FR 16967, Apr. 8, MAXEIRP = Maximum EIRP as set forth in 2003] the Table in § 74.636 of this part. A = Minimum path length from the Table § 74.655 Authorization of equipment. above for the frequency band in kilo- (a) Except as provided in paragraph meters. (b) of this section, all transmitting B = The actual path length in kilometers. equipment first marketed for use under NOTE 1 TO PARAGRAPH (b): For transmitters this subpart or placed into service after using Automatic Transmitter Power Con- October 1, 1981, must be authorized trol, EIRP corresponds to the maximum under the certification or verification transmitter power available, not the coordi- procedure, as detailed in paragraph (f) nated transmit power or the nominal trans- of this section. Equipment which is mit power. used at a station licensed prior to Oc- NOTE 2 TO PARAGRAPH (b): Stations licensed tober 1, 1985, which has not been au- based on an application filed before April 16, thorized as detailed in paragraph (f) of 2003, in the 2450–2483.5 MHz band, for EIRP values exceeding those specified above, may this section, may continue to be used continue to operate indefinitely in accord- by the licensee or its successors or as- ance with the terms of their current author- signees, provided that if operation of izations, subject to periodic renewal. such equipment causes harmful interference due to its failure to comply (c) Upon an appropriate technical with the technical standards set forth showing, applicants and licensees un- in this subpart, the FCC may, at its able to meet the minimum path length discretion, require the licensee to take requirement may be granted an excep- such corrective action as is necessary tion to these requirements. to eliminate the interference. However, such equipment may not be further NOTE: Links authorized prior to April 1, 1987, are excluded from this requirement, ex- marketed or reused under part 74 after cept that, effective April 1, 1992, the Commis- October 1, 1985. sion will require compliance with the cri- (b) Certification or verification is not teria where an existing link would otherwise required for transmitters used in con- preclude establishment of a new link. junction with TV pickup stations operating with a peak output power not [52 FR 7143, Mar. 9, 1987, as amended at 68 FR greater than 250 mW. Pickup stations 12771, Mar. 17, 2003] operating in excess of 250 mW licensed

480

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00490 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.664

pursuant to applications accepted for Frequency Frequency band tolerance filing prior to October 1, 1980 may con- (MHz) (%) tinue operation subject to periodic renewal. If operation of such equipment 2,025 to 2,110 ...... 1 0.005 2,450 to 2,483.5 ...... 2 0.001 causes harmful interference the FCC 6,425 to 6,525 ...... 0.005 may, at its discretion, require the li- 6,875 to 7,125 ...... 1 0.005 censee to take such corrective action 12,700 to 13,250 ...... 1 0.005 17,700 to 18,820 ...... 0.003 as is necessary to eliminate the inter- 18,920 to 19,700 ...... 0.003 ference. 1 Television translator relay stations shall maintain a fre- (c) The license of a TV auxiliary sta- quency tolerance of 0.002%. tion may replace transmitting equip- 2 Stations licensed pursuant to an application filed before March 17, 2005, for tolerance values exceeding those speci- ment with authorized equipment, as fied above, may continue to operate indefinitely in accordance with the terms of their current authorizations, subject to peri- detailed under paragraph (f) of this sec- odic renewal. Existing equipment and equipment of product tion, without prior FCC approval, pro- lines in production before April 16, 2003, authorized via certification or verification before March 17, 2005, for tolerance val- vided the proposed changes will not de- ues exceeding those specified above, may continue to be part from any of the terms of the sta- manufactured and/or marketed, but may not be authorized for use under station license except at stations licensed pursuant tion or system authorization or the to an application filed before March 17, 2005. Any non-con- Commission’s technical rules gov- forming equipment authorized under a station license, and replaced on or after March 17, 2005, must be replaced by con- erning this service, and also provided forming equipment. that any changes made to authorized transmitting equipment is in compli- [52 FR 7143, Mar. 9, 1987, as amended at 68 FR ance with the provisions of part 2 of 12772, Mar. 17, 2003] the FCC rules concerning modifica- § 74.662 Frequency monitors and tions to authorized equipment. measurements. (d) Any manufacturer of a trans- The licensee of a television broadcast mitter to be used in this service may auxiliary station must provide means authorize the equipment under the cer- for measuring the operating frequency tification or verification procedure, as in order to ensure that the emissions appropriate, following the procedures are confined to the authorized channel. set forth in subpart J of part 2 of the FCC rules. [48 FR 38482, Aug. 24, 1983] (e) An applicant for a TV broadcast § 74.663 Modulation limits. auxiliary station may also authorize If amplitude modulation is employed, an individual transmitter, as specified negative modulation peaks shall not in paragraph (f) of this section, by fol- exceed 100%. lowing the procedures set forth in subpart J of part 2 of the FCC rules and [45 FR 78694, Nov. 26, 1980] regulations. (f) Transmitters designed to be used § 74.664 Posting of station license. exclusively for a TV STL station, a TV (a) The station license and any other intercity relay station, a TV translator instrument of authorization or indi- relay station, or a TV microwave vidual order concerning the construc- booster station, shall be authorized tion of the equipment or manner of op- under verification. All other transmit- eration of the station shall be posted in ters will be authorized under the cer- the room in which the transmitter is located. tification procedure. (b) Posting of the station license and [63 FR 36605, July 7, 1998, as amended at 68 any other instruments of authorization FR 12772, Mar. 17, 2003] shall be done by affixing the license to the wall at the posting location, or by § 74.661 Frequency tolerance. enclosing it in a binder or folder which Stations in this service shall main- is retained at the posting location so tain the carrier frequency of each au- that the document will be readily thorized transmitter to within the fol- available and easily accessible. lowing percentage of the assigned fre- [28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 48 quency. FR 24385, June 1, 1983; 49 FR 29070, July 18, 1984; 50 FR 40015, Oct. 1, 1985]

481

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00491 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.682 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

§ 74.682 Station identification. formed in a manner conducive to (a) Each television broadcast auxil- prompt association of the signal source iary station operating with a trans- with the responsible licensee. In exer- mitter output power of 1 watt or more cising the discretion provided by this must, when actually transmitting pro- rule, licensees are expected to act in a grams, transmit station identification responsible manner to assure that re- at the beginning and end of each period sult. of operation, and hourly, as close to (f) TV microwave boosters stations the hour as feasible, at a natural break will be assigned individual call signs. in program offerings by one of the fol- However, station identification will be lowing means: accomplished by the retransmission of (1) Transmission of its own call sign identification as provided in paragraph by visual or aural means or by auto- (a) of this section. matic transmission in international Morse telegraphy. [31 FR 15488, Dec. 8, 1966; 32 FR 452, Jan. 17, (2) Visual or aural transmission of 1967, as amended at 42 FR 36830, July 18, 1977; the call sign of the TV broadcast sta- 43 FR 1951, Jan. 13, 1978; 44 FR 36041, June 20, tion with which it is licensed as an 1979; 49 FR 7131, Feb. 27, 1984] auxiliary. § 74.690 Transition of the 1990–2025 (3) Visual or aural transmission of MHz band from the Broadcast Aux- the call sign of the TV broadcast sta- iliary Service to emerging tech- tion whose signals are being relayed or, nologies. where programs are obtained directly from network lines and relayed, the (a) New Entrants are collectively de- network identification. fined as those licensees proposing to (b) Identification transmissions dur- use emerging technologies to imple- ing operation need not be made when ment Mobile Satellite Services in the to make such transmission would in- 2000–2020 MHz band (MSS licensees), terrupt a single consecutive speech, those licensees authorized after July 1, play, religious service, symphony con- 2004 to implement new Fixed and Mo- cert, or any type of production. In such bile services in the 1990–1995 MHz band, cases, the identification transmission and those licensees authorized after shall be made at the first interruption September 9, 2004 in the 1995–2000 MHz of the entertainment continuity and at and 2020–2025 MHz bands. New entrants the conclusion thereof. may negotiate with Broadcast Auxil- (c) During occasions when a tele- iary Service licensees operating on a vision pickup station is being used to primary basis and fixed service licens- deliver program material for network ees operating on a primary basis in the distribution it may transmit the net- 1990–2025 MHz band (Existing Licens- work identification in lieu of its own or ees) for the purpose of agreeing to associated TV station call sign during terms under which the Existing Licens- the actual program pickup. However, if ees would relocate their operations to it is providing the network feed the 2025–2110 MHz band, to other au- through its own associated TV broad- thorized bands, or to other media; or, cast station it shall perform the sta- alternatively, would discontinue use of tion identification required by para- the 1990–2025 MHz band. New licensees graph (a) of this section at the begin- in the 1995–2000 MHz and 2020–2025 MHz ning and end of each period of operation. bands are subject to the specific reloca- (d) A period of operation is defined as tion procedures adopted in WT Docket a single uninterrupted transmission or 04–356. a series of intermittent transmissions (b) An Existing Licensee in the 1990– from a single location or continuous or 2025 MHz band allocated for licensed intermittent transmission from a tele- emerging technology services will vision pickup station covering a single maintain primary status in the band event from various locations, within a until the Existing Licensee’s oper- single broadcast day. ations are relocated by a New Entrant, (e) Regardless of the method used for are discontinued under the terms of station identification it shall be per- paragraph (a) of this section, or become

482

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00492 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.690

secondary under the terms of para- the 1990–2025 MHz band on a primary graph (e)(6) of this section or the Exist- basis, except those Existing Licensees ing Licensee indicates to a New En- that decline relocation. Such reloca- trant that it declines to be relocated. tion negotiations shall be conducted as (c) The Commission will amend the ‘‘mandatory negotiations,’’ as that operating license of the Existing Li- term is used in § 101.73 of this chapter. censee to secondary status only if the If these parties are unable to reach a following requirements are met: negotiated agreement, MSS Licensees (1) The service applicant, provider, li- may involuntarily relocate such Exist- censee, or representative using an ing Licensees and fixed stations after emerging technology guarantees pay- December 8, 2004. ment of all relocation costs, including (ii) [Reserved] all engineering, equipment, site and (iii) On the date that the first MSS FCC fees, as well as any reasonable ad- licensee begins operations in the 2000– ditional costs that the relocated Exist- 2020 MHz band, a one-year mandatory ing Licensee might incur as a result of negotiation period begins between MSS operation in another authorized band licensees and Existing Licensees in or migration to another medium; Nielsen DMAs 31–210, as such DMAs ex- (2) The New Entrant completes all isted on September 6, 2000. After the activities necessary for implementing end of the mandatory negotiation pe- the replacement facilities, including riod, MSS licensees may involuntary engineering and cost analysis of the re- relocate any Existing Licensees with location procedure and, if radio facili- which they have been unable to reach a ties are used, identifying and obtain- negotiated agreement. As described ing, on the incumbents’ behalf, new elsewhere in this paragraph (e), MSS microwave or Local Television Trans- Licensees are obligated to relocate mission Service frequencies and fre- these Existing Licensees within the quency coordination. specified three- and five-year time peri- (3) The New Entrant builds the re- ods. placement system and tests it for comparability with the existing system. (2) Before negotiating with MSS li- (d) The Existing Licensee is not re- censees, Existing Licensees in Nielsen quired to relocate until the alternative Designated Market Areas where there facilities are available to it for a rea- is a BAS frequency coordinator must sonable time to make adjustments, de- coordinate and select a band plan for termine comparability, and ensure a the market area. If an Existing Li- seamless handoff. If, within one year censee wishes to operate in the 2025– after the relocation to new facilities 2110 MHz band using the channels A03- the Existing Licensee demonstrates A07 as specified in the Table in that the new facilities are not com- § 74.602(a) of this part, then all licensees parable to the former facilities, the within that Existing Licensee’s market New Entrant must remedy the defects. must agree to such operation and all (e) Subject to the terms of this para- must operate on a secondary basis to graph (e), the relocation of Existing Li- any licensee operating on the channel censees will be carried out by MSS li- plan specified in § 74.602(a)(3) of this censees in the following manner: part. All negotiations must produce so- (1) Existing Licensees and MSS li- lutions that adhere to the market censees may negotiate individually or area’s band plan. collectively for relocation of Existing (3)–(4) [Reserved] Licensees to one of the channel plans (5) As of the date the first MSS li- specified in § 74.602(a)(3) of this chapter. censee begins operations in the 1990– Parties may not decline to negotiate, 2025 MHz band, MSS Licensees must re- though Existing Licensees may decline locate Existing Licensees in DMAs 31– to be relocated. 100, as they existed as of September 6, (i) MSS licensees may relocate all 2000, within three years, and in the re- Existing Licensees in Nielsen Des- maining DMAs, as they existed as of ignated Market Areas (DMAs) 1–30, as September 6, 2000, within five years. such DMAs existed on September 6, (6) On December 9, 2013, all Existing 2000, and all fixed stations operating in Licensees will become secondary in the

483

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00493 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.701 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

1990–2025 MHz band. Upon written de- station. Origination shall include lo- mand by any MSS licensee, Existing cally generated television program sig- Licensees must cease operations in the nals and program signals obtained via 1990–2025 MHz band within six months. video recordings (tapes and discs), [65 FR 48180, Aug. 7, 2000, as amended at 67 microwave, common carrier circuits, FR 53756, Aug. 19, 2002; 68 FR 68252, Dec. 8, or other sources. 2003; 69 FR 62621, Oct. 27, 2004; 69 FR 67836, (h) Local origination. Program origi- Nov. 22, 2004; 74 FR 29613, June 23, 2009] nation if the parameters of the program source signal, as it reaches the Subpart G—Low Power TV, TV transmitter site, are under the control Translator, and TV Booster Stations of the low power TV station licensee. Transmission of TV program signals § 74.701 Definitions. generated at the transmitter site con- (a) Television broadcast translator sta- stitutes local origination. Local origi- tion. A station in the broadcast service nation also includes transmission of operated for the purpose of retransmit- programs reaching the transmitter site ting the programs and signals of a tele- via TV STL stations, but does not in- vision broadcast station, without sig- clude transmission of signals obtained nificantly altering any characteristic from either terrestrial or satellite of the original signal other than its fre- microwave feeds or low power TV sta- quency and amplitude, for the purpose tions. of providing television reception to the (i) Television broadcast booster station. general public. A station in the broadcast service oper- (b) Primary station. The analog tele- ated by the licensee or permittee of a vision broadcast station (TV broadcast) full service television broadcast sta- or digital television station (DTV) tion for the purpose of retransmitting which provides the programs and sig- the programs and signals of such pri- nals being retransmitted by a tele- mary station without significantly al- vision broadcast translator station. tering any characteristic of the origi- (c) VHF translator. A television nal signal other than its amplitude. A broacast translator station operating television broadcast booster station on a VHF television broadcast channel. may only be located such that its en- (d) UHF translator. A television tire service area is located within the broadcast translator station operating protected contour of the primary sta- on a UHF television broadcast channel. tion it retransmits. For purposes of (e) UHF translator signal booster. A this paragraph, the service area of the station in the broadcasting service op- booster and the protected contour of erated for the sole purpose of re- the primary station will be determined transmitting the signals of the UHF by the methods prescribed in § 74.705(c). translator station by amplifying and (j) Digital television broadcast trans- reradiating such signals which have lator station (‘‘digital TV translator sta- been received directly through space, tion’’). A station operated for the pur- without significantly altering any pose of retransmitting the programs characteristic of the incoming signal and signals of a digital television other than its amplitude. (DTV) broadcast station, without sig- (f) Low power TV station. A station nificantly altering any characteristic authorized under the provisions of this of the original signal other than its fre- subpart that may retransmit the pro- quency and amplitude, for the purpose grams and signals of a TV broadcast of providing DTV reception to the gen- station and that may originate pro- eral public. gramming in any amount greater than (k) Digital low power TV station (‘‘dig- 30 seconds per hour and/or operates a ital LPTV station’’). A station author- subscription service. (See § 73.641 of ized under the provisions of this subpart 73 of this chapter.) part that may retransmit the programs (g) Program origination. For purposes and signals of a DTV broadcast station, of this part, program origination shall may originate programming in any be any transmissions other than the si- amount greater than 30 seconds per multaneous retransmission of the pro- hour for the purpose of providing dig- grams and signals of a TV broadcast ital television (DTV) reception to the

484

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00494 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.702

general public and, subject to a min- § 74.702 Channel assignments. imum video program service require- (a) An applicant for a new low power ment, may offer services of an ancil- TV or TV translator station or for lary or supplementary nature, includ- changes in the facilities of an author- ing subscription-based services. (See ized station shall endeavor to select a § 74.790). channel on which its operation is not (l) Digital program origination. For likely to cause interference. The appli- purposes of this part, digital program cations must be specific with regard to origination shall be any transmissions the channel requested. Only one chan- other than the simultaneous retrans- nel will be assigned to each station. mission of the programs and signals of (1) Any one of the 12 standard VHF a TV or DTV broadcast station or transmissions related to service offer- Channels (2 to 13 inclusive) may be as- ings of an ancillary or supplementary signed to a VHF low power TV or TV nature. Origination shall include lo- translator station. Channels 5 and 6 as- cally generated television program sig- signed in Alaska shall not cause harm- nals and program signals obtained via ful interference to and must accept in- video recordings (tapes and discs), terference from non-Government fixed microwave, common carrier circuits, operation authorized prior to January or other sources. 1, 1982. (m) Existing low power television or tel- (2) Any one of the UHF Channels evision translator station. When used in from 14 to 69, inclusive, may be as- subpart G of this part, the terms exist- signed to a UHF low power TV or TV ing low power television and existing translator station. In accordance with television translator station refer to an § 73.603(c) of part 73, Channel 37 will not analog or digital low power television be assigned to such stations. station or television translator station (3) Application for new low power TV that is either licensed or has a valid or TV translator stations or for construction permit. changes in existing stations, specifying (n) Suitable in core channel. When used operation above 806 MHz will not be ac- in subpart G of this part, the term cepted for filing. License renewals for ‘‘suitable in core channel’’ refers to a existing TV translator stations oper- channel that would enable a digital low ating on channels 70 (806–812 MHz) power television or television trans- through 83 (884–890 MHz) will be grant- lator station to produce a protected ed only on a secondary basis to land service area comparable to that of its mobile radio operations. associated analog LPTV or TV trans- (b) Changes in the TV Table of Allot- lator station. ments or Digital Television Table of (o) Companion digital channel. When Allotments (§§ 73.606(b) and 73.622(a), reused in subpart G of this part, the term spectively, of part 73 of this chapter), ‘‘companion digital channel’’ refers to authorizations to construct new TV a digital channel authorized to an ex- broadcast analog or DTV stations or to isting low power television or tele- authorizations to change facilities of vision translator station to be associ- existing such stations, may be made ated with the station’s analog channel. without regard to existing or proposed (p) Digital conversion channel. When low power TV or TV translator sta- used in subpart G of this part, the term tions. Where such a change results in a ‘‘digital conversion channel’’ refers to low power TV or TV translator station a channel previously authorized to an causing actual interference to recep- existing low power television or tele- tion of the TV broadcast analog or vision translator station that has been DTV station, the licensee or permittee converted to digital operation. of the low power TV or TV translator station shall eliminate the interference [28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 43 FR 1951, Jan. 13, 1978; 47 FR 21497, May 18, or file an application for a change in 1982; 48 FR 21486, May 12, 1983; 52 FR 7422, channel assignment pursuant to Mar. 11, 1987; 52 FR 31403, Aug. 20, 1987; 62 FR § 73.3572 of this chapter. 26720, May 14, 1997; 69 FR 69331, Nov. 29, 2004]

485

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00495 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.703 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

(c) A television broadcast booster ated by the low power TV, TV trans- station will be authorized on the chan- lator, or TV booster station, regardless nel assigned to its primary station. of the quality of the reception or the [47 FR 21497, May 18, 1982, as amended at 47 strength of the signal so used. If the in- FR 30068, July 12, 1982; 47 FR 35590, Aug. 18, terference cannot be promptly elimi- 1982; 52 FR 7423, Mar. 11, 1987; 52 FR 31403, nated by the application of suitable Aug. 20, 1987; 62 FR 26721, May 14, 1997] techniques, operation of the offending low power TV, TV translator, or TV § 74.703 Interference. booster station shall be suspended and (a) An application for a new low shall not be resumed until the inter- power TV, TV translator, or TV boost- ference has been eliminated. If the er station or for a change in the facili- complainant refuses to permit the low ties of such an authorized station will Power TV, TV translator, or TV boost- not be granted when it is apparent that er station to apply remedial techniques interference will be caused. Except that demonstrably will eliminate the where there is a written agreement be- interference without impairment of the tween the affected parties to accept in- original reception, the licensee of the terference, or where it can be shown low power TV, TV translator, or TV that interference will not occur due to booster station is absolved of further terrain shielding and/or Longley-Rice responsibility. TV booster stations will terrain dependent propagation meth- be exempt from the provisions of this ods, the licensee of a new low power paragraph to the extent that they may TV, TV translator, or TV booster shall cause limited interference to their pri- protect existing low power TV and TV mary stations’ signal subject to the translator stations from interference conditions of paragraph (g) of this sec- within the protected contour defined in tion. § 74.707 and shall protect existing Class (c) It shall be the responsibility of A TV and digital Class A TV stations the licensee of a low power TV, TV within the protected contours defined translator, or TV booster station to in § 73.6010 of this chapter. Such written correct any condition of interference agreement shall accompany the appli- which results from the radiation of cation. Guidance on using the Longley- radio frequency energy outside its as- Rice methodology is provided in OET signed channel. Upon notice by the Bulletin No. 69. Copies of OET Bulletin FCC to the station licensee or operator No. 69 may be inspected during normal that such interference is caused by spu- business hours at the: Federal Commu- rious emissions of the station, oper- nications Commission, 445 12th Street, ation of the station shall be imme- S.W., Reference Information Center diately suspended and not resumed (Room CY-A257), Washington, DC 20554. until the interference has been elimi- This document is also available nated. However, short test trans- through the Internet on the FCC Home missions may be made during the pe- Page at http://www.fcc.gov/oet/info/docu- riod of suspended operation to check ments/bulletins/#69. the efficacy of remedial measures. (b) It shall be the responsibility of (d) When a low-power TV or TV the licensee of a low power TV, TV translator station causes interference translator, or TV booster station to to a CATV system by radiations within correct at its expense any condition of its assigned channel at the cable interference to the direct reception of headend or on the output channel of the signal of any other TV broadcast any system converter located at a re- analog station and DTV station oper- ceiver, the earlier user, whether cable ating on the same channel as that used system or low-power TV or TV trans- by the low power TV, TV translator, or lator station, will be given priority on TV booster station or an adjacent the channel, and the later user will be channel which occurs as a result of the responsible for correction of the inter- operation of the low power TV, TV ference. When a low-power TV or TV translator, or TV booster station. In- translator station causes interference terference will be considered to occur to a BRS or EBS system by radiations whenever reception of a regularly used within its assigned channel on the out- signal is impaired by the signals radi- put channel of any system converter

486

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00496 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.705

located at a receiver, the earlier user, shall submit a full report to the FCC in whether BRS system or low-power TV Washington, DC, after operation is re- or TV translator station, will be given sumed, containing details of the nature priority on the channel, and the later of the interference, the source of the user will be responsible for correction interfering signals, and the remedial of the interference. steps taken to eliminate the inter- (e) Low power TV and TV translator ference. stations are being authorized on a sec- (i) A TV booster station may not dis- ondary basis to existing land mobile rupt the existing service of its primary uses and must correct whatever inter- station nor may it cause interference ference they cause to land mobile sta- to the signal provided by the primary tions or cease operation. station within the principal commu- (f) It shall be the responsibility of a nity to be served. digital low power TV or TV translator [47 FR 21497, May 18, 1982, as amended at 48 station operating on a channel from FR 21487, May 12, 1983; 52 FR 31403, Aug. 20, channel 52–69 to eliminate at its ex- 1987; 53 FR 4169, Feb. 12, 1988; 60 FR 55483, pense any condition of interference Nov. 1, 1995; 62 FR 26721, May 14, 1997; 65 FR caused to the operation of or services 30012, May 10, 2000; 69 FR 69331, Nov. 29, 2004; provided by existing and future com- 69 FR 72045, Dec. 10, 2004] mercial or public safety wireless licensees in the 700 MHz bands. The of- § 74.705 TV broadcast analog station fending digital LPTV or translator sta- protection. tion must cease operations imme- (a) The TV broadcast station pro- diately upon notification by any pri- tected contour will be its Grade B con- mary wireless licensee, once it has tour signal level as defined in § 73.683 been established that the digital low and calculated from the authorized power TV or translator station is caus- maximum radiated power (without de- ing the interference. pression angle correction), the hori- (g) An existing or future wireless li- zontal radiation pattern, height above censee in the 700 MHz bands may notify average terrain in the pertinent direc- (certified mail, return receipt re- tion, and the appropriate chart from quested), a digital low power TV or TV § 73.699. translator operating on the same chan- (b)(1) An application to construct a nel or first adjacent channel of its in- new low power TV or TV translator tention to initiate or change wireless station or change the facilities of an operations and the likelihood of inter- existing station will not be accepted if ference from the low power TV or it specifies a site which is within the translator station within its licensed protected contour of a co-channel or geographic service area. The notice first adjacent channel TV broadast sta- should describe the facilities, associ- tion. ated service area and operations of the (2) Due to the frequency spacing wireless licensee with sufficient detail which exists between TV Channels 4 to permit an evaluation of the likeli- and 5, between Channels 6 and 7, and hood of interference. Upon receipt of between Channels 13 and 14, adjacent such notice, the digital LPTV or TV channel protection standards shall not translator licensee must cease oper- be applicable to these pairs of chan- ation within 120 days unless: nels. (See § 73.603(a) of part 73 of this (1) It obtains the agreement of the chapter.) wireless licensee to continue oper- (3) A UHF low power TV or TV trans- ations; lator construction permit application (2) The commencement or modifica- will not be accepted if it specifies a site tion of wireless service is delayed be- within the UHF TV broadcast station’s yond that period (in which case the pe- protected contour and proposes oper- riod will be extended); or ation on a channel either 14 or 15 chan- (3) The Commission stays the effect nels above the channel in use by the of the interference notification, upon TV broadcast station. request. (4) A UHF low power TV or TV trans- (h) In each instance where suspension lator construction permit application of operation is required, the licensee will not be accepted if it specifies a site

487

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00497 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.706 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

less than 100 kilometers from the of the station being protected, the ¥45 transmitter site of a UHF TV broad- dB ratio must be used. cast analog station operating on a (ii) A description of the means by channel which is the seventh channel which the low power TV, TV trans- above the requested channel, unless it lator, or TV booster station will be can demonstrate that the service area maintained within the tolerances spec- of the low power TV or TV translator ified in § 74.761 for offset operation. station as established in § 74.707(a) is (2) 6 dB when the protected TV broad- not located in an area where the TV cast station operates on a VHF channel broadcast analog station is regularly that is one channel above the requested viewed. channel. (5) An application for a new UHF low (3) 12 dB when the protected TV power TV or TV translator construc- broadcast station operates on a VHF tion permit, a change of channel, or a channel that is one channel below the major change in facilities pursuant to requested channel. § 73.3572 of this chapter proposing a (4) 15 dB when the protected TV maximum effective radiated power of broadcast station operates on a UHF more than 50 kilowatts will not be ac- channel that is one channel above or cepted if it specifies a site less than 32 below the requested channel. kilometers from the transmitter site of (5) 23 dB when the protected TV a UHF TV broadcast analog station op- broadcast station operates on a UHF erating on a channel which is the sec- channel that is fourteen channels ond, third, or fourth channel above or below the requested channel. below the requested channel. (6) 6 dB when the protected TV broad- (c) The low power TV, TV translator, cast station operates a UHF channel or TV booster station field strength is that is fifteen channels below the re- calculated from the proposed effective quested channel. radiated power (ERP) and the antenna height above average terrain (HAAT) (e) As an alternative to the preceding in pertinent directions. paragraphs of 74.705, an applicant for a (1) For co-channel protection, the low power TV, TV translator or TV field strength is calculated using Fig- booster may make full use of terrain ure 9a, 10a, or 10c of § 73.699 (F(50,10) shielding and Longley-Rice terrain de- charts) of Part 73 of this chapter. pendent propagation prediction meth- (2) For low power TV, TV translator, ods to demonstrate that the proposed and TV boosters that do not specify the facility would not be likely to cause in- same channel as the TV broadcast sta- terference to TV broadcast stations. tion to be protected, the field strength Guidance on using the Longley-Rice is calculated using Figure 9, 10, or 10b methodology is provided in OET Bul- of § 73.699 (F(50,50) charts) of Part 73 of letin No. 69 (but also see § 74.793(d)). Cop- this chapter. ies of OET Bulletin No. 69 may be in- (d) A low power TV, TV translator, or spected during normal business hours TV booster station application will not at the: Federal Communications Com- be accepted if the ratio in dB of its mission, CY–C203, 445 12th Street, SW., field strength to that of the TV broad- Reference Information Center, Wash- cast station at the protected contour ington, DC 20554. This document is also fails to meet the following: available through the Internet on the (1) ¥45 dB for co-channel operations FCC Home Page at http://www.fcc.gov. without offset carrier frequency oper- [47 FR 21497, May 18, 1982, as amended at 48 ation or ¥28 dB for offset carrier fre- FR 21487, May 12, 1983; 52 FR 31403, Aug. 20, quency operation. An application re- 1987; 62 FR 26721, May 14, 1997; 65 FR 58467, questing offset carrier frequency oper- Sept. 29, 2000; 69 FR 69332, Nov. 29, 2004] ation must include the following: (i) A requested offset designation § 74.706 Digital TV (DTV) station pro- (zero, plus, or minus) identifying the tection. proposed direction of the 10 kHz offset (a) For purposes of this section, the from the standard carrier frequencies DTV station protected service area is of the requested channel. If the offset the geographic-area in which the field designation is not different from that strength of the station’s signal exceeds

488

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00498 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.707

the noise-limited service levels speci- found from the following Table (for fied in § 73.622(e) of this chapter. The values between measured values, linear extremity of this area (noise-limited interpolation can be used): perimeter) is calculated from the au- DTV-to-low thorized maximum radiated power Signal-to-noise ratio(dB) power ratio (without depression angle correction), (dB) the horizontal radiation pattern, and 16.00 ...... 21.00 height above average terrain in the 16.35 ...... 19.94 pertinent direction, using the signal 17.35 ...... 17.69 propagation method specified in 18.35 ...... 16.44 19.35 ...... 7.19 § 73.625(b) of this chapter. 20.35 ...... 4.69 (b)(1) An application to construct a 21.35 ...... 3.69 new low power TV or TV translator 22.35 ...... 2.94 23.35 ...... 2.44 station or change the facilities of an 25.00 ...... 2.00 existing station will not be accepted if it specifies a site which is located with- (2) + 48 dB for adjacent channel oper- in the noise-limited service perimeter ations at: of a co-channel DTV station. (i) The DTV noise-limited perimeter (2) Due to the frequency spacing if a low power TV, TV translator or TV which exists between TV channels 4 booster station is located outside that and 5, between Channels 6 and 7, and perimeter. between Channels 13 and 14, adjacent (ii) At all points within the DTV channel protection standards shall not noise-limited area if a low power TV or be applicable to these pairs of chan- TV translator is located within the nels. DTV noise-limited perimeter, as dem- (c) The low power TV, TV translator onstrated by the applicant. or TV booster station field strength is [62 FR 26721, May 14, 1997, as amended at 63 calculated from the proposed effective FR 13563, Mar. 20, 1998; 64 FR 4327, Jan. 28, radiated power (ERP) and the antenna 1999] height above average terrain (HAAT) in pertinent directions. § 74.707 Low power TV and TV trans- (1) For co-channel protection, the lator station protection. field strength is calculated using Fig- (a)(1) A low power TV or TV trans- ure 9a, 10a, or 10c of § 73.699 (F(50,10) lator will be protected from inter- charts) of part 73 of this chapter. ference from other low power TV or TV (2) For adjacent channel protection, translator stations, or TV booster sta- the field strength is calculated using tions within the following predicted Figure 9, 10, or 10b of § 73.699 (F(50,50) contours: charts) of part 73 of this chapter. (i) 62 dBu for stations on Channels 2 (d) A low power TV, TV translator or through 6; TV booster station application will not (ii) 68 dBu for stations on Channels 7 be accepted if the ratio in dB of its through 13; and field strength to that of the DTV sta- (iii) 74 dBu for stations on Channels tion (L/D ratio) fails to meet the fol- 14 through 69. lowing: (1) ¥2 dB or less for co-channel oper- Existing licensees and permittees that ations. This maximum L/D ratio for co- did not furnish sufficient data required channel interference to DTV service is to calculate the above contours by only valid at locations where the sig- April 15, 1983 are assigned protected nal-to-noise (S/N) ratio is 25 dB or contours having the following radii: greater. At the edge of the noise-lim- Up to 0.001 kW VHF/UHF—1 mile (1.6 km) ited service area, where the S/N ratio is from transmitter site 16 dB, the maximum L/D ratio for co- Up to 0.01 kW VHF; up to 0.1 k/W UHF—2 channel interference from analog low miles (3.2 km) from transmitter site Up to 0.1 kW VHF; up to 1 kW UHF—4 miles power TV, TV translator or TV booster (6.4 km) from transmitter site service into DTV service is ¥21 dB. At locations where the S/N ratio is greater New applicants must submit the re- than 16 dB but less than 25 dB, the quired information; they cannot rely maximum L/D field strength ratios are on this table.

489

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00499 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.707 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

(2) The low power TV or TV trans- field strength to that of the authorized lator station protected contour is cal- low power TV, TV translator, or TV culated from the authorized effective booster station at its protected con- radiated power and antenna height tour fails to meet the following: above average terrain, using Figure 9, (1) ¥45 dB for co-channel operations 10, or 10b of § 73.699 (F(50,50) charts) of without offset carrier frequency oper- Part 73 of this chapter. ation or ¥28 dB for offset carrier fre- (b)(1) An application to construct a quency operation. An application renew low power TV, TV translator, or questing offset carrier frequency oper- TV booster station or change the facili- ation must include the following: ties of an existing station will not be (i) A requested offset designation accepted if it specifies a site which is (zero, plus, or minus) identifying the within the protected contour of a co- proposed direction of the 10 kHz offset channel or first adjacent channel low from the standard carrier frequencies power TV, TV translator, or TV boost- of the requested channel. If the offset er station, except that a TV booster designation is not different from that station may be located within the proof the station being protected, or if the tected contour of its co-channel pri- station being protected is not main- mary station. taining its frequencies within the tol- (2) Due to the frequency spacing erance specified in § 74.761 for offset op- which exists between TV Channels 4 eration, the ¥45 dB ratio must be used. and 5, between Channels 6 and 7, and (ii) A description of the means by between Channels 13 and 14, adjacent which the low power TV, TV trans- channel protection standards shall not lator, or TV booster station’s fre- be applicable to these pairs of chan- quencies will be maintained within the nels. (See § 73.603(a) of Part 73 of this tolerances specified in § 74.761 for offset chapter.) operation. (3) A UHF low power TV, TV trans- (2) 6 dB when the protected low power lator, or TV booster construction per- TV or TV translator station operates mit application will not be accepted if on a VHF channel that is one channel it specifies a site within the UHF low above the requested channel. power TV, TV translator, or TV boost- (3) 12 dB when the protected low er station’s protected contour and pro- power TV or TV translator station op- poses operation on a channel that is 15 erates on a VHF channel that is one channels above the channel in use by channel below the requested channel. the low power TV, TV translator, or (4) 15 dB when the protected low TV booster station. power TV or TV translator station op- (c) The low power TV, TV translator, erates on a UHF channel that is one or TV booster construction permit ap- channel above or below the requested plication field strength is calculated channel. from the proposed effective radiated (5) 6 dB when the protected low power power (ERP) and the antenna above av- TV or TV translator station operates erage terrain (HAAT) in pertinent di- on a UHF channel that is fifteen chan- rections. nels below the requested channel. (1) For co-channel protection, the (e) As an alternative to the preceding field strength is calculated using Fig- paragraphs of § 74.707, an applicant for ure 9a, 10a, or 10c of § 73.699 (F(50,10) a low power TV or TV translator sta- charts) of Part 73 of this chapter. tion may make full use of terrain (2) For low power TV, TV translator, shielding and Longley-Rice terrain de- or TV booster applications that do not pendent propagation prediction meth- specify the same channel as the low ods to demonstrate that the proposed power TV, TV translator, or TV boost- facility would not be likely to cause in- er station to be protected, the field terference to low power TV, TV trans- strength is calculated using Figure 9, lator and TV booster stations. Guid- 10, or 10b of § 73.699 (F(50,50) charts) of ance on using the Longley-Rice meth- Part 73 of this chapter. odology is provided in OET Bulletin No. (d) A low power TV, TV translator, or 69 (but also see § 74.793(d)). Copies of TV booster station application will not OET Bulletin No. 69 may be inspected be accepted if the ratio in dB of its during normal business hours at the:

490

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00500 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.709

Federal Communications Commission, lator stations must accept any inter- Room CY–C203, 445 12th Street, SW., ference from stations in the land mo- Reference Information Center, Wash- bile service operating on the following ington, DC 20554. This document is also channels: available through the Internet on the Coordinates FCC Home Page at http://www.fcc.gov. City Chan- nels Latitude Longitude [47 FR 21498, May 18, 1982, as amended at 47 FR 35990, Aug. 18, 1982; 48 FR 21487, May 12, Boston, MA ...... 14, 16 42°21′24″ 071°03′24″ 1983; 52 FR 31403, Aug. 20, 1987; 62 FR 26722, Chicago, IL ...... 14, 15 41°52′28″ 087°38′22″ May 14, 1997; 65 FR 58467, Sept. 29, 2000; 69 FR Cleveland, OH ...... 14, 15 41°29′51″ 081°41′50″ 69332, Nov. 29, 2004] Dallas, TX ...... 16 32°47′09″ 096°47′37″ Detroit, MI ...... 15, 16 42°19′48″ 083°02′57″ Houston, TX ...... 17 29°45′26″ 095°21′37″ § 74.708 Class A TV and digital Class A Los Angeles, CA ...... 14, 34°03′15″ 118°18′28″ TV station protection. 16, 20 ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ (a) The Class A TV and digital Class Miami, FL ...... 14 25 46 37 080 11 32 New York, NY ...... 14, 40°45′06″ 073°59′39″ A TV station protected contours are 15, 16 specified in § 73.6010 of this chapter. Philadelphia, PA ...... 19, 20 39°56′58″ 075°09′21″ (b) An application to construct a new Pittsburgh, PA ...... 14, 18 40°26′19″ 080°00′00″ San Francisco, CA ...... 16, 17 37°46′39″ 122°24′40″ low power TV, TV translator, or TV Washington, DC ...... 17, 18 38°53′51″ 077°00′33″ booster station or change the facilities of an existing station will not be ac- (b) The protected contours for the cepted if it fails to protect an author- land mobile radio service are 130 kilo- ized Class A TV or digital Class A TV meters from the above coordinates, ex- station or an application for such a cept where limited by the following: station filed prior to the date the low (1) If the land mobile channel is the power TV, TV translator, or TV boost- same as the channel in the following er application is filed. list, the land mobile protected contour (c) Applications for low power TV, excludes the area within 145 kilometers TV translator and TV booster stations of the corresponding coordinates from shall protect Class A TV stations pur- list below. Except if the land mobile suant to the requirements specified in channel is 15 in New York or Cleveland paragraphs (b) through (e) of § 74.707. or 16 in Detroit, the land mobile pro- (d) Applications for low power TV, tected contour excludes the area with- TV translator and TV booster stations in 95 kilometers of the corresponding shall protect digital Class A TV sta- coordinates from the list below. tions pursuant to the following re- (2) If the land mobile channel is one quirements: channel above or below the channel in (i) An application must not specify the following list, the land mobile pro- an antenna site within the protected tected contour excludes the area with- contour of a co-channel digital Class A in 95 kilometers of the corresponding TV station. coordinates from the list below. (ii) The ratio in dB of the field strength of the low power TV, TV Coordinates City Chan- translator or TV booster station to nel Latitude Longitude that of the digital Class A TV station San Diego, CA ...... 15 32°41′48″ 116°56′10″ must meet the requirements specified Waterbury, CT ...... 20 41°31′02″ 073°01′00″ in paragraph (d) of § 74.706, calculated Washington, DC ...... 14 38°57′17″ 077°00′17″ using the propagation methods speci- Washington, DC ...... 20 38°57′49″ 077°06′18″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ fied in paragraph (c) of that section. Champaign, IL ...... 15 40 04 11 087 54 45 Jacksonville, IL ...... 14 39°45′52″ 090°30′29″ [65 FR 30012, May 10, 2000] Ft. Wayne, IN ...... 15 41°05′35″ 085°10′42″ South Bend, IN ...... 16 41°36′20″ 086°12′44″ Salisbury, MD ...... 16 38°24′15″ 075°34′45″ § 74.709 Land mobile station protec- Mt. Pleasant, MI ...... 14 43°34′24″ 084°46′21″ tion. Hanover, NH ...... 15 43°42′30″ 072°09′16″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ (a) Stations in the Land Mobile Canton, OH ...... 17 40 51 04 081 16 37 Cleveland, OH ...... 19 41°21′19″ 081°44′24″ Radio Service, using the following Oxford, OH ...... 14 39°30′26″ 084°44′09″ channels in the indicated cities will be Zanesville, OH ...... 18 39°55′42″ 081°59′06″ protected from interference caused by Elmira-Corning, NY ..... 18 42°06′20″ 076°52′17″ Harrisburg, PA ...... 21 40°20′44″ 076°52′09″ low power TV or TV translator sta- Johnstown, PA ...... 19 40°19′47″ 078°53′45″ tions, and low power TV and TV trans- Lancaster, PA ...... 15 40°15′45″ 076°27′49″

491

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00501 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.710 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

extending due west from 31°00′ N.L., Chan- Coordinates City 86°30′ W.L. to 31°30′ N.L., 94°00′ W.L. and nel Latitude Longitude then due southwest to 29°30′ N.L., 96°00′ Philadelphia, PA ...... 17 40°02′30″ 075°14′24″ W.L. Pittsburgh, PA ...... 16 40°26′46″ 079°57′51″ ° ′ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ (4) On Channel 18: west of 87 00 W.L.; Scranton, PA ...... 16 41 10 58 075 52 21 ° ′ ° ′ Parkersburg, WV ...... 15 39°20′50″ 081°33′56″ east of 95 00 W.L.; and south of 31 00 Madison, WI ...... 15 43°03′01″ 089°29′15″ N.L. [47 FR 21499, May 18, 1982, as amended at 50 (c) A low power TV or TV translator FR 12027, Mar. 27, 1985; 50 FR 33942, Aug. 22, station application will not be accept- 1985; 69 FR 31906, June 8, 2004] ed if it specifies a site that is within the protected contour of a co-channel § 74.710 Digital low power TV and TV or first adjacent channel land mobile translator station protection. assignment. (a) An application to construct a new (d) The low power TV or TV trans- low power TV, TV translator, or TV lator station field strength is cal- booster station or change the facilities culated from the proposed effective ra- of an existing station will not be ac- diated power (ERP) and the antenna cepted if it fails to protect an author- height above average terrain (HAAT) ized digital low power TV or TV trans- in pertinent directions. lator station or an application for such (1) The field strength is calculated station filed prior to the date the low using Figure 10c of § 73.699 (F(50, 10) power TV, TV translator, or TV boost- charts) of part 73 of this chapter. er application is filed. (2) A low power TV or TV translator (b) Applications for low power TV, station application will not be accept- TV translator and TV booster stations ed if it specifies the same channel as shall protect digital low power TV and one of the land mobile assignments and TV translator stations pursuant to the its field strength at the land mobile following requirements: protected contour exceeds 52 dBu. (1) An application must not specify (3) A low power TV or TV translator an antenna site within the protected station application will not be accept- contour of a co-channel or adjacent ed if it specifies a channel that is one channel digital low power TV or TV channel above or below one of the land translator station, as defined in § 74.792. mobile assignments and its field (2) The ratio in dB of the field strength at the land mobile protected strength of the low power TV, TV contour exceeds 76 dBu. translator or TV booster station at the (e) To protect stations in the Off- protected contour of a co-channel dig- shore Radio Service, a low power TV or ital TV or TV translator station must TV translator station construction per- meet the requirements specified in mit application will not be accepted if § 74.706(d)(1). it specifies operation on channels 15, (3) The ratio in dB of the field 16, 17 or 18 in the following areas. West strength of the low power TV, TV Longitude and North Latitude are ab- translator or TV booster station at the breviated as W.L. and N.L. respec- protected contour of a digital low tively. power TV or TV translator station on (1) On Channel 15: west of 92°00′ W.L.; the lower and upper adjacent channels east of 98°30′ W.L.; and south of a line must not exceed 49 dB and 48 dB, re- extending due west from 30°30′ N.L., spectively. 92°00′ W.L. to 30°30′ N.L., 96°00′ W.L.; (4) The analysis used in 74.710 should and then due southwest to 28°00′ N.L., use the propagation methods specified 98°30′ W.L. in § 74.706(c). (2) On Channel 16: west of 86°40′ W.L.; (c) As an alternative to the require- east of 96°30′ W.L.; and south of a line ments of paragraph (b) of this section, extending due west from 31°00′ N.L., an applicant for a low power TV, TV 86°40′ W.L. to 31°00′ N.L., 95°00′ W.L. and translator or TV booster may make then due southwest to 29°30′ N.L., 96°30′ full use of terrain shielding and W.L. Longley-Rice terrain dependent propa- (3) On Channel 17: west of 86°30′ W.L.; gation prediction methods to dem- east of 96°00′ W.L.; and south of a line onstrate that the proposed facility

492

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00502 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.731

would not be likely to cause inter- (d) The technical characteristics of ference to digital low power TV or TV the retransmitted signals shall not be translator stations, as described in deliberately altered so as to hinder re- § 74.707(e) (i.e., reduce the service popu- ception on conventional television lation by no more than 0.5% within the broadcast receivers. station’s protected contour based on (e) A television broadcast translator the interference thresholds of § 73.623(c) station shall not deliberately re- of this chapter). transmit the signals of any station [69 FR 69332, Nov. 29, 2004] other than the station it is authorized by license to retransmit. Precautions § 74.731 Purpose and permissible serv- shall be taken to avoid unintentional ice. retransmission of such other signals. (a) Television broadcast translator (f) A locally generated radio fre- stations and television broadcast quency signal similar to that of a TV booster stations provide a means broadcast station and modulated with whereby the signals of television visual and aural information may be broadcast stations may be retrans- connected to the input terminals of a mitted to areas in which direct recep- television broadcast translator or low tion of such television broadcast sta- power station for the purposes of trans- tions is unsatisfactory due to distance mitting still photographs, slides and or intervening terrain barriers. voice announcements. The radio fre- (b) Except as provided in paragraph quency signals shall be on the same (f) of this section, a television broad- channel as the normally used off-the- cast translator station or television air signal being rebroadcast. When broadcast booster station may be used transmitting originations concerning only to receive the signals of a tele- financial support or public service an- vision broadcast station, another tele- nouncements, connection of the locally vision broadcast translator station, a generated signals shall be made auto- television translator relay station, a television intercity relay station, a tel- matically either by means of a time evision STL station, or other suitable switch or upon receipt of a control sig- source such as a CARS or common car- nal from the TV station being rebroad- rier microwave station, for the simul- cast designed to actuate the switching taneous retransmission of the pro- circuit. The switching circuit will be so grams and signals of a television broad- designed that the input circuit will be cast station. Such retransmissions may returned to the off-the-air signal with- be accomplished by either: in 30 seconds. The connection for emer- (1) Reception of the television pro- gency transmissions may be made grams and signals of a television broad- manually. The apparatus used to gen- cast station directly through space, erate the local signal which is used to conversion to a different channel by modulate the translator or low power simple heterodyne frequency conver- station must be capable of producing a sion and suitable amplification; or, visual or aural signal or both which (2) Modulation and amplification of a will provide acceptable reception on video and audio feed, in which case television receivers designed for the modulating equipment meeting the retransmission standards employed by quirements of § 74.750(d) shall be used. TV broadcast stations. The visual and (c) The transmissions of each tele- aural materials so transmitted shall be vision broadcast translator station limited to emergency warnings of im- shall be intended for direct reception minent danger, to local public service by the general public and any other use announcements and to seeking or ac- shall be incidental thereto. A tele- knowledging financial support deemed vision broadcast translator station necessary to the continued operation of shall not be operated solely for the pur- the station. Accordingly, the origina- pose of relaying signals to one or more tions concerning financial support and fixed receiving points for retrans- PSAs are limited to 30 seconds each, no mission, distribution, or further relaying.

493

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00503 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.732 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

more than once per hour. Acknowl- tended for direct reception by the gen- edgements of financial support may in- eral public. Such stations will not be clude identification of the contribu- permitted to establish a point-to-point tors, the size and nature of the con- television relay system. tribution and advertising messages of (l) After 11:59 p.m. local time on Sep- contributors. Emergency transmissions tember 1, 2015, Class A television sta- shall be no longer or more frequent tions may no longer operate any facil- than necessary to protect life and prop- ity in analog (NTSC) mode. erty. [28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 43 (g) Low power TV stations may oper- FR 1951, Jan. 13, 1978; 47 FR 21499, May 18, ate under the following modes of serv- 1982; 47 FR 40172, Sept. 13, 1982; 48 FR 21487, ice: May 12, 1983; 52 FR 31404, Aug. 20, 1987; 76 FR (1) As a TV translator station, sub- 44827, July 27, 2011; 80 FR 27863, May 15, 2015] ject to the requirements of this part; (2) For origination of programming § 74.732 Eligibility and licensing re- and commercial matter as defined in quirements. § 74.701(f); (a) A license for a low power TV or (3) For the transmission of subscrip- TV translator station may be issued to tion television broadcast (STV) pro- any qualified individual, organized grams, intended to be received in intel- group of individuals, broadcast station ligible form by members of the public licensee, or local civil governmental for a fee or charge subject to the provi- body. sions of §§ 73.642(e) and 73.644. (b) More than one low power TV or (h) A low power TV station may not TV translator station may be licensed be operated solely for the purpose of re- to the same applicant whether or not laying signals to one or more fixed re- such stations serve substantially the ceiving points for retransmission, dis- same area. Low power TV and TV tribution or relaying. translator stations are not counted for (i) Low power TV stations are subject purposes of § 73.3555, concerning mul- to no minimum required hours of oper- tiple ownership. ation and may operate in any of the 3 (c) Only one channel will be assigned modes described in paragraph (g) of to each low power TV or TV translator this section for any number of hours. station. Additional low power or trans- (j) Television broadcast booster sta- lator stations may be authorized to tions provide a means whereby the li- provide additional reception. A sepa- censee of a television broadcast station rate application is required for each may provide service to areas of low sig- station and each application must be nal strength in any region within the complete in all respects. primary station’s Grade B contour. The (d) The FCC will not act on applica- booster station may not be located out- tions for new low power TV or TV side the predicted Grade B of its pri- translator stations, for changes in fa- mary station nor may the predicted cilities of existing stations, or for Grade B signal of the television booster changes in output channel tendered by station extend beyond the predicted displaced stations pursuant to Grade B contour of the primary sta- § 73.3572(a)(1), when such changes will tion. A television broadcast booster result in a major change until the ap- station is authorized to retransmit plicable time for filing a petition to only the signals of its primary station; deny has passed pursuant to § 73.3584(c). it shall not retransmit the signals of (e) A proposal to change the primary any other stations nor make inde- TV station being retransmitted or an pendent transmissions. However, lo- application of a licensed translator sta- cally generated signals may be used to tion to include low power TV station excite the booster apparatus for the operation, i.e., program origination or purpose of conducting tests and meas- subscription service will be subject urements essential to the proper in- only to a notification requirement. stallation and maintenance of the ap- (f) Applications for transfer of owner- paratus. ship or control of a low power TV or (k) The transmissions of a television TV translator station will be subject to broadcast booster station shall be in- petitions to deny.

494

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00504 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.733

(g) A television broadcast booster transmitting and receiving antennas, station will be authorized only to the the installation shall be sufficiently licensee or permittee of the television rugged to withstand the normal haz- station whose signals the booster will ards of the environment. rebroadcast, to areas within the Grade (e) The operation of a UHF translator B contour of the primary station. signal booster is subject to the condi- (h) No numerical limit is placed on tion that no harmful interference is the number of booster stations that caused to the reception of any station, may be licensed to a single licensee. A broadcast or non-broadcast, other than separate license is required for each the parent translator. The licensee of television broadcast booster station. the UHF translator signal booster is expected to use reasonable diligence to [47 FR 21499, May 18, 1982, as amended at 48 minimize interference to the direct re- FR 21487, May 12, 1983; 49 FR 20504, May 15, 1984; 52 FR 7423, Mar. 11, 1987; 52 FR 10571, ception of the parent translator sta- Apr. 2, 1987; 52 FR 31404, Aug. 20, 1987] tion. (f) UHF translator signal boosters § 74.733 UHF translator signal boost- may be operated unattended. Repairs ers. and adjustments shall be made by a (a) The licensee of a UHF television qualified person. The required quali- broadcast translator station may be fications are set forth in § 74.750 (g) and authorized to operate one or more sig- (h). nal boosters for the purpose of pro- (g) An individual call sign will not be viding reception to small shadowed assigned to a UHF translator booster areas within the area intended to be station. The retransmission of the call served by the translator. sign of the parent translator will serve (b) The transmitting apparatus shall as station identification. consist of a simple linear radio fre- (h) Applications for authority to con- quency amplifier, with one or more struct and operate a UHF translator amplifying stages, which is capable of signal booster shall be submitted on receiving, amplifying, and retransmit- FCC Form 346A. No construction of fa- ting the signals of the parent trans- cilities or installation of apparatus at lator without significantly altering the proposed transmitter site shall be any electrical characteristic of the re- made until a construction permit ceived signal other than its amplitude. therefor has been issued by the Com- mission. The maximum power input to the plate (i) The provisions of § 74.765 con- of the final radio frequency amplifier cerning posting of station license shall shall not exceed 5 watts. apply to a UHF translator signal boost- (c) The amplifier shall be equipped er except that the parent UHF trans- with suitable circuits which will auto- lator call sign, followed by the word matically cause it to cease radiating if ‘‘Booster’’, shall be displayed at the no signal is being received from the signal booster site. parent translator station. Care shall be (j) The provisions of §§ 74.767 and taken in the design of the apparatus to 74.781 concerning marking and lighting insure that out-of-band radiation is not of antenna structures and station excessive and that adequate isolation records, respectively, apply to UHF is maintained between the input and translator signal boosters. output circuits to prevent unstable operation. NOTE: Effective July 11, 1975, no new UHF (d) The installation of the apparatus signal boosters will be authorized. Licensees and its associated receiving and trans- of such existing boosters may make applica- mitting antennas shall be in accord- tion for renewal of license or change in facilities on the applicable FCC forms for Tele- ance with accepted principles of good vision Broadcast Translator Stations (Form engineering practice. Either hori- 346, for construction permits; 347, for license zontal, vertical, or circular polariza- to cover construction permit; and 303-S, for tion of the electric field of the radiated renewal of license). Report and Order, Dock- signal may be employed. If the isola- et No. 20372. May 28, 1975. tion between the input and output cir- [28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 40 cuits depends in part upon the polariza- FR 25022, June 12, 1975; 59 FR 63052, Dec. 7, tion or directive properties of the 1994]

495

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00505 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.734 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

§ 74.734 Attended and unattended op- § 74.735 Power limitations. eration. (a) The maximum peak effective radi- (a) Low power TV, TV translator, and ated power (ERP) of an analog low TV booster stations may be operated power TV, TV translator, or TV boost- without a designated person in attend- er station shall not exceed: ance if the following requirements are (1) 3 kW for VHF channels 2–13; and met: (2) 150 kW for UHF channels 14–69. (1) If the transmitter site cannot be (b) The maximum ERP of a digital promptly reached at all hours and in low power TV, TV translator, or TV all seasons, means shall be provided so booster station (average power) shall that the transmitting apparatus can be not exceed: turned on and off at will from a point (1) 3 kW for VHF channels 2–13; and that readily is accessible at all hours (2) 15 kW for UHF channels 14–69. and in all seasons. (c) The limits in paragraphs (a) and (2) The transmitter also shall be (b) apply separately to the effective ra- equipped with suitable automatic cir- diated powers that may be obtained by cuits that will place it in a nonradi- the use of horizontally or vertically po- ating condition in the absence of a sig- larized transmitting antennas, pro- nal on the input channel or circuit. viding the applicable provisions of (3) The transmitting and the ON/OFF §§ 74.705, 74.706, 74.707 and 74.709 are control, if at a location other than the met. For either omnidirectional or di- transmitter site, shall be adequately rectional antennas, where the ERP val- protected against tampering by unau- ues of the vertically and horizontally thorized persons. polarized components are not of equal (4) A letter notification must be filed strength, the ERP limits shall apply to with the FCC in Washington, DC, At- the polarization with the larger ERP. tention: Video Division, Media Bureau, Applications proposing the use of direc- providing the name, address, and tele- tional antenna systems must be accom- phone number of a person or persons panied by the following: who may be called to secure suspension (1) Complete description of the proof operation of the transmitter prompt- posed antenna system, including the ly should such action be deemed nec- manufacturer and model number of the essary by the FCC. Such information proposed directional antenna. It is not shall be kept current by the licensee. acceptable to label the antenna with (5) In cases where the antenna and only a generic term such as ‘‘Yagi’’ or supporting structure are considered to ‘‘Dipole’’. A specific model number be a hazard to air navigation and are must be provided. In the case of indi- required to be painted and lighted vidually designed antennas with no under the provisions of part 17 of the model number, or in the case of a com- Rules, the licensee shall make suitable posite antenna composed of two or arrangements for the daily observa- more individual antennas, the antenna tions, when required, and lighting should be described as a ‘‘custom’’ or equipment inspections required by ‘‘composite’’ antenna, as appropriate. §§ 17.37 and 17.38 of the FCC rules. A full description of the design of the (b) An application for authority to antenna should also be submitted. construct a new low power TV station (2) Relative field horizontal plane (when rebroadcasting the programs of pattern (horizontal polarization only) another station) or TV translator sta- of the proposed directional antenna. A tion or to make changes in the facili- value of 1.0 should be used for the max- ties of an authorized station, and that imum radiation. The plot of the pat- proposes unattended operation, shall tern should be oriented so that 0° cor- include an adequate showing as to the responds to the maximum radiation of manner of compliance with this sec- the directional antenna or, alter- tion. natively in the case of a symmetrical [47 FR 21500, May 18, 1982, as amended at 48 pattern, to the line of symmetry. The FR 21487, May 12, 1983; 60 FR 55483, Nov. 1, 0° on the plot should be referenced to 1995; 63 FR 33878, June 22, 1998; 67 FR 13233, the actual azimuth with respect to true Mar. 21, 2002] North.

496

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00506 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.737

(3) A tabulation of the relative field spectively, of the assigned channel pattern required in paragraph (c)(2), of shall be attenuated no less than: this section. The tabulation should use (1) 30 dB for transmitters rated at no the same zero degree reference as the more than 1 watt power output. plotted pattern, and be tabulated at (2) 50 dB for transmitters rated at least every 10°. In addition, tabulated more than 1 watt power output. values of all maximas and minimas, (3) 60 dB for transmitters rated at with their corresponding azimuths, more than 100 watts power output. should be submitted. (d) Greater attenuation than that (4) All horizontal plane patterns specified in paragraph (c) of this sec- must be plotted to the largest scale tion may be required if interference re- possible on unglazed letter-size polar sults from emissions outside the as- coordinate paper (main engraving ap- signed channel. proximately 18 cm × 25 cm (7 inches × 10 inches)) using only scale divisions and [28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 33 subdivisions of 1, 2, 2.5 or 5 times 10- FR 8677, June 13, 1968; 36 FR 19592, Oct. 8, nth. Values of field strength on any 1971; 47 FR 21500, May 18, 1982; 52 FR 31404, pattern less than 10% of the maximum Aug. 20, 1987] field strength plotted on that pattern must be shown on an enlarged scale. § 74.737 Antenna location. (5) The horizontal plane patterns (a) An applicant for a new low power that are required are the patterns for TV, TV translator, or TV booster sta- the complete directional antenna sys- tion or for a change in the facilities of tem. In the case of a composite an- an authorized station shall endeavor to tenna composed of two or more indi- select a site that will provide a line-of- vidual antennas, this means that the sight transmission path to the entire patterns for the composite antenna area intended to be served and at which composed of two or more individual an- there is available a suitable signal tennas, not the patterns for each of the from the primary station, if any, that individual antennas, must be sub- will be retransmitted. mitted. (b) The transmitting antenna should [30 FR 8847, July 14, 1965, as amended at 41 be placed above growing vegetation and FR 28267, July 9, 1976; 47 FR 21500, May 18, trees lying in the direction of the area 1982; 48 FR 21487, May 12, 1983; 52 FR 7423, intended to be served, to minimize the Mar. 11, 1987; 52 FR 31404, Aug. 20, 1987; 58 FR possibility of signal absorption by foli- 44951, Aug. 25, 1993; 62 FR 26722, May 14, 1997; age. 76 FR 44828, July 27, 2011] (c) A site within 8 kilometers of the § 74.736 Emissions and bandwidth. area intended to be served is to be pre- ferred if the conditions in paragraph (a) (a) The license of a low power TV, TV translator, or TV booster station au- of this section can be met. thorizes the transmission of the visual (d) Consideration should be given to signal by amplitude modulation (A5) the accessibility of the site at all sea- and the accompanying aural signal by sons of the year and to the availability frequency modulation (F3). of facilities for the maintenance and (b) Standard width television chan- operation of the transmitting equip- nels will be assigned and the transmit- ment. ting apparatus shall be operated so as (e) The transmitting antenna should to limit spurious emissions to the low- be located as near as is practical to the est practicable value. Any emissions transmitter to avoid the use of long including intermodulation products transmission lines and the associated and radio frequency harmonics which power losses. are not essential for the transmission (f) Consideration should be given to of the desired picture and sound infor- the existence of strong radio frequency mation shall be considered to be spu- fields from other transmitters at the rious emissions. site of the transmitting equipment and (c) Any emissions appearing on fre- the possibility that such fields may re- quencies more than 3 MHz above or sult in the retransmissions of signals below the upper and lower edges, re- originating on frequencies other than

497

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00507 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.750 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

that of the primary station being re- (iii) 60 dB for transmitters rated at broadcast. more than 100 watts power output. (3) When subjected to variations in [47 FR 21500, May 18, 1982, as amended at 52 FR 31404, Aug. 20, 1987] ambient temperature between minus 30 degrees and plus 50 degrees Centigrade § 74.750 Transmission system facilities. and variations in power main voltage (a) A low power TV, TV translator, or between 85 percent and 115 percent of TV booster station shall operate with a rated power supply voltage, the local transmitter that is either certificated oscillator frequency stability shall for licensing under the provisions of maintain the operating frequency with- this subpart or type notified for use in: under part 73 of this chapter. (i) 0.02 percent of its rated frequency (b) Transmitting antennas, antennas for transmitters rated at no more than used to receive the signals to be re- 100 watts peak visual power. broadcast, and transmission lines are (ii) 0.002 percent of the rated fre- not certificated by the FCC. External quency for transmitters rated at more preamplifiers also may be used pro- than 100 watts peak visual power. vided that they do not cause improper (iii) Plus or minus 1 kHz of its rated operation of the transmitting equip- frequency for transmitters to be used ment, and use of such preamplifiers is at stations employing offset carrier not necessary to meet the provisions of frequency operation. paragraph (c) of this section. (4) The apparatus shall contain auto- (c) The following requirements must matic circuits which will maintain the be met before low power TV and TV peak visual power output constant translator transmitters will be certifi- within 2 dB when the strength of the cated by the FCC: input signal is varied over a range of 30 (1) The equipment shall be so de- dB and which will not permit the peak signed that the electrical characteris- visual power output to exceed the max- tics of a standard television signal in- imum rated power output under any troduced into the input terminals will condition. If a manual adjustment is be maintained at the output. The over- provided to compensate for different all response of the apparatus within its average signal strengths, provision assigned channel, when operating at its shall be made for determining the rated power output and measured at proper setting for the control, and if the output terminals, shall provide a improper adjustment of the control smooth curve, varying within limits could result in improper operation, a separated by no more than 4 dB: Pro- label shall be affixed at the adjustment vided, however, That means may be pro- control bearing a suitable warning. vided to reduce the amplitude of the (5) The apparatus must be equipped aural carrier below those limits, if nec- with automatic controls that will place essary to prevent intermodulation it in a non-radiating condition when no which would mar the quality of the re- signal is being received on the input transmitted picture or result in emis- channel, either due to absence of a sions outside of the assigned channel. transmitted signal or failure of the re- (2) Radio frequency harmonics of the ceiving portion of the facilities used visual and aural carriers, measured at for rebroadcasting the signal of an- the output terminals of the trans- other station. The automatic control mitter, shall be attenuated no less may include a time delay feature to than 60 dB below the peak visual out- prevent interruptions caused by fading put power within the assigned channel. or other momentary failures of the in- All other emissions appearing on fre- coming signal. quencies more than 3 megacycles above (6) The tube or tubes employed in the or below the upper and lower edges, re- final radio frequency amplifier shall be spectively, of the assigned channel of the appropriate power rating to pro- shall be attenuated no less than: vide the rated power output of the (i) 30 dB for transmitters rated at no translator. The normal operating con- more than 1 watt power output. stants for operation at the rated power (ii) 50 dB for transmitters rated at output shall be specified. The appa- more than 1 watt power output. ratus shall be equipped with suitable

498

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00508 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.750

meters or meter jacks so that appro- quirements of paragraphs (c) and (d) of priate voltage and current measure- this section. The following procedures ments may be made while the appa- shall apply: ratus is in operation. (1) Any manufacturer of apparatus (7) The transmitters of over 0.001 kW intended for use at low power TV, TV peak visual power (0.002 kW when cir- translator, or TV booster stations may cularly polarized antennas are used) request certification by following the shall be equipped with an automatic procedures set forth in part 2, subpart keying device that will transmit the J, of this chapter. call sign of the station, in Inter- (2) Low power TV, TV translator, and national Morse Code, at least once each TV booster transmitting apparatus hour during the time the station is in operation when operating in the trans- that has been certificated by the FCC lator mode retransmitting the pro- will normally be authorized without gramming of a TV broadcast station. additional measurements from the ap- However, the identification by Morse plicant or licensee. Code is not required if the licensee of (3) Applications for certification of the low power TV or TV translator sta- modulators to be used with existing tion has an agreement with the TV certificated TV translator apparatus broadcast station being rebroadcast to must include the specifications elec- transmit aurally or visually the low trical and mechanical interconnecting power TV or TV translator station call requirements for the apparatus with as provided for in § 74.783. Transmission which it is designed to be used. of the call sign can be accomplished by: (4) Other rules concerning certifi- (i) Frequency shift keying; the aural cation, including information regard- and visual carrier shift shall not be less ing withdrawal of type acceptance, than 5 kHz or greater than 25 kHz. modification of certificated equipment (ii) Amplitude modulation of the and limitations on the findings upon aural carrier of at least 30% modula- which certification is based, are set tion. The audio frequency tone used forth in part 2, subpart J, of this chap- shall not be within 200 hertz of the ter. Emergency Broadcast System Atten- (f) The transmitting antenna system tion Signal alerting frequencies. (8) Wiring, shielding, and construc- may be designed to produce horizontal, tion shall be in accordance with ac- vertical, or circular polarization. cepted principles of good engineering (g) Low power TV, TV translator, or practice. TV booster stations installing new cer- (d) Low power TV, TV translator and tificated transmitting apparatus incor- transmitting equipment using a modu- porating modulating equipment need lation process for either program origi- not make equipment performance nation or rebroadcasting TV booster measurements and shall so indicate on transmitting equipment using a modu- the station license application. Sta- lation process must meet the following tions adding new or replacing modu- requirements: lating equipment in existing low power (1) The equipment shall meet the re- TV, TV translator, or TV booster sta- quirements of paragraphs (a)(1) and tion transmitting apparatus must have (b)(3) of § 73.687. a qualified person examine the trans- (2) The stability of the equipment mitting system after installation. This shall be sufficient to maintain the op- person must certify in the application erating frequency of the aural carrier for the station license that the trans- ± to 4.5 MHz 1kHz above the visual car- mitting equipment meets the require- rier when subjected to variations in ments of paragraph (d)(1) of this sec- ambient temperature between 30° and + tion. A report of the methods, measure- 50° centigrade and variations in power ments, and results must be kept in the main voltage between 85 and 115 percent of rated power supply voltage. station records. However, stations in- (e) Certification will be granted only stalling modulating equipment solely upon a satisfactory showing that the apparatus is capable of meeting the re-

499

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00509 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.751 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

for the limited local origination of sig- (6) Any changes in the location of the nals permitted by § 74.731 need not com- transmitter except within the same ply with the requirements of this para- building or upon the same pole or graph. tower. [28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 33 (7) A change of authorized operating FR 8677, June 13, 1968; 36 FR 19592, Oct. 8, power. 1971; 37 FR 25844, Dec. 5, 1972; 41 FR 17552, (c) Other equipment changes not spe- Apr. 27, 1976; 43 FR 1951, Jan. 13, 1978; 46 FR cifically referred to in paragraphs (a) 35465, July 8, 1981; 47 FR 21500, May 18, 1982; and (b) of this section may be made at 47 FR 30496, July 14, 1982; 52 FR 31404, Aug. the discretion of the licensee, provided 20, 1987; 60 FR 55483, Nov. 1, 1995; 62 FR 26722, that the FCC in Washington, DC, At- May 14, 1997; 63 FR 36605, July 7, 1998] tention: Video Division, Media Bureau, § 74.751 Modification of transmission is notified in writing upon the comple- systems. tion of such changes. (a) No change, either mechanical or (d) Upon installation of new or re- electrical, may be made in apparatus placement transmitting equipment for which has been certificated by the which prior FCC authority is not re- Commission without prior authority of quired under the provisions of this sec- the Commission. If such prior author- tion, the licensee must place in the sta- ity has been given to the manufacturer tion records a certification that the of certificated equipment, the manu- new installation complies in all re- facturer may issue instructions for spects with the technical requirements such changes citing its authority. In of this part and the station authoriza- such cases, individual licensees are not tion. required to secure prior Commission [28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 38 approval but shall notify the Commis- FR 6827, Mar. 13, 1973; 39 FR 38652, Nov. 1, sion when such changes are completed. 1974; 45 FR 26067, Apr. 17, 1980; 47 FR 21501, (b) Formal application (FCC Form May 18, 1982; 48 FR 41423, Sept. 15, 1983; 50 FR 346) is required for any of the following 23710, June 5, 1985; 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, 1987; changes: 63 FR 33879, June 22, 1998; 63 FR 36605, July 7, (1) Replacement of the transmitter as 1998; 67 FR 13233, Mar. 21, 2002] a whole, except replacement with a § 74.761 Frequency tolerance. transmitter of identical power rating which has been certificated by the FCC The licensee of a low power TV, TV for use by low power TV, TV trans- translator, or TV booster station shall lator, and TV booster stations, or any maintain the transmitter output fre- change which could result in a change quencies as set forth below. The fre- in the electrical characteristics or per- quency tolerance of stations using di- formance of the station. rect frequency conversion of a received (2) Any change in the transmitting signal and not engaging in offset car- antenna system, including the direc- rier operation as set forth in paragraph tion of radiation, directive antenna (d) of this section will be referenced to pattern, antenna gain, transmission the authorized plus or minus 10 kHz line loss characteristics, or height of offset, if any, of the primary station. antenna center of radiation. (a) The visual carrier shall be main- (3) Any change in the overall height tained to within 0.02 percent of the as- of the antenna structure, except where signed visual carrier frequency for notice to the Federal Aviation Admin- transmitters rated at not more than istration is specifically not required 100 watts peak visual power. under § 17.14(b) of this chapter. (b) The visual carrier shall be main- (4) Any horizontal change of the loca- tained to within 0.002 percent of the as- tion of the antenna structure which signed visual carrier frequency for would (i) be in excess of 152.4 meters transmitters rated at more than 100 (500 feet), or (ii) require notice to the watts peak visual power. Federal Aviation Administration pur- (c) The aural carrier of stations em- suant to § 17.7 of the FCC’s Rules. ploying modulating equipment shall be (5) A change in frequency assign- maintained at 4.5 MHz ±1 kHz above ment. the visual carrier frequency.

500

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00510 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.765

(d) The visual carrier shall be main- lighting of antenna structures. In the tained to within 1 kHz of the assigned event normal operation is restored channel carrier frequency if the low prior to the expiration of the 30 day pe- power TV, TV translator, or TV boost- riod, the FCC in Washington, DC, At- er station is authorized with a specified tention: Video Division, Media Bureau, offset designation in order to provide shall be notified in writing of the date protection under the provisions of normal operations resumed. If causes § 74.705 or § 74.707. beyond the control of the licensee make it impossible to comply within [43 FR 1952, Jan. 13, 1978, as amended at 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, 1987] the allowed period, a request for Spe- cial Temporary Authority (see § 73.1635 § 74.762 Frequency measurements. of this chapter) shall be made to the (a) The licensee of a low power TV FCC no later than the 30th day for such station, a TV translator, or a TV boost- additional time as may be deemed nec- er station must measure the carrier essary. (c) Failure of a low power TV, TV frequencies of its output channel as translator, or TV booster station to op- often as necessary to ensure operation erate for a period of 30 days or more, within the specified tolerances, and at except for causes beyond the control of least once each calendar year at inter- the licensee, shall be deemed evidence vals not exceeding 14 months. of discontinuation of operation and the (b) In the event that a low power TV, license of the station may be cancelled TV translator, or TV booster station is at the discretion of the FCC. Further- found to be operating beyond the fre- more, the station’s license will expire quency tolerance prescribed in § 74.761, as a matter of law, without regard to the licensee promptly shall suspend op- any causes beyond control of the li- eration of the transmitter and shall censee, if the station fails to transmit not resume operation until transmitter broadcast signals for any consecutive has been restored to its assigned fre- 12-month period, notwithstanding any quencies. Adjustment of the frequency provision, term, or condition of the li- determining circuits of the transmitter cense to the contrary. shall be made only by a qualified per- (d) A television broadcast translator son in accordance with § 74.750(g). station shall not be permitted to radi- [52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, 1987] ate during extended periods when signals of the primary station are not § 74.763 Time of operation. being retransmitted. (a) A low power TV, TV translator, or [28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 52 TV booster station is not required to FR 7423, Mar. 11, 1987; 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, adhere to any regular schedule of oper- 1987; 61 FR 28768, June 6, 1996; 63 FR 33879, ation. However, the licensee of a TV June 22, 1998; 67 FR 13233, Mar. 21, 2002] translator or TV booster station is expected to provide service to the extent § 74.765 Posting of station and oper- that such is within its control and to ator licenses. avoid unwarranted interruptions in the (a) The station license and any other service provided. instrument of authorization or indi- (b) In the event that causes beyond vidual order concerning the construc- the control of the low power TV or TV tion of the station or manner of oper- translator station licensee make it im- ation shall be kept in the station possible to continue operating, the li- record file so as to be available for in- censee may discontinue operation for a spection upon request of authorized period of not more than 30 days with- representatives of the FCC. out further authority from the FCC. (b) The call sign of the station, to- Notification must be sent to the FCC gether with the name, address, and in Washington, DC, Attention: Video telephone number of the licensee or Division, Media Bureau, not later than local representative of the licensee, if the 10th day of discontinued operation. the licensee does not reside in the com- During such period, the licensee shall munity served by the station, and the continue to adhere to the requirements name and address of the person and in the station license pertaining to the place where the station records are

501

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00511 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.769 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

maintained, shall be displayed at the Section 73.1650—International broadcasting transmitter site on the structure sup- agreements. porting the transmitting antenna, so Section 73.1680—Emergency antennas. as to be visible to a person standing on Section 73.1692—Construction near or installations on an AM broadcast tower. the ground. The display shall be main- Section 73.1940—Broadcasts by candidates for tained in legible condition by the li- public office. censee. Section 73.2080—Equal employment opportu- nities (for low power TV stations only). [47 FR 21502, May 18, 1982, as amended at 52 Section 73.3500—Application and report FR 7423, Mar. 11, 1987; 60 FR 55483, Nov. 1, forms. 1995] Section 73.3511—Applications required. Section 73.3512—Where to file; number of § 74.769 Copies of rules. copies. The licensee or permittee of a station Section 73.3513—Signing of applications. authorized under this subpart shall Section 73.3514—Content of applications. have a current copy of Volume I and Section 73.3516—Specification of facilities. Volume III of the Commission’s Rules. Section 73.3517—Contingent applications. Section 73.3518—Inconsistent or conflicting Each such licensee or permittee shall applications. be familiar with those rules relating to Section 73.3519—Repetitious applications. stations authorized under this subpart. Section 73.3521—Mutually exclusive applica- Copies of the Commission’s rules may tions for low power TV and TV translator be obtained from the Superintendent of stations. Documents, Government Printing Of- Section 73.3522—Amendment of applications. fice, Washington, DC 20402. Section 73.3525—Agreements for removing application conflicts. [60 FR 55483, Nov. 1, 1995] Section 73.3533—Application for construction permit or modification of construction per- § 74.780 Broadcast regulations applica- mit. ble to translators, low power, and Section 73.3534—Application for extension of booster stations. construction permit or for construction The following rules are applicable to permit to replace expired construction per- TV translator, low power TV, and TV mit. Section 73.3536—Application for license to booster stations: cover construction permit. Part 5—Experimental authorizations. Section 73.3538 (a)(1)(3)(4), (b)(2)—Application Section 73.653—Operation of TV aural and to make changes in existing station. visual transmitters. Section 73.3539—Application for renewal of Section 73.658—Affiliation agreements and license. network program practices; territorial ex- Section 73.3540—Application for voluntary clusivity in non-network program arrange- assignment of transfer of control. ments. Section 73.3541—Application for involuntary Part 73, Subpart G—Emergency Broadcast assignment or transfer of control. System (for low power TV stations locally Section 73.3542—Application for emergency originating programming as defined by authorization. § 74.701(h)). Section 73.3544—Application to obtain a Section 73.1201—Station identification (for modified station license. low power TV stations locally originating Section 73.3545—Application for permit to de- programming as defined by § 74.701(h)). liver programs to foreign stations. Section 73.1206—Broadcast of telephone con- Section 73.3550—Requests for new or modi- versations. fied call sign assignments. Section 73.1207—Rebroadcasts. Section 73.3561—Staff consideration of appli- Section 73.1208—Broadcast of taped, filmed cations requiring Commission action. or recorded material. Section 73.3562—Staff consideration of appli- Section 73.1211—Broadcast of lottery infor- cations not requiring action by the Com- mation. mission. Section 73.1212—Sponsorship identifications; Section 73.3564—Acceptance of applications. list retention, related requirements. Section 73.3566—Defective applications. Section 73.1216—Licensee conducted con- Section 73.3568—Dismissal of applications. tests. Section 73.3572—Processing of TV broadcast, Section 73.1515—Special field test authoriza- low power TV, and TV translator station tions. applications. Section 73.1615—Operation during modifica- Section 73.3580—Local public notice of filing tions of facilities. of broadcast applications. Section 73.1635—Special temporary author- Section 73.3584—Petitions to deny. izations (STA). Section 73.3587—Informal objections.

502

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00512 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.783

Section 73.3591—Grants without hearing. available upon request to any author- Section 73.3593—Designation for hearing. ized representative of the Commission. Section 73.3594—Local public notice of des- (d) Station logs and records shall be ignation for hearing. Section 73.3597—Procedures on transfer and retained for a period of two years. assignment applications. [48 FR 44806, Sept. 30, 1983, as amended at 52 Section 73.3598—Period of construction. FR 31405, Aug. 20, 1987] Section 73.3599—Forfeiture of construction permit. Section 73.3601—Simultaneous modification § 74.783 Station identification. and renewal of license. (a) Each low power TV and TV trans- Section 73.3603—Special waiver procedure lator station not originating local pro- relative to applications. gramming as defined by § 74.701(h) oper- Section 73.3612—Annual employment report (for low power TV stations only). ating over 0.001 kw peak visual power Section 73.3613—Filing of contracts (network (0.002 kw when using circularly polar- affiliation contracts for low power TV sta- ized antennas) must transmit its stations only). tion identification as follows: [52 FR 7423, Mar. 11, 1987, as amended at 52 (1) By transmitting the call sign in FR 25867, July 9, 1987; 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, International Morse Code at least once 1987; 56 FR 28099, June 19, 1991; 59 FR 31557, each hour. This transmission may be June 20, 1994; 62 FR 51063, Sept. 30, 1997; 78 FR accomplished by means of an auto- 25175, Apr. 29, 2013] matic device as required by § 74.750(c)(7). Call sign transmission § 74.781 Station records. shall be made at a code speed not in ex- (a) The licensee of a low power TV, cess of 20 words per minute; or TV translator, or TV booster station (2) By arranging for the primary sta- shall maintain adequate station tion, whose signal is being rebroadcast, records, including the current instru- to identify the translator station by ment of authorization, official cor- transmitting an easily readable visual respondence with the FCC, contracts, presentation or a clearly understand- permission for rebroadcasts, and other able aural presentation of the trans- pertinent documents. lator station’s call letters and location. (b) Entries required by § 17.49 of this Two such identifications shall be made Chapter concerning any observed or between 7 a.m. and 9 a.m. and 3 p.m. otherwise known extinguishment or and 5 p.m. each broadcast day at ap- improper functioning of a tower light: (1) The nature of such extinguish- proximately one hour intervals during ment or improper functioning. each time period. Television stations (2) The date and time the extinguish- which do not begin their broadcast day ment or improper operation was ob- before 9 a.m. shall make these identi- served or otherwise noted. fications in the hours closest to these (3) The date, time and nature of ad- time periods at the specified intervals. justments, repairs or replacements (b) Licensees of television translators made. whose station identification is made by (c) The station records shall be main- the television station whose signals are tained for inspection at a residence, of- being rebroadcast by the translator, fice, or public building, place of busi- must secure agreement with this tele- ness, or other suitable place, in one of vision station licensee to keep in its the communities of license of the file, and available to FCC personnel, translator or booster, except that the the translator’s call letters and loca- station records of a booster or trans- tion, giving the name, address and tele- lator licensed to the licensee of the pri- phone number of the licensee or his mary station may be kept at the same service representative to be contacted place where the primary station in the event of malfunction of the records are kept. The name of the per- translator. It shall be the responsi- son keeping station records, together bility of the translator licensee to fur- with the address of the place where the nish current information to the tele- records are kept, shall be posted in ac- vision station licensee for this purpose. cordance with § 74.765(c) of the rules. (c) A low power TV station shall The station records shall be made comply with the station identification

503

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00513 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.784 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

procedures given in § 73.1201 when lo- or signals for direct reception by the cally originating programming, as de- general public. fined by § 74.701(h). The identification (b) The licensee of a low power TV or procedures given in paragraphs (a) and TV translator station shall not re- (b) are to be used at all other times. broadcast the programs of any other (d) Call signs for low power TV and TV broadcast station or other station TV translator stations will be made up authorized under the provisions of this of the initial letter K or W followed by Subpart without obtaining prior con- the channel number assigned to the sent of the station whose signals or station and two additional letters. The use of the initial letter generally will programs are proposed to be retrans- follow the pattern used in the broad- mitted. The FCC, Attention: Video Di- cast service, i.e., stations west of the vision, Media Bureau, shall be notified Mississippi River will be assigned an of the call letters of each station re- initial letter K and those east, the let- broadcast, and the licensee of the low ter W. The two letter combinations fol- power TV or TV broadcast translator lowing the channel number will be as- station shall certify it has obtained signed in order and requests for the as- written consent from the licensee of signment of the particular combina- the station whose programs are being tions of letters will not be considered. retransmitted. The channel number designator for (c) A TV translator station may re- Channels 2 through 9 will be incor- broadcast only programs and signals porated in the call sign as a 2-digit that are simultaneously transmitted number, i.e., 02, 03, . . . ., so as to avoid by a TV broadcast station. similarities with call signs assigned to (d) A TV booster station may re- amateur radio stations. broadcast only programs and signals (e) Low power TV permittees or li- that are simultaneously transmitted censees may request that they be as- by the primary station to which it is signed four-letter call signs in lieu of authorized. the five-character alpha-numeric call (e) The provisions of § 73.1207 of part signs described in paragraph (d) of this section. Parties requesting four-letter 73 of this chapter apply to low power call signs are to follow the procedures TV stations in transmitting any mate- delineated in § 73.3550 of this chapter. rial during periods of program origina- Such four-letter call signs shall begin tion obtained from the transmissions with K or W; stations west of the Mis- of any other type of station. sissippi River will be assigned an ini- (Sec. 325, 48 Stat. 1091; 47 U.S.C. 325) tial letter K and stations east of the Mississippi River will be assigned an [28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 47 initial letter W. The four-letter call FR 21502, May 18, 1982; 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, sign will be followed by the suffix ‘‘- 1987; 63 FR 33879, June 22, 1998; 67 FR 13234, LP.’’ Mar. 21, 2002] (f) TV broadcast booster station shall § 74.785 Low power TV digital data be identified by their primary stations service pilot project. by broadcasting of the primary station’s call letters and location in ac- Low power TV stations authorized cordance with the provisions of § 73.1201 pursuant to the LPTV Digital Data of this chapter. Services Act (Public Law 106–554, 114 Stat. 4577, December 1, 2000) to partici- [41 FR 17552, Apr. 27, 1976, as amended at 47 FR 21502, May 18, 1982; 52 FR 7424, Mar. 11, pate in a digital data service pilot 1987; 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, 1987; 59 FR 31557, project shall be subject to the provi- June 20, 1994; 63 FR 71604, Dec. 29, 1998] sions of the Commission Order implementing that Act. FCC 01–137, adopted § 74.784 Rebroadcasts. April 19, 2001, as modified by the Com- (a) The term rebroadcast means the mission Order on Reconsideration, FCC reception by radio of the programs or 02–40, adopted February 12, 2002. other signals of a radio or television station and the simultaneous or subse- [67 FR 9621, Mar. 4, 2002] quent retransmission of such programs

504

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00514 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.786

§ 74.786 Digital channel assignments. nels shall notify all potentially affect (a) An applicant for a new low power 700 MHz commercial licensees not later television or television translator dig- than 30 days prior to the submission of ital station or for changes in the facili- their application (FCC Form 346) in the ties of an authorized digital station manner provided in paragraph of this shall endeavor to select a channel on section. Stations proposing use of which its operation is not likely to channels 63, 64, 68 and 69 must secure a cause interference. The applications coordinated spectrum use agreement must be specific with regard to the with the pertinent 700 MHz public safe- channel requested. Only one channel ty regional planning committee and will be assigned each station. state administrator prior to the sub- (b) Any one of the 12 standard VHF mission of their application (FCC Form Channels (2 to 13 inclusive) may be as- 346). Coordination shall be undertaken signed to a VHF digital low power tele- with regional planning committee and vision or television translator station. state administrator of the region and Channels 5 and 6 assigned in Alaska state within which the digital LPTV or shall not cause harmful interference to translator station is proposed to be lo- and must accept interference from non- cated, and those of adjoining regions Government fixed operation authorized prior to January 1, 1982. and states with boundaries within 75 (c) UHF channels 14 to 36 and 38 to 51 miles of the proposed station location. may be assigned to a UHF digital low Stations proposing use of channels 62, power television or television trans- 65, and 67 must notify the pertinent re- lator station. In accordance with gional planning committee and state § 73.603(c) of this chapter, Channel 37 administrator not later than 30 days will not be assigned to such stations. prior to the submission of their appli- (d) UHF Channels 52–59 may be as- cation (FCC Form 346). Notification signed to a digital low power television shall be made to the regional and state or television translator station for use administrators of region and state as a digital conversion channel. These within which the digital LPTV or channels may also be assigned as a translator station is proposed to be lo- companion digital channel if the appli- cated, and those of adjoining regions cant is able to demonstrate that a suit- and states with boundaries within 50 able in core channel is not available. miles of the proposed station location. Stations proposing use of such chan- Information for this purpose is avail- nels shall notify all potentially af- able at the above web site and also at fected 700 MHz wireless licensees not the following internet sites: http://wire- later than 30 days prior to the submission of their application (FCC Form less.fcc.gov/ 346). Applicants shall notify wireless li- publicsafety700MHzregional.html, http:// censees of the 700 MHz spectrum com- wireless.fcc.gov/publicsafety/700MHz/ prising the same TV channel and the state.html, and http://wireless.fcc.gov/ adjacent channel within whose licensed publicsafety/700MHz/interop-con- geographic boundaries the digital tacts.html. LPTV or translator station is proposed (f) Application for new analog low to be located, and also notify licensees power television or television trans- of co-channel and adjacent channel lator stations specifying operation spectrum whose service boundaries lie above Channel 51 will not be accepted within 75 miles and 50 miles, respec- for filing. Applications for displace- tively, of their proposed station loca- ment relief on channels above 51 will tion. Specific information for this pur- continue to be accepted. pose can be obtained from the Commis- (g) After 11:59 pm local time on De- sion’s auction Web site at http:// cember 31, 2011, low power television www.fcc.gov/auctions. and TV translator stations may no (e) UHF Channels 60–69 may be as- longer operate any analog (NTSC) or signed to a digital low power television digital facilities above Channel 51. or television translator station for use as a digital conversion channel only. [69 FR 69332, Nov. 29, 2004, as amended at 76 Stations proposing use of such chan- FR 44828, July 27, 2011]

505

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00515 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.787 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

§ 74.787 Digital licensing. this chapter. Such applicants shall be (a) Applications for digital low power afforded an opportunity to submit set- television and television translator sta- tlements and engineering solutions to tions—(1) Applications for digital conver- resolve mutual exclusivity pursuant to sion. Applications for digital conversion § 73.5002(d) of this chapter; channels may be filed at any time. (iv) After the close of the window, a Such applications shall be filed on FCC public notice will identify short-form Form 346 and will be treated as a minor applications received that are found to change application. There will be no be non-mutually exclusive. All non- application fee. mutually exclusive applicants will be (2) Applications for companion digital required to submit an FCC Form 346 channel. (i) A public notice will specify pursuant to § 73.5005 of this chapter. a time period or ‘‘window’’ for filing Such applications shall be processed applications for companion digital pursuant to § 73.5006 of this chapter; channels. During this window, only ex- and isting low power television or tele- (v) With regard to fees, an applica- vision translator stations or licensees tion (FCC Form 346) for companion dig- and permittees of Class A TV stations ital channels shall be treated as a may submit applications for com- minor change application and there panion digital channels. Applications will be no application fee. submitted prior to the initial window (3) Construction permit applications for identified in the public notice will be new stations, major changes to existing returned as premature. At a subse- stations in the low power television serv- quent time, a public notice will an- ice. A public notice will specify the nouncement the commencement of a date upon which interested parties may filing procedure in which applications begin to file applications for new sta- will accepted on a first-come, first- tions and major facilities changes to served basis not restricted to existing existing stations in the low power tele- station licensees and permittees; vision service. It will specify param- (ii) Applications for companion dig- eters for any applications that may be ital channels filed during the initial window shall be filed in accordance filed. Applications submitted prior to with the provisions of §§ 1.2105 and date announced by the public notice 73.5002 of this chapter regarding the will be returned as premature. Such ap- submission of the short-form applica- plications shall be accepted on a first- tion, FCC Form 175, and all appropriate come, first-served basis, and shall be certifications, information and exhib- filed on FCC Form 346. Applications for its contained therein. To determine new or major change shall be subject to which applicants are mutually exclu- the appropriate application fee. Mutu- sive, applicants must submit the engi- ally exclusive applications shall be re- neering data contained in FCC Form solved via the Commission’s part 1 and 346 as a supplement to its short-form broadcast competitive bidding rules, application. Such engineering data will § 1.2100 et seq., and § 73.5000 et seq. of this not be studied for technical accept- chapter. Such applicants shall be af- ability, but will be protected from sub- forded an opportunity to submit settle- sequently filed applications as of the ments and engineering solutions to re- close of the initial window period. De- solve mutual exclusivity pursuant to terminations as to the acceptability or § 73.5002(d) of this chapter. grantability of an applicant’s proposal (4) Displacement applications. A digital will not be made prior to an auction; low power television or television (iii) After the close of the initial win- translator station which is causing or dow, a public notice will identify the receiving interference or is predicted short-form applications received dur- to cause or receive interference to or ing the window filing period which are from an authorized TV broadcast sta- found to be mutually exclusive. Such tion, DTV station or allotment or short-form applications will be re- other protected station or service, may solved via the Commission’s Part 1 and at any time file a displacement relief broadcast competitive bidding rules, application for change in channel, to- §§ 1.2100 et seq., and §§ 73.5000 et seq. of gether with technical modifications

506

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00516 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.787

that are necessary to avoid inter- translators may operate on channels 2– ference or continue serving the sta- 51. Applications for replacement digital tion’s protected service area, provided television translator shall be given the proposed transmitter site is not lo- processing priority over all other low cated more than 30 miles from the ref- power television and TV translator ap- erence coordinates of the existing sta- plications except displacement application’s community of license. See § 76.53 tions (with which they shall have co- of this chapter. A displacement relief equal priority) as set forth in 47 CFR application shall be filed on FCC Form 73.3572(a)(4)(ii). The service area of the 346 and will be considered a minor replacement translator shall be limited change and will be placed on public no- to only a demonstrated loss area with- tice for a period of not less than 30 in the full-service station’s pre-transi- days to permit the filing of petitions to tion analog service area. ‘‘Analog serv- deny. These applications will not be ice area’’ is defined as the existing, au- subject to the filing of competing ap- thorized, protected service area actu- plications. Where a displacement relief ally served by the analog signal prior application for a digital low power television or television translator station to analog termination for the DTV becomes mutually exclusive the appli- transition. An applicant for a replace- cation(s) for new analog or digital low ment digital television translator may power television or television trans- propose a de minimis expansion of its lator stations, with a displacement re- full-service pre-transition analog serv- lief application for an analog low ice area upon demonstrating that the power television or television trans- expansion is necessary to replace its lator station, or with other non-dis- analog loss area. The license for the replacement relief applications for facili- placement digital television translator ties modifications of analog or digital will be associated with the full power low power television or television station’s main license, will be assigned translator stations, priority will be af- the same call sign, may not be sepa- forded to the displacement application rately assigned or transferred, and will for the digital low power television or be renewed with the full-service sta- television translator station to the ex- tion’s main license. clusion of other applications. Mutually (ii) Each original construction per- exclusive displacement relief applica- mit for the construction of a replace- tions for digital low power television ment digital television translator sta- and television translator stations shall tion shall specify a period of three be resolved via the Commission’s part 1 years from the date of issuance of the and broadcast competitive bidding original construction permit within rules, § 1.2100 et seq., and § 73.5000 et seq. which construction shall be completed of this chapter. Such applicants shall and application for license filed. The be afforded an opportunity to submit provisions of § 74.788(c) of this chapter settlements and engineering solutions shall apply for stations seeking addi- to resolve mutual exclusivity pursuant tional time to complete construction to § 73.5002(d) of this chapter. of their replacement digital television (5) Application for replacement digital translator station. television translator. (i) An application for a replacement digital television (iii) A public notice will specify the translator may be filed at any time. A date upon which interested parties may license for a replacement digital tele- begin to file applications for replace- vision translator will be issued only to ment digital television translators. a television broadcast station licensee Such applications shall be filed on FCC that demonstrates in its application Form 346, shall be treated as an appli- that a portion of the station’s pre-tran- cation for minor change and shall be sition analog service area will not be accepted on a first-come, first-served served by its full, post-transition dig- basis. Mutually exclusive applications ital facilities and that the proposed shall be resolved via the Commission’s translator will be used to provide serv- part 1 and broadcast competitive bid- ice to the area where service has been ding rules, § 1.2100 et seq. and § 73.5000 et lost.’’ Replacement digital television seq. of this chapter.

507

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00517 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.788 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

(iv) The following sections are appli- by December 31, 2011. These stations’ cable to replacement digital television authorization for facilities above Chan- translator stations: nel 51 shall be cancelled. Any digital displacement application submitted by § 73.1030 Notifications concerning interference to radio astronomy, research and a low power television or TV translator receiving installations. station operating analog (NTSC) or § 74.703 Interference. digital facilities above Channel 51 that § 74.709 Land mobile station protection. is submitted after 11:59 pm local time § 74.734 Attended and unattended operation. on September 1, 2011 will be dismissed. § 74.735 Power Limitations. In addition, any outstanding construc- § 74.751 Modification of transmission sys- tion permit (analog or digital) for an tems. channel above Channel 51 will be re- § 74.763 Time of Operation. § 74.765 Posting of station and operator li- scinded on December 31, 2011, and any censes. pending application (analog or digital) § 74.769 Copies of rules. for a channel above Channel 51 will be § 74.780 Broadcast regulations applicable to dismissed on December 31, 2011, if the translators, low power, and booster sta- permittee has not submitted a digital tions (except § 73.653—Operation of TV displacement application by 11:59 pm aural and visual transmitters and local on September 1, 2011. § 73.1201—Station identification). § 74.781 Station records. [69 FR 69333, Nov. 29, 2004, as amended at 74 § 74.784 Rebroadcasts. FR 23655, May 20, 2009; 76 FR 44828, July 27, (b) Definitions of ‘‘major’’ and ‘‘minor’’ 2011] changes to digital low power television and television translator stations. (1) Ap- § 74.788 Digital construction period. plications for major changes in digital (a) Each original construction permit low power television and television for the construction of a new digital translator stations include: low power television or television (i) Any change in the frequency (out- translator station shall specify a pe- put channel) not related to displace- riod of three years from the date of ment relief; issuance of the original construction (ii) Any change in transmitting an- permit within which construction shall tenna location where the protected be completed and application for li- contour resulting from the change does cense filed. not overlap some portion of the pro- (b) Any construction permit for tected contour of the authorized facili- which construction has not been com- ties of the existing station; or pleted and for which an application for (iii) Any change in transmitting an- license or extension of time has not tenna location of greater than 30 miles been filed, shall be automatically for- (48 kilometers) from the reference co- feited upon expiration without any fur- ordinates of the existing station’s an- ther affirmative cancellation by the tenna location. Commission. (2) Other facilities changes will be (c) Authority delegated. (1) For the considered minor. September 1, 2015 digital construction (c) Not later than 11:59 pm local time deadline, authority is delegated to the on September 1, 2011, low power tele- Chief, Media Bureau to grant an exten- vision or TV translator stations oper- sion of time of up to six months beyond ating analog (NTSC) or digital facili- September 1, 2015 upon demonstration ties above Channel 51, that have not al- by the digital licensee or permittee ready done so, must file a digital dis- that failure to meet the construction placement application for a channel deadline is due to circumstances that below Channel 52 pursuant to the pro- are either unforeseeable or beyond the cedures in subsection (a)(4) of this rule. licensee’s control where the licensee Low power television and TV trans- has take all reasonable steps to resolve lator stations operating analog (NTSC) the problem expeditiously. or digital facilities above Channel 51 (2) Such circumstances shall include, that have not submitted a digital dis- but shall not be limited to: placement application by 11:59 pm local (i) Inability to construct and place in time on September 1, 2011 will be re- operation a facility necessary for quired to cease operations altogether transmitting digital television, such as

508

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00518 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.790

a tower, because of delays in obtaining § 74.735 Power limitations. zoning or FAA approvals, or similar § 74.751 Modification of transmission constraints; systems. (ii) The lack of equipment necessary § 74.763 Time of operation. to obtain a digital television signal; or § 74.765 Posting of station and oper- (iii) Where the cost of construction ator licenses. exceeds the station’s financial re- § 74.769 Copies of rules. sources. § 74.780 Broadcast regulations applica- (3) Applications for extension of time ble to translators, low power, and shall be filed not later than May 1, booster stations (except § 73.653— 2015, absent a showing of sufficient rea- Operation of TV aural and visual sons for late filing. transmitters and § 73.1201—Station (d) For construction deadlines occur- identification). ring after September 1, 2015, the tolling § 74.781 Station records. provisions of § 73.3598 of this chapter § 74.784 Rebroadcasts. shall apply. [69 FR 69334, Nov. 29, 2004] (e) A low power television, TV translator or Class A television station that § 74.790 Permissible service of digital holds a construction permit for an un- TV translator and LPTV stations. built analog and corresponding unbuilt (a) Digital TV translator stations digital station and fails to complete provide a means whereby the signals of construction of the analog station by DTV broadcast stations may be re- the expiration date on the analog con- transmitted to areas in which direct struction permit shall forfeit both the reception of such DTV stations is un- analog and digital construction per- satisfactory due to distance or inter- mits notwithstanding a later expira- vening terrain barriers. tion date on the digital construction (b) Except as provided in paragraph permit. (f) of this section, a digital TV trans- (f) A low power television, TV translator station may be used only to re- lator or Class A television station that ceive the signals of a TV broadcast or holds a construction permit for an un- DTV broadcast station, another digital built analog and corresponding unbuilt TV translator station, a TV translator digital station and completes construc- relay station, a television intercity tion of the digital station by the expi- relay station, a television STL station, ration date on the analog construction or other suitable sources such as a permit, begins operating and files a li- CARS or common carrier microwave cense application for the digital sta- station, for the simultaneous retrans- tion may forego construction of the un- mission of the programs and signals of built analog station. a TV or DTV broadcast station. Such [69 FR 69334, Nov. 29, 2004, as amended at 76 retransmissions may be accomplished FR 44828, July 27, 2011] by any of the following means: (1) Reception of TV broadcast or DTV § 74.789 Broadcast regulations applica- broadcast station programs and signals ble to digital low power television directly through space and conversion and television translator stations. to a different channel by one of the fol- The following sections are applicable lowing transmission modes: to digital low power television and tel- (i) Heterodyne frequency conversion evision translator stations: and suitable amplification, subject to a § 73.1030 Notifications concerning in- digital output power limit of 30 watts terference to radio astronomy, re- for transmitters operating on channels search and receiving installations. 14–69 and 3 watts for transmitters oper- § 74.600 Eligibility for license. ating on channels 2–13; or § 74.703 Interference. (ii) Digital signal regeneration (i.e., § 74.709 Land mobile station protec- DTV signal demodulation, decoding, tion. error processing, encoding, remodula- § 74.732 Eligibility and licensing re- tion, and frequency upconversion) and quirements. suitable amplification; or, § 74.734 Attended and unattended oper- (2) Demodulation, remodulation and ation. amplification of TV broadcast or DTV

509

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00519 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.790 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

broadcast station programs and signals to avoid DTV reception tuning con- received through a microwave trans- flicts, the Program System and Infor- port. mation Protocol (PSIP) information in (c) The transmissions of each digital the DTV broadcast signal being re- TV translator station shall be intended transmitted. for direct reception by the general pub- (g) A digital LPTV station may oper- lic, and any other use shall be inci- ate under the following modes of serv- dental thereto. A digital TV translator ice: station shall not be operated solely for (1) For the retransmission of pro- the purpose of relaying signals to one gramming of a TV broadcast or DTV or more fixed receiving points for rebroadcast station, subject to the prior transmission, distribution, or further relaying. written consent of the station whose (d) Except as provided in (e) and (f) of signal is being retransmitted; this section, the technical characteris- (2) For the origination of program- tics of the retransmitted signals shall ming and commercial matter as de- not be deliberately altered so as to fined in § 74.701(l). hinder reception on consumer DTV (3) Whenever operating, a digital broadcast receiving equipment. LPTV station must transmit an over- (e) A digital TV translator station the-air video program signal at no di- shall not retransmit the programs and rect charge to viewers at least com- signals of any TV broadcast or DTV parable in resolution to that of its as- broadcast station(s) without the prior sociated analog (NTSC) LPTV station written consent of such station(s). A or, in the case of an on-channel digital digital TV translator may multiplex on conversion, that of its former analog its output channel the video program LPTV station. services of two or more TV broadcast (4) A digital LPTV station may dy- and/or DTV broadcast stations, pursu- namically alter the bit stream of its ant to arrangements with all affected signal to transmit one or more video stations, and for this limited purpose, program services in any established is permitted to alter a TV broadcast DTV video format. and/or DTV broadcast signal. (h) A digital LPTV station is not sub- (f) A digital TV translator station ject to minimum required hours of op- may transmit locally originated visual and/or aural messages limited to emer- eration and may operate in either of gency warnings of imminent danger, to the two modes described in paragraph local public service announcements (g) of this section for any number of (PSAs) and to seeking or acknowl- hours. edging financial support deemed nec- (i) Upon transmitting a signal that essary to the continued operation of meets the requirements of paragraph the station. Acknowledgments of finan- (g)(3) of this section, a digital LPTV cial support may include identification station may offer services of any na- of the contributors, the size and nature ture, consistent with the public inter- of the contribution and the advertising est, convenience, and necessity, on an messages of the contributors. The ancillary or supplementary basis in ac- originations concerning financial sup- cordance with the provisions of port and PSAs are limited to 30 seconds § 73.624(c) and (g) of this chapter. each, no more than once per hour. (j) A digital LPTV station may not Emergency transmissions shall be no be operated solely for the purpose of re- longer or more frequent than necessary laying signals to one or more fixed re- to protect life and property. Such ceiving points for retransmission, dis- originations may be accomplished by tribution or relaying. any technical means agreed upon be- (k) A digital LPTV station may re- tween the TV translator and DTV sta- ceive input signals for transmission or tion whose signal is being retrans- retransmission by any technical mitted, but must be capable of being means, including those specified in received on consumer DTV broadcast paragraph (b) of this section. reception equipment. A digital TV translator shall modify, as necessary [69 FR 69334, Nov. 29, 2004]

510

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00520 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.793

§ 74.791 Digital call signs. F(50,90) signal propagation method specified in § 73.625(b)(1) of this chapter. (a) Digital low power stations. Call signs for digital low power stations will [69 FR 69335, Nov. 29, 2004] be made up of a prefix consisting of the initial letter K or W followed by the § 74.793 Digital low power TV and TV translator station protection of channel number assigned to the station broadcast stations. and two additional letters and a suffix (a) An application to construct a new consisting of the letters ¥D. digital low power TV or TV translator (b) Digital television translator stations. station or change the facilities of an Call signs for digital television trans- existing station will not be accepted if lator stations will be made up of a pre- it fails to meet the interference protec- fix consisting of the initial letter K or tion requirements in this section. W followed by the channel number as- (b) Except as provided in this section, signed to the station and two addi- interference prediction analysis is tional letters and a suffix consisting of based on the interference thresholds the letter ¥D. (D/U signal strength ratios) and other (c) Digital low power television stations criteria and methods specified in and Class A television stations. Digital § 73.623(c)(2) through (c)(4) of this chap- low power television and Class A tele- ter. Predictions of interference to co- vision stations may be assigned a call channel DTV broadcast, digital Class A sign with a four-letter prefix pursuant TV, digital LPTV and digital TV trans- to § 73.3550 of the Commission’s rules. lator stations will be based on the in- Digital low power stations with four- terference thresholds specified therein letter prefixes will be assigned the suf- for ‘‘DTV-into-DTV.’’ Predictions of in- fix ¥LD and digital Class A stations terference to co-channel TV broadcast, with four-letter prefixes will be as- Class A TV, LPTV and TV translator signed the suffix ¥CD. stations will be based on the interference threshold specified for ‘‘DTV- [69 FR 69335, Nov. 29, 2004] into-analog TV.’’ Predictions of interference to TV broadcast, Class A TV, § 74.792 Digital low power TV and TV LPTV and TV translator stations with translator station protected con- the following channel relationships to tour. a digital channel will be based on the (a) A digital low power TV or TV threshold values specified for ‘‘Other translator will be protected from inter- Adjacent Channels (Channels 14–69 ference from other low power TV, TV only),’’ where N is the analog channel: translator, Class A TV or TV booster N–2, N + 2, N–3, N + 3, N–4, N + 4, N–7 stations or digital low power TV, TV , N + 7, N–8, N + 8, N + 14, and N + 15. translator or Class A TV stations with- (c) The following D/U signal strength in the following predicted contours: ratio (db) shall apply to the protection (1) 43 dBu for stations on Channels 2 of stations on the first adjacent channel. The D/U ratios for ‘‘Digital TV- through 6; into-analog TV’’ shall apply to the pro- (2) 48 dBu for stations on Channels 7 tection of Class A TV, LPTV and TV through 13; and translator stations. The D/U ratios for (3) 51 dBu for stations on Channels 14 ‘‘Digital TV-into-digital TV’’ shall through 69. apply to the protection of DTV, digital (b) The digital low power TV or TV Class A TV, digital LPTV and digital translator protected contour is cal- TV translator stations. The D/U ratios culated from the authorized effective correspond to the digital LPTV or TV radiated power and antenna height translator station’s specified out-of- above average terrain, using the channel emission mask.

Simple Stringent mask mask Full service mask

Digital TV-into-analog TV ...... 10 0 Lower (¥14)/Upper (¥17) Digital TV-into-digital TV ...... ¥7 ¥12 Lower (¥28)/Upper (¥26)

511

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00521 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.794 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

(d) For analysis of predicted inter- TV, TV translator, digital low power ference from digital low power TV and TV or digital TV translator station. TV translator stations, the relative [69 FR 69335, Nov. 29, 2004, as amended at 76 field strength values of the antenna FR 44828, July 27, 2011] vertical radiation pattern if provided by the applicant will be used instead of § 74.794 Digital emissions. the doubled values in Table 8 in OET (a)(1) An applicant for a digital LPTV Bulletin 69 up to a value of 1.0. or TV translator station construction (e) Protection to the authorized fa- permit shall specify that the station cilities of DTV broadcast stations shall will be constructed to confine out-of- be based on not causing predicted in- channel emissions within one of the terference to the population within the following emission masks: Simple, service area defined and described in stringent or full service. § 73.622(e) of this chapter, except that a (2) The power level of emissions on digital low power TV or TV translator frequencies outside the authorized station must not cause a loss of service channel of operation must be attenu- to 0.5 percent or more of the population ated no less than following amounts predicted to receive service from the below the average transmitted power authorized DTV facilities. within the authorized 6 MHz channel. In the mask specifications listed in (f) Protection to the authorized fa- § 74.794(a)(2) and (a)(3), A is the attenu- cilities of TV broadcast stations shall ation in dB and Df is the frequency dif- be based on not causing predicted in- ference in MHz from the edge of the terference to the population within the channel. Grade B field strength contours defined (i) Simple mask. At the channel edges, and described in § 73.683 of this chapter, emissions must be attenuated no less except that a digital low power TV or than 46 dB. More than 6 MHz from the TV translator station must not cause a channel edges, emissions must be at- loss of service to 0.5 percent or more of tenuated no less than 71 dB. At any fre- the population predicted to receive quency between 0 and 6 MHz from the service from the authorized TV broad- channel edges, emissions must be at- cast facilities. tenuated no less than the value deter- (g) Protection to the authorized fa- mined by the following formula: cilities of Class A and digital Class A A (dB) = 46 + (Df2 /1.44) TV stations shall be based on not caus- (ii) Stringent mask. In the first 500 ing predicted interference to the popu- kHz from the channel edges, emissions lation within the service area defined must be attenuated no less than 47 dB. and described in § 73.6010 (a) through (d) More than 3 MHz from the channel of this chapter, respectively, except edges, emissions must be attenuated no that a digital low power TV or TV less than 76 dB. At any frequency be- translator station must not cause a tween 0.5 and 3 MHz from the channel loss of service to 0.5 percent or more of edges, emissions must be attenuated no the population predicted to receive less than the value determined by the service from the authorized Class A TV following formula: or digital Class A TV facilities. A(dB) = 47 + 11.5 (Df–0.5) (h) Protection to the authorized fa- (iii) Full service mask: (A) The power cilities of low power TV and TV trans- level of emissions on frequencies out- lator stations and digital low power TV side the authorized channel of oper- and TV translator stations shall be ation must be attenuated no less than based on not causing predicted inter- the following amounts below the aver- ference to the population within the age transmitted power within the au- service area defined and described in thorized channel. In the first 500 kHz §§ 74.707(a) and 74.792, respectively, ex- from the channel edge the emissions cept that a digital low power TV or TV must be attenuated no less than 47 dB. translator station must not cause a More than 6 MHz from the channel loss of service to 2.0 percent or more of edge, emissions must be attenuated no the population predicted to receive less than 110 dB. At any frequency be- service from the authorized low power tween 0.5 and 6 MHz from the channel

512

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00522 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.795

edge, emissions must be attenuated no in the bands: L5 (1164–1215 MHz); L2 less than the value determined by the (1215–1240 MHz) and L1 (1559–1610 MHz). following formula: (1) An FCC-certificated transmitter ¥ specifically certified for use on one or Attenuation in dB = 11.5([Delta]f + more of the above channels must in- 3.6); clude filtering with an attenuation of Where: not less than 85 dB in the GPS bands, [Delta] f = frequency difference in MHz from which will have the effect of reducing the edge of the channel. harmonics in the GPS bands from what is produced by the digital transmitter, (B) This attenuation is based on a and this attenuation must be dem- measurement bandwidth of 500 kHz. onstrated as part of the certification Other measurement bandwidths may be application to the Commission. used as long as appropriate correction (2) For an installation on one of the factors are applied. Measurements need above channels with a digital trans- not be made any closer to the band mitter not specifically FCC-certifi- edge than one half of the resolution cated for the channel, a low pass filter bandwidth of the measuring instru- or equivalent device rated by its manu- ment. Emissions include sidebands, facturer to have an attenuation of at spurious emissions and radio frequency least 85 dB in the GPS bands, which harmonics. Attenuation is to be meas- will have the effect of reducing ured at the output terminals of the harmonics in the GPS bands from what transmitter (including any filters that is produced by the digital transmitter, may be employed). In the event of in- and must be installed in a manner that terference caused to any service, great- will prevent the harmonic emission er attenuation may be required. content from reaching the antenna. A (3) The attenuation values for the description of the low pass filter or simple and stringent emission masks equivalent device with the manufactur- are based on a measurement bandwidth er’s rating or a report of measurements of 500 kHz. Other measurement by a qualified individual shall be re- bandwidths may be used and converted tained with the station license. Field to the reference 500 kHz value by the measurements of the second or third following formula: harmonic output of a transmitter so equipped are not required. A(dB) = Aalternate + 10 log (BWalternate / 500) [69 FR 69336, Nov. 29, 2004, as amended at 76 where A(dB) is the measured or cal- FR 44828, July 27, 2011] culated attenuation value for the reference 500 kHz bandwidth, and Aalternate § 74.795 Digital low power TV and TV is the measured or calculated attenu- translator transmission system fa- ation for a bandwidth BWalternate. Emis- cilities. sions include sidebands, spurious emis- (a) A digital low power TV or TV sions and radio harmonics. Attenu- translator station shall operate with a ation is to be measured at the output transmitter that is either certificated terminals of the transmitter (including for licensing based on the following any filters that may be employed). In provisions or has been modified for dig- the event of interference caused to any ital operation pursuant to § 74.796. service by out-of-channel emissions, (b) The following requirements must greater attenuation may be required. be met before digital low power TV and (b) In addition to meeting the emis- TV translator transmitter will be cer- sion attenuation requirements of the tificated by the FCC: simple or stringent mask (including at- (1) The transmitter shall be designed tenuation of radio frequency to produce digital television signals harmonics), digital low power TV and that can be satisfactorily viewed on TV translator stations authorized to consumer receiving equipment based operate on TV channels 22–24, (518–536 on the digital broadcast television MHz), 32–36 (578–608 MHz), 38 (614–620 transmission standard in § 73.682(d) of MHz), and 65–69 (776–806 MHz) must pro- this chapter; vide specific ‘‘out of band’’ protection (2) Emissions on frequencies outside to Radio Navigation Satellite Services the authorized channel, measured at

513

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00523 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.796 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

the output terminals of the trans- existing analog transmissions systems mitter (including any filters that may for digital operation, including instal- be employed), shall meet the require- lation of manufacturers’ certificated ments of § 74.794, as applicable; equipment (‘‘field modification kits’’) (3) The transmitter shall be equipped and custom modifications. to display the digital power output (1) The modifications and related per- (i.e., average power over a 6 MHz chan- formance-testing shall be undertaken nel) and shall be designed to prevent by a person or persons qualified to per- the power output from exceeding the form such work. maximum rated power output under (2) The final amplifier stage of an any condition; analog transmitter modified for digital (4) When subjected to variations in operation shall not have an ‘‘average ambient temperature between 0 and 40 digital power’’ output greater than 25 degrees Centigrade and variations in percent of its previous NTSC peak sync power main voltage between 85% and power output, unless the amplifier has 115% of the rated power supply voltage, been specifically refitted or replaced to the frequency stability of the local os- operate at a higher power. cillator in the RF channel upconverter (3) Analog heterodyne translators, shall be maintained within 10 kHz of when modified for digital operation, the nominal value; and will produce a power output (digital av- (5) The transmitter shall be equipped erage power over the 6 MHz channel) with suitable meters and jacks so that not exceeding 30 watts for transmitters appropriate voltage and current meas- operating on channels 14–69 and 3 watts urements may be made while the trans- for transmitters operating on channels mitter is in operation. 2–13. (c) The following additional require- (4) After completion of the modifica- ments apply to digital heterodyne tion, suitable tests and measurements translators: shall be made to demonstrate compli- (1) The maximum rated power output ance with the applicable requirements (digital average power over a 6 MHz in this section including those in channel) shall not exceed 30 watts for § 74.795. Upon installation of a field transmitters operating on channels 14– modification kit, the transmitter shall 69 and 3 watts for transmitters oper- be performance-tested in accordance ating on channels 2–13; and with the manufacturer’s instructions. (2) The transmitter shall contain cir- (5) The station licensee shall notify cuits which will maintain the digital the Commission upon completion of average power output constant within the transmitter modifications. In the 1 dB when the strength of the input sig- case of custom modifications (those nal is varied over a range of 30 dB. not related to installation of manufac- (d) Certification will be granted only turer-supplied and FCC-certificated upon a satisfactory showing that the equipment), the licensee shall certify transmitter is capable of meeting the compliance with all applicable trans- requirements of paragraph (b) of this mission system requirements. section, pursuant to the procedures de- (6) The licensee shall maintain with scribed in § 74.750(e). the station’s records for a period of not [69 FR 69336, Nov. 29, 2004] less than two years the following information and make this information to § 74.796 Modification of digital trans- the Commission upon request: mission systems and analog trans- (i) A description of the modifications mission systems for digital oper- performed and performance tests or, in ation. the case of installation of a manufac- (a) The provisions of § 74.751 shall turer-supplied modification kit, a de- apply to the modification of digital low scription of the nature of the modifica- power TV and TV translator trans- tions, installation and test instruc- mission systems and the modification tions and other material provided by of existing analog transmission sys- the manufacturer; tems for digital operation. (ii) Results of performance-tests and (b) The following additional provi- measurements on the modified trans- sions shall apply to the modification of mitter; and

514

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00524 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.801

(iii) Copies of related correspondence current and unamended Report on file with the Commission. at the Commission may certify elec- (c) In connection with the on-channel tronically that it has reviewed its cur- conversion of existing analog transmit- rent Report and that it is accurate, in ters for digital operation, a limited al- lieu of filing a new Report. Ownership lowance is made for transmitters with Reports shall provide information as of final amplifiers that do not meet the October 1 of the year in which the re- attenuation of the Simple emission port is filed. For information on filing mask at the channel edges. Station li- requirements, filers should refer to censees may obtain equivalent compli- § 73.3615(a) of this chapter. ance with this attenuation require- [74 FR 25168, May 27, 2009] ment in the following manner: (1) Measure the level of attenuation § 74.798 Digital television transition of emissions below the average digital notices by broadcasters. power output at the channel edges in a (a) Each low power television, TV 500 kHz bandwidth; measurements translator and Class A television sta- made over a different measurement tion licensee or permittee must air an bandwidth should be corrected to the educational campaign about the transi- equivalent attenuation level for a 500 tion from analog broadcasting to dig- kHz bandwidth using the formula given ital television (DTV). in § 74.794; (b) Stations that have already termi- (2) Calculate the difference in dB be- nated analog service and begun oper- tween the 46 dB channel-edge attenuation requirement of the Simple mask; ating in digital prior to effective date (3) Subtract the value determined in of this rule shall not be subject to this the previous step from the authorized requirement. effective radiated power (‘‘ERP’’) of (c) Stations with the technical abil- the analog station being converted to ity to locally-originate programming digital operation. Then subtract an ad- must air viewer notifications at a time ditional 6 dB to account for the approx- when the highest number of viewers is imate difference between analog peak watching. Stations have the discretion and digital average power. For this as to the form of these notifications. purpose, the ERP must be expressed in (d) Stations that lack the technical decibels above one kilowatt: ERP(dBk) ability to locally-originate program- = 10 log ERP(kW); ming, or find that airing of viewer no- (4) Convert the ERP calculated in the tifications would pose some sort of a previous step to units of kilowatts; and hardship, may notify their viewers by (5) The ERP value determined some other reasonable means, e.g. pub- through the above procedure will lication of a notification in a local produce equivalent compliance with newspaper. Stations have discretion as the attenuation requirement of the to the format and time-frame of such simple emission mask at the channel local notification. edges and should be specified as the [76 FR 44829, July 27, 2011] digital ERP in the minor change application for an on-channel digital con- Subpart H—Low Power Auxiliary version. The transmitter may not be Stations operated to produce a higher digital ERP than this value. § 74.801 Definitions. [69 FR 69336, Nov. 29, 2004] Cable television system operator. A cable television operator is defined in § 74.797 Biennial Ownership Reports. § 76.5(cc) of the rules. The Ownership Report FCC Form 323 Large venue owner or operator. Large must be electronically filed no later venue owner or operator refers to a than November 1, 2009, and every two person or organization that owns or op- years thereafter by each licensee of a erates a venue that routinely uses 50 or low power television station or Re- more low power auxiliary station de- spondent (as defined in § 73.3615(a) of vices, where the use of such devices is this chapter). Beginning with the 2011 an integral part of major events or pro- filing, a licensee or Respondent with a ductions. Routinely using 50 or more

515

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00525 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.802 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

low power auxiliary station devices sions of this subpart. These stations means that the venue owner or oper- are intended to transmit over distances ator uses 50 or more such devices for of approximately 300 meters for use as most events or productions. an aid in composing camera shots on Low power auxiliary station. An auxil- motion picture and television sets. iary station authorized and operated (Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155) pursuant to the provisions set forth in this subpart. Devices authorized as low [42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 43 power auxiliary stations are intended FR 14662, Apr. 7, 1978; 51 FR 4603, Feb. 6, 1986; to transmit over distances of approxi- 51 FR 9966, Mar. 24, 1986; 54 FR 41842, Oct. 12, 1989; 68 FR 12772, Mar. 17, 2003; 79 FR 40689, mately 100 meters for uses such as July 14, 2014] wireless microphones, cue and control communications, and synchronization § 74.802 Frequency assignment. of TV camera signals. (a) Frequencies within the following Motion picture producer. Motion pic- bands may be assigned for use by low ture producer refers to a person or or- power auxiliary stations: ganization engaged in the production or filming of motion pictures. 26.100–26.480 MHz Professional sound company. Profes- 54.000–72.000 MHz sional sound company refers to a per- 76.000–88.000 MHz son or organization that provides audio 161.625–161.775 MHz (except in Puerto Rico or the Virgin Islands) services that routinely use 50 or more 174.000–216.000 MHz low power auxiliary station devices, 450.000–451.000 MHz where the use of such devices is an in- 455.000–456.000 MHz tegral part of major events or produc- 470.000–488.000 MHz tions. Routinely using 50 or more low 488.000–494.000 MHz (except Hawaii) power auxiliary station devices means 494.000–608.000 MHz that the professional sound company 614.000–698.000 MHz uses 50 or more such devices for most 944.000–952.000 MHz events or productions. (b)(1) Operations in the bands allo- Television program producer. Tele- cated for TV broadcasting are limited vision program producer refers to a to locations at least 4 kilometers out- person or organization engaged in the side the protected contours of co-chan- production of television programs. nel TV stations shown in the following Wireless assist video device. An auxil- table. These contours are calculated iary station authorized and operated using the methodology in § 73.684 of by motion picture and television pro- this chapter and the R–6602 curves con- gram producers pursuant to the provi- tained in § 73.699 of this chapter.

Protected contour Type of station Contour Propagation Channel (dBu) curve

Analog: Class A TV, LPTV, ...... Low VHF (2–6) ...... 47 F(50,50) translator and booster ...... High VHF (7–13) ...... 56 F(50,50) UHF (14–51) ...... 64 F(50,50) Digital: Full service TV, Class A TV, LPTV, Low VHF (2–6) ...... 28 F(50,90) translator and booster. High VHF (7–13) ...... 36 F(50,90) UHF (14–51) ...... 41 F(50,90)

(2) Low power auxiliary stations may tion must be completed prior to oper- operate closer to co-channel TV broad- ation of the low power auxiliary sta- cast stations than the distances speci- tion. fied in paragraph (b)(1) of this section (c) Specific frequency operation is re- provided that their operations are co- quired when operating within the ordinated with TV broadcast stations bands allocated for TV broadcasting. that could be affected by the low power (1) The frequency selection shall be auxiliary station operation. Coordina- offset from the upper or lower band

516

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00526 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.803

limits by 25 kHz or an integral mul- low power auxiliary station is oper- tiple thereof. ating. The wireless operations initiated (2) One or more adjacent 25 kHz seg- by the commercial or public safety 700 ments within the assignable fre- MHz licensees may include system quencies may be combined to form a testing or trials. Upon receipt of such channel whose maximum bandwidth notice, the low power auxiliary station shall not exceed 200 kHz. in the affected market area must cease (d) Low power auxiliary licensees operation within 60 days. will not be granted exclusive frequency (iii) In the event that both of these assignments. notice provisions in paragraphs (e)(2)(i) (e) Clearing mechanisms for the 700 and (ii) of this section are used with re- MHz Band. This section sets forth pro- spect to a particular low power auxil- visions relating to the transition of low iary station, the low power auxiliary power auxiliary stations operating at station will have to cease operations in 698–806 MHz (700 MHz band). the market(s) in accordance with (1) Any low power auxiliary station whichever notice provides for earlier that operates at frequencies in the 700 termination of its operations. MHz band while transitioning its oper- (3) Notwithstanding this 60 day no- ations out of that band must not cause tice requirement, any low power auxil- harmful interference and must accept iary station that causes harmful inter- interference from any commercial or ference to any commercial or public public safety wireless licensees in the safety 700 MHz licensee must cease op- 700 MHz band. erations immediately, consistent with (2) Any low power auxiliary station the rules for secondary use. that operates at frequencies in the 700 (f) Operations in 600 MHz band as- MHz band will have until no later than signed to wireless licensees under part 27 June 12, 2010 to transition its oper- of this chapter. A low power auxiliary ations completely out of the 700 MHz station that operates on frequencies in band, subject to the following. During the 600 MHz band assigned to wireless this transition period, any commercial licensees under part 27 of this chapter or public safety licensee in the 700 MHz must cease operations on those fre- band may choose one or both of the fol- quencies no later than the end of the lowing voluntary methods to notify post-auction transition period as de- low power auxiliary stations: fined in § 27.4 of this chapter. During (i) Any commercial or public safety the post-auction transition period, low licensee in the 700 MHz band may no- power auxiliary stations will operate tify the Commission that it has initi- on a secondary basis to licensees of ated or will be initiating operations on part 27 of this chapter, i.e., they must specified frequencies in a particular not cause to and must accept harmful market(s) in the 700 MHz band. The interference from these licensees. wireless operations initiated by the [52 FR 2535, Jan. 23, 1987, as amended at 68 commercial or public safety 700 MHz li- FR 12772, Mar. 17, 2003; 75 FR 3638, Jan. 22, censees may include system testing or 2010; 79 FR 48545, Aug. 15, 2014] trials. Following receipt of the notification, the Commission will issue a § 74.803 Frequency selection to avoid public notice providing that operators interference. of low power auxiliary stations, includ- (a) Where two or more low power ing wireless microphones, in the 700 auxiliary licensees need to operate in MHz band in those market(s) will be re- the same area, the licensees shall en- quired to cease operations within 60 deavor to select frequencies or sched- days after the Commission’s notice is ule operation in such manner as to released. avoid mutual interference. If a mutu- (ii) Any commercial or public safety ally satisfactory arrangement cannot licensee in the 700 MHz band may no- be reached, the Commission shall be tify any low power auxiliary station notified and it will specify the fre- users operating in the 700 MHz band quency or frequencies to be employed that it has initiated or will be initi- by each licensee. ating operations on specified fre- (b) The selection of frequencies in the quencies in the market in which the bands allocated for TV broadcasting for

517

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00527 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.831 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

use in any area shall be guided by the (2) A broadcast network entity. need to avoid interference to TV broad- (3) A cable television system operator cast reception. In these bands, low who operates a cable system that pro- power auxiliary station usage is sec- duces program material for origination ondary to TV broadcasting and land or access cablecasting, as defined in mobile stations operating in the UHF- § 76.5(r). TV spectrum and must not cause harm- (4) Motion picture producers as de- ful interference. If such interference fined in § 74.801. occurs, low power auxiliary station op- (5) Television program producers as eration must immediately cease and defined in § 74.801. may not be resumed until the inter- (6) Licensees and conditional licens- ference problem has been resolved. ees of stations in the Service and Mul- tichannel Multipoint Distribution [42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 52 FR 2535, Jan. 23, 1987] Service as defined in § 21.2 of this chapter, or entities that hold an executed § 74.831 Scope of service and permis- lease agreement with an MDS or sible transmissions. MMDS licensee or conditional licensee The license for a low power auxiliary or with an Instructional Television station authorizes the transmission of Fixed Service licensee or permittee. cues and orders to production per- (7) Large venue owners or operators sonnel and participants in broadcast as defined in § 74.801. programs, motion pictures, and major (8) Professional sound companies as events or productions and in the prepa- defined in § 74.801. ration therefor, the transmission of (b) An application for a new or re- program material by means of a wire- newal of low power auxiliary license less microphone worn by a performer shall specify the frequency band or and other participants in a program, bands desired. Only those frequency motion picture, or major event or pro- bands necessary for satisfactory oper- duction during rehearsal and during ation shall be requested. the actual broadcast, filming, record- (c) Licensees of AM, FM, TV, and ing, or event or production, or the International broadcast stations; low transmission of comments, interviews, power TV stations; and broadcast net- and reports from the scene of a remote work entities may be authorized to op- broadcast. Low power auxiliary sta- erate low power auxiliary stations in tions operating in the 944–952 MHz band the frequency bands set forth in may, in addition, transmit synchro- § 74.802(a). nizing signals and various control sig- (d) Cable television operations, mo- nals to portable or hand-carried TV tion picture and television program cameras which employ low power radio producers, large venue owners or opera- signals in lieu of cable to deliver pic- tors, and professional sound companies ture signals to the control point at the may be authorized to operate low scene of a remote broadcast. power auxiliary stations only in the bands allocated for TV broadcasting. [79 FR 40689, July 14, 2014] (e) An application for low power auxiliary stations or for a change in an ex- § 74.832 Licensing requirements and isting authorization shall specify the procedures. broadcast station, or the network with (a) A license authorizing operation of which the low power broadcast auxil- one or more low power auxiliary sta- iary facilities are to be principally tions will be issued only to the fol- used as given in paragraph (h) of this lowing: section; or it shall specify the motion (1) A licensee of an AM, FM, TV, or picture or television production com- International broadcast station or low pany, the cable television operator, the power TV station. Low power auxiliary professional sound company, or, if ap- stations will be licensed for used with a plicable, the venue with which the low specific broadcast or low power TV sta- power broadcast auxiliary facilities are tion or combination of stations li- to be solely used. A single application, censed to the same licensee within the filed on FCC Form 601 may be used in same community. applying for the authority to operate

518

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00528 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.833

one or more low power auxiliary units. low power auxiliary stations outside The application must specify the fre- the area of operation specified in the quency bands which will be used. Mo- authorization, or in other bands is per- tion picture producers, television pro- mitted without further authority of gram producers, cable television opera- the Commission. However, operation of tors, large venue owners or operators, low power auxiliary stations shall, at and professional sound companies are all times, be in accordance with the re- required to attach a single sheet to quirements of § 74.882 of this subpart. their application form explaining in de- Also, a low power auxiliary station tail the manner in which the eligibility that is being used with a broadcast sta- requirements given in paragraph (a) of tion or network other than one with this section are met. In addition, large which it is licensed, must, in addition venue owners or operators and profes- to meeting the requirements of § 74.861 sional sound companies shall include on the attachment the following cer- of this subpart, not cause harmful in- tification and shall sign and date the terference to another low power auxil- certification: ‘‘The applicant hereby iary station which is being used with certifies that it routinely uses 50 or the broadcast station(s) or network more low power auxiliary station de- with which it is licensed. vices, where the use of such devices is (i) In case of permanent discontinu- an integral part of major events or pro- ance of operations of a station licensed ductions.’’ under this subpart, the licensee shall (f) Applications for the use of the cancel the station license using FCC bands allocated for TV broadcasting Form 601. For purposes of this section, must specify the usual area of oper- a station which is not operated for a ation within which the low power aux- period of one year is considered to have iliary station will be used. This area of been permanently discontinued. operation may, for example, be speci- (j) The license shall be retained in fied as the metropolitan area in which the licensee’s files at the address the broadcast licensee serves, the usual shown on the authorization, posted at area within which motion picture and the transmitter, or posted at the con- television producers are operating, or trol point of the station. the location of the venue. Licenses issued to large venue owners or opera- [42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 47 tors are specific to a single venue and FR 9221, Mar. 4, 1982; 47 FR 21503, May 18, authorize operation only at that venue. 1982; 47 FR 55938, Dec. 14, 1982; 51 FR 4603, Because low power auxiliary stations Feb. 6, 1986; 51 FR 9966, Mar. 24, 1986; 52 FR operating in these bands will only be 2535, Jan. 23, 1987; 55 FR 46012, Oct. 31, 1990; permitted in areas removed from exist- 58 FR 19776, Apr. 16, 1993; 68 FR 12772, Mar. 17, ing co-channel TV broadcast stations, 2003; 69 FR 72045, Dec. 10, 2004; 79 FR 40689, July 14, 2014] licensees have full responsibility to ensure that operation of their stations § 74.833 Temporary authorizations. does not occur at distances less than those specified in § 74.802(b). (a) Special temporary authority may (g) Low power auxiliary licensees be granted for low power auxiliary sta- shall specify the maximum number of tion operation which cannot be con- units that will be operated. ducted in accordance with § 74.24. Such (h) For broadcast licensees, low authority will normally be granted power auxiliary stations will be li- only for operations of a temporary na- censed for use with a specific broadcast ture. Where operation is seen as likely station or combination of broadcast on a continuing annual basis, an appli- stations licensed to the same licensee cation for a regular authorization and to the same community. Licensing should be submitted. of low power auxiliary stations for use (b) A request for special temporary with a specific broadcast station or authority for the operation of a remote combination of such stations does not pickup broadcast station must be made preclude their use with other broadcast in accordance with the procedures of stations of the same or a different li- § 1.931(b) of this chapter. censee at any location. Operation of

519

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00529 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.851 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

(c) All requests for special temporary mitter following the certification pro- authority of a low power auxiliary sta- cedure set forth in part 2 of the Com- tion must include full particulars in- mission’s Rules and Regulations. At- cluding: licensees name and address, tention is also directed to part 1 of the statement of eligibility, facility identi- Commission’s Rules and Regulations fication number of the associated which specifies the fees required when broadcast station (if any), type and filing an application for certification. manufacturer of equipment, power out- (c) An applicant for a low power aux- put, emission, frequency or frequencies iliary station may also apply for cer- proposed to be used, commencement tification for an individual transmitter and termination date, location of pro- by following the certification proce- posed operation, and purpose for which dure set forth in part 2 of the Commis- request is made including any par- sion’s Rules and Regulations. The ap- ticular justification. plication for certification must be ac- (d) A request for special temporary companied by the proper fees as pre- authority shall specify a frequency scribed in part 1 of the Commission’s band consistent with the provisions of Rules and Regulations. § 74.802: Provided, That, in the case of (d) Low power auxiliary station events of wide-spread interest and im- equipment authorized to be used pursu- portance which cannot be transmitted ant to an application accepted for fil- successfully on these frequencies, fre- ing prior to December 1, 1977 may con- quencies assigned to other services tinue to be used by the licensee or its may be requested upon a showing that successors or assignees: Provided, how- operation thereon will not cause inter- ever, If operation of such equipment ference to established stations: And causes harmful interference due to its provided further, In no case will oper- failure to comply with the technical ation of a low power auxiliary broad- standards set forth in this subpart, the cast station be authorized on fre- Commission may, at its discretion, re- quencies employed for the safety of life quire the licensee to take such correc- and property. tive action as is necessary to eliminate (e) The user shall have full control the interference. over the transmitting equipment dur- (e) Each instrument of authority ing the period it is operated. which permits operation of a low power (f) Special temporary authority to auxiliary station using equipment permit operation of low power auxil- which has not been certificated will iary stations pending Commission ac- specify the particular transmitting tion on an application for regular au- equipment which the licensee is authority will not normally be granted. thorized to use. [42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 47 (f) All transmitters marketed for use FR 9221, Mar. 4, 1982; 47 FR 55939, Dec. 14, under this subpart shall be certificated 1982; 58 FR 19776, Apr. 16, 1993; 68 FR 12772, by the Federal Communications Com- Mar. 17, 2003] mission for this purpose. (Refer to subpart I of part 2 of the Commission’s § 74.851 Certification of equipment; prohibition on manufacture, im- rules and regulations.) port, sale, lease, offer for sale or (g) No person shall manufacture, im- lease, or shipment of devices that port, sell, lease, offer for sale or lease, operate in the 700 MHz Band; label- or ship low power auxiliary stations ing for 700 MHz band equipment that are capable of operating in the 700 destined for non-U.S. markets; dis- MHz band (698–806 MHz). This prohibi- closure for the core TV bands. tion does not apply to devices manufac- (a) Applications for new low power tured solely for export. auxiliary stations will not be accepted (h) Any person who manufactures, unless the transmitting equipment sells, leases, or offers for sale or lease specified therein has been certificated low power auxiliary stations, including for use pursuant to provisions of this wireless microphones, that are destined subpart. for non-U.S. markets and that are ca- (b) Any manufacturer of a trans- pable of operating in the 700 MHz band mitter to be used in this service may shall include labeling and make clear apply for certification for such trans- in all sales, marketing, and packaging

520

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00530 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.861

materials, including online materials, as prescribed in paragraphs (c) through relating to such devices that the de- (e) of this section. vices cannot be operated in the U.S. (c) Low power auxiliary transmitters (i) Any person, whether such person not required to operate on specific car- is a wholesaler or a retailer, who man- rier frequencies shall operate suffi- ufactures, sells, leases, or offers for ciently within the authorized fre- sale or lease low power auxiliary sta- quency band edges to insure the emis- tions that operate in the core TV bands sion bandwidth falls entirely within (channels 2–51, excluding channel 37) is the authorized band. subject to the disclosure requirements (d) For low power auxiliary stations in § 15.216 of this chapter. operating in the bands other than (Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155) those allocated for TV broadcasting, the following technical requirements [42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 42 are imposed. FR 43637, Aug. 22, 1977; 43 FR 13576, Mar. 31, (1) The maximum transmitter power 1978; 63 FR 36605, July 7, 1998; 75 FR 3639, Jan. 22, 2010] which will be authorized is 1 watt. Li- censees may accept the manufacturer’s § 74.852 Equipment changes. power rating; however, it is the licensee’s responsibility to observe specified (a) The licensee of a low power auxil- power limits. iary station may make any changes in (2) If a low power auxiliary station the equipment that are deemed desir- employs amplitude modulation, modu- able or necessary, including replace- lation shall not exceed 100 percent on ment with certificated equipment, positive or negative peaks. without prior Commission approval: (3) The occupied bandwidth shall not Provided, The proposed changes will not be greater than that necessary for sat- depart from any of the terms of the isfactory transmission and, in any station authorization or the Commis- event, an emission appearing on any sion’s technical rules governing this discrete frequency outside the author- service: And provided further, That any ized band shall be attenuated, at least, changes made to certificated trans- 43 + 10 log10 (mean output power, in mitted equipment shall be in compli- watts) dB below the mean output ance with the provisions of part 2 of power of the transmitting unit. the Commission’s rules and regulations (e) For low power auxiliary stations concerning modification of certificated operating in the bands allocated for TV equipment. (b) Any equipment changes made pur- broadcasting, the following technical suant to paragraph (a) of this section requirements apply: shall be set forth in the next applica- (1) The power of the measured tion for renewal of license. unmodulated carrier power at the output of the transmitter power amplifier (Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155) (antenna input power) may not exceed [42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 43 the following: FR 13576, Mar. 31, 1978; 63 FR 36605, July 7, (i) 54–72, 76–88, and 174–216 MHz 1998] bands—50 mW (ii) 470–608 and 614–698 MHz bands—250 § 74.861 Technical requirements. mW (a) Transmitter power is the power at (2) Transmitters may be either crys- the transmitter output terminals and tal controlled or frequency syn- delivered to the antenna, antenna thesized. transmission line, or any other imped- (3) Any form of modulation may be ance-matched, radio frequency load. used. A maximum deviation of ±75 kHz For the purpose of this subpart, the is permitted when frequency modula- transmitter power is the carrier power. tion is employed. (b) Each authorization for a new low (4) The frequency tolerance of the power auxiliary station shall require transmitter shall be 0.005 percent. the use of certificated equipment. Such (5) The operating bandwidth shall not equipment shall be operated in accord- exceed 200 kHz. ance with the emission specifications (6) The mean power of emissions shall included in the certification grant and be attenuated below the mean output

521

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00531 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.870 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

power of the transmitter in accordance § 74.870 Wireless video assist devices. with the following schedule: Television broadcast auxiliary licens- (i) On any frequency removed from ees and motion picture and television the operating frequency by more than producers, as defined in § 74.801 may op- 50 percent up to and including 100 per- erate wireless video assist devices on a cent of the authorized bandwidth: at non-interference basis on VHF and least 25 dB; UHF television channels to assist with (ii) On any frequency removed from production activities. the operating frequency by more than (a) The use of wireless video assist 100 percent up to and including 250 per- devices must comply with all provi- cent of the authorized bandwidth: at sions of this subpart, except as indi- least 35 dB; cated in paragraphs (b) through (i) of (iii) On any frequency removed from this section. the operating frequency by more than (b) Wireless video assist devices may 250 percent of the authorized band- only be used for scheduled productions. width: at least 43 + 10log10 (mean out- They may not be used to produce live put power in watts) dB. events and may not be used for elec- (f) Unusual transmitting antennas or tronic news gathering purposes. antenna elevations shall not be used to (c) Wireless video assist devices may deliberately extend the range of low operate with a bandwidth not to exceed power auxiliary stations beyond the 6 MHz on frequencies in the bands 180– limited areas defined in § 74.831. 210 MHz (TV channels 8–12) and 470–698 (g) Low power auxiliary stations MHz (TV channels 14–51) subject to the shall be operated so that no harmful following restrictions: interference is caused to any other (1) The bandwidth may only occupy a class of station operating in accord- single TV channel. ance with Commission’s rules and regu- (2) Operation is prohibited within the lations and with the Table of Fre- 608–614 MHz (TV channel 37) band. quency Allocations in part 2 thereof. (3) Operation is prohibited within 129 (h) In the event a station’s emissions km of a television broadcasting sta- outside its authorized frequency band tion, including Class A television sta- causes harmful interference, the Com- tions, low power television stations mission may, at its discretion, require and translator stations. the licensee to take such further steps (4) For the area and frequency combinations listed in the table below, op- as may be necessary to eliminate the eration is prohibited within the dis- interference. tances indicated from the listed geo- (Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155) graphic coordinates.

[43 FR 13576, Mar. 31, 1978, as amended at 52 NOTE TO THE FOLLOWING TABLE: All coordi- FR 2535, Jan. 23, 1987; 63 FR 36605, July 7, nates are referenced to the North American 1998; 75 FR 3639, Jan. 22, 2010] Datum of 1983.

Excluded Excluded channels Area North latitude West longitude frequencies (MHz) 200 km 128 km 52 km

Boston, MA ...... 42°21′24.4″ 71°03′23.2″ 470–476 14 ...... 476–482 ...... 15 ...... 482–488 16 ...... 488–494 ...... 17 ...... Chicago, IL ...... 41°52′28.1″ 87°38′22.2″ 470–476 14 ...... 476–482 15 ...... 482–488 ...... 16 ...... Cleveland, OH1 ...... 41°29′51.2″ 81°41′49.5″ 470–476 14 ...... 476–482 ...... 15 ...... 482–488 16 ...... 488–494 ...... 17 ...... Dallas/Fort Worth, TX ...... 32°47′09.5″ 96°47′38.0″ 476–482 ...... 15 ...... 482–488 16 ...... 488–494 ...... 17 ...... Detroit, MI 1 ...... 42°19′48.1″ 83°02′56.7″ 470–476 ...... 14 ...... 476–482 15 ...... 482–488 ...... 16 ...... 488–494 17 ......

522

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00532 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.870

Excluded Excluded channels Area North latitude West longitude frequencies (MHz) 200 km 128 km 52 km

Gulf of Mexico ...... 476–494 ...... 15, 16, 17 Hawaii ...... 488–494 ...... 17 Houston, TX ...... 29°45′26.8″ 95°21′37.8″ 482–488 ...... 16 ...... 488–494 17 ...... 494–500 ...... 18 ...... Los Angeles, CA ...... 34°03′15.0″ 118°14′31.3″ 470–476 14 ...... 476–482 ...... 15 ...... 482–488 16 ...... 488–494 ...... 17 ...... 500–506 ...... 19 ...... 506–512 20 ...... 512–518 ...... 21 ...... Miami, Fl ...... 25°46′38.4″ 80°11′31.2″ 470–476 14 ...... 476–482 ...... 15 ...... New York/NE New Jersey ...... 40°45′ 73°59′37.5″ 470–476 14 ...... 476–482 15 ...... 482–488 16 ...... 488–494 ...... 17 ...... 494–500 ...... 18 ...... 500–506 19 ...... 506–512 ...... 20 ...... Philadelphia, PA ...... 39°56′58.4″ 75°09′19.6″ 494–500 ...... 18 ...... 500–506 19 ...... 506–512 20 ...... 512–518 ...... 21 ...... Pittsburgh, PA ...... 40°26′19.2″ 79°59′59.2″ 470–476 14 ...... 476–482 ...... 15 ...... 488–494 ...... 17 ...... 494–500 18 ...... 500–506 ...... 19 ...... San Francisco/Oakland, CA ...... 37°46′38.7″ 122°24′43.9″ 476–482 ...... 15 ...... 482–488 16 ...... 488–494 17 ...... 494–500 ...... 18 ...... Washington D.C./MD/VA ...... 38°53′51.4″ 77°00′31.9″ 482–488 ...... 16 ...... 488–494 17 ...... 494–500 18 ...... 500–506 ...... 19 ...... 1 The distance separation requirements are not applicable in these cities until further order from the Commission.

(d) Wireless video assist devices are (2) Licensees may operate as many limited to a maximum of 250 milliwatts wireless video assist devices as nec- ERP and must limit power to that necessary, subject to the notification pro- essary to reliably receive a signal at a cedures of this section. distance of 300 meters. Wireless video (g) Notification procedure. Prior to the assist devices must comply with the commencement of transmitting, licens- emission limitations of § 74.637. ees must notify the local broadcasting (e) The antenna of a wireless video coordinator of their intent to transmit. assist device must be attached to the If there is no local coordinator in the transmitter either permanently, or by intended area of operation, licensees means of a unique connector designed must notify all adjacent channel TV to allow replacement of authorized an- stations within 161 km (100 mi) of the tennas but prevent the use of unau- proposed operating area. thorized antennas. When transmitting, (1) Notification must be made at the antenna must not be more that 10 least 10 working days prior to the date meters above ground level. of intended transmission. (f)(1) A license for a wireless video as- (2) Notifications must include: sist device will authorize the license (i) Frequency or frequencies. holder to use all frequencies available (ii) Location. for wireless video assist devices, sub- (iii) Antenna height. ject to the limitations specified in this (iv) Emission type(s). section. (v) Effective radiated power.

523

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00533 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.882 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

(vi) Intended dates of operation. not cause to and must accept harmful (vii) Licensee contact information. interference from these licensees. (3)(i) Failure of a local coordinator to [68 FR 12772, Mar. 17, 2003, as amended at 68 respond to a notification request prior FR 69331, Dec. 12, 2003; 79 FR 48545, Aug. 15, to the intended dates of operation indi- 2014] cated on the request will be considered as having the approval of the coordi- § 74.882 Station identification. nator. In this case, licensees must in (a) For transmitters used for voice addition notify all co-channel and adja- transmissions and having a trans- cent channel TV stations within 161 mitter output power exceeding 50 mW, km (100 mi) of the proposed operating an announcement shall be made at the area. This notification is for informa- beginning and end of each period of op- tion purposes only and will not enable eration at a single location, over the transmitting unit being operated, iden- TV stations to prevent a WAVD from tifying the transmitting unit’s call operating, but is intended to help iden- sign or designator, its location, and the tify the source of interference if any is call sign of the broadcasting station or experienced after a WAVD begins oper- name of the licensee with which it is ation. being used. A period of operation may (ii) If there is no local coordinator in consist of a continuous transmission or the intended area of operation, failure intermittent transmissions pertaining of any adjacent channel TV station to to a single event. respond to a notification request prior (b) Each wireless video assist device, to the intended dates of operation indi- when transmitting, must transmit sta- cated on the request will be considered tion identification at the beginning as having the approval of the TV sta- and end of each period of operation. tion. Identification may be made by trans- (4) Licensees must operate in a man- mitting the station call sign by visual ner consistent with the response of the or aural means or by automatic trans- local coordinator, or, if there is no mission in international Morse telegraphy. local coordinator in the intended area (1) A period of operation is defined as of operation, the responses of the adja- a single uninterrupted transmission or cent channel TV stations. Disagree- a series of intermittent transmissions ments may be appealed to the Commis- from a single location. sion. However, in those instances, the (2) Station identification shall be licensee will bear the burden of proof performed in a manner conducive to and proceeding to overturn the rec- prompt association of the signal source ommendation of the local coordinator with the responsible licensee. In exer- or the co-channel or adjacent channel cising the discretion provide by this TV station. rule, licensees are expected too act in a (h) Licenses for wireless video assist responsible manner to assure that re- devices may not be transferred or as- sult. signed. [68 FR 12774, Mar. 17, 2003] (i) Operations in 600 MHz band assigned to wireless licensees under part 27 Subparts I–K [Reserved] of this chapter. A wireless video assist device that operates on frequencies in Subpart L—FM Broadcast Trans- the 600 MHz band assigned to wireless lator Stations and FM Broad- licensees under part 27of this chapter cast Booster Stations must cease operations on those frequencies no later than the end of the post-auction transition period as de- SOURCE: 35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, unless otherwise noted. fined in § 27.4 of this chapter. During the post-auction transition period, § 74.1201 Definitions. wireless video assist devices will oper- (a) FM translator. A station in the ate on a secondary basis to licensees of broadcasting service operated for the part 27 of this chapter, i.e., they must purpose of retransmitting the signals

524

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00534 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.1202

of an AM or FM radio broadcast sta- contour of an FM translator rebroad- tion or another FM broadcast trans- casting an AM radio broadcast station lator station without significantly al- as its primary station must be con- tering any characteristics of the in- tained within the lesser of the 2 mV/m coming signal other than its frequency daytime contour of the AM station and and amplitude, in order to provide a 25-mile (40 km) radius centered at the radio broadcast service to the general AM transmitter site. The protected public. contour for an FM translator station is (b) Commercial FM translator. An FM its predicted 1 mV/m contour. broadcast translator station which re- (h) Fill-in area. The area where the broadcasts the signals of a commercial coverage contour of an FM translator AM or FM radio broadcast station. or booster station is within the pro- (c) Noncommercial FM translator. An tected contour of the associated pri- FM broadcast translator station which mary station (i.e., predicted 0.5 mV/m rebroadcasts the signals of a non- contour for commercial Class B sta- commercial educational AM or FM tions, predicted 0.7 mV/m contour for radio broadcast station. commercial Class B1 stations, and pre- (d) Primary station. The AM or FM dicted 1 mV/m contour for all other radio broadcast station radiating the classes of stations). signals which are retransmitted by an (i) Other area. The area where the FM broadcast translator station or an coverage contour of an FM translator FM broadcast booster station. station extends beyond the protected (e) AM or FM radio broadcast station. contour of the primary station (i.e., When used in this Subpart L, the term predicted 0.5 mV/m contour for com- AM broadcast station or AM radio mercial Class B stations, predicted 0.7 broadcast station or FM broadcast sta- mV/m contour for commercial Class B1 tion or FM radio broadcast station re- stations, and predicted 1 mV/m contour fers to commercial and noncommercial for all other classes of stations). educational AM or FM radio broadcast (j) AM Fill-in area. The area within stations as defined in § 2.1 of this chap- the lesser of the 2 mV/m daytime con- ter, unless the context indicates other- tour of the AM radio broadcast station wise. being rebroadcast and a 25-mile (40 km) (f) FM broadcast booster station. A sta- radius centered at the AM transmitter tion in the broadcasting service oper- site. ated for the sole purpose of retransmit- [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 45 FR ting the signals of an FM radio broad- 37842, June 5, 1980; 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, 1987; cast station, by amplifying and reradi- 55 FR 50693, Dec. 10, 1990; 74 FR 45129, Sept. ating such signals, without signifi- 1, 2009] cantly altering any characteristic of the incoming signal other than its am- § 74.1202 Frequency assignment. plitude. (a) An applicant for a new FM broad- (g) Translator coverage contour. For a cast translator station or for changes fill-in FM translator rebroadcasting an in the facilities of an authorized trans- FM radio broadcast station as its pri- lator station shall endeavor to select a mary station, the FM translator’s cov- channel on which its operation is not erage contour must be contained with- likely to cause interference to the re- in the primary station’s coverage con- ception of other stations. The applica- tour. For purposes of this rule section, tion must be specific with regard to the the coverage contour of the FM trans- frequency requested. Only one output lator has the same field strength value channel will be assigned to each trans- as the protected contour of the pri- lator station. mary FM station (i.e., for a commercial (b) Subject to compliance with all Class B FM station it is the predicted the requirements of this subpart, FM 0.5 mV/m field strength contour, for a broadcast translators may be author- commercial Class B1 FM station it is ized to operate on the following FM the predicted 0.7 mV/m field strength channels, regardless of whether they contour, and for all other classes of FM are assigned for local use in the FM stations it is the predicted 1 mV/m Table of Allotments (§ 73.202(b) of this field strength contour). The coverage chapter):

525

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00535 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.1203 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

(1) Commercial FM translators: Chan- the efficacy of remedial measures. If a nels 221–300 as identified in § 73.201 of complainant refuses to permit the FM this chapter. translator or booster licensee to apply (2) Noncommercial FM translators: remedial techniques which demon- Channels 201–300 as identified in § 73.201 strably will eliminate the interference of this chapter. Use of reserved chan- without impairment to the original re- nels 201–220 is subject to the restric- ception, the licensee of the FM trans- tions specified in § 73.501 of this chap- lator or booster station is absolved of ter. further responsibility for that com- (3) In Alaska, FM translators oper- plaint. ating on Channels 201–260 (88.1–99.9 (c) An FM booster station will be ex- MHz) shall not cause harmful interference to and must accept inter- empted from the provisions of para- ference from non-Government fixed op- graphs (a) and (b) of this section to the erations authorized prior to January 1, extent that it may cause limited inter- 1982. ference to its primary station’s signal, (c) An FM broadcast booster station provided it does not disrupt the existing will be assigned the channel assigned service of its primary station or cause to its primary station. such interference within the boundaries of the principal community of its [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 39 FR 12990, Apr. 10, 1974; 47 FR 30068, July 12, 1982; primary station. 52 FR 8260, Mar. 17, 1987; 55 FR 50693, Dec. 10, (d) A fill-in FM translator operating 1990] on the first, second or third adjacent channel to its primary station’s chan- § 74.1203 Interference. nel will be exempt from the provisions (a) An authorized FM translator or of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section booster station will not be permitted to the extent that it may cause limited to continue to operate if it causes any interference to its primary station’s actual interference to: signal, provided it does not disrupt the (1) The transmission of any author- existing service of its primary station ized broadcast station; or or cause such interference within the (2) The reception of the input signal boundaries of the principal community of any TV translator, TV booster, FM of its primary station. translator or FM booster station; or (e) It shall be the responsibility of (3) The direct reception by the public of the off-the-air signals of any author- the licensee of an FM translator or FM ized broadcast station including TV booster station to correct any condi- Channel 6 stations, Class D (secondary) tion of interference which results from noncommercial educational FM sta- the radiation of radio frequency energy tions, and previously authorized and by its equipment on any frequency out- operating FM translators and FM side the assigned channel. Upon notice booster stations. Interference will be by the Commission to the station li- considered to occur whenever reception censee that such interference is being of a regularly used signal is impaired caused, the operation of the FM trans- by the signals radiated by the FM lator or FM booster station shall be translator or booster station, regard- suspended within three minutes and less of the quality of such reception, shall not be resumed until the inter- the strength of the signal so used, or ference has been eliminated or it can the channel on which the protected sig- be demonstrated that the interference nal is transmitted. is not due to spurious emissions by the (b) If interference cannot be properly FM translator or FM booster station; eliminated by the application of suit- provided, however, that short test trans- able techniques, operation of the of- missions may be made during the pe- fending FM translator or booster sta- riod of suspended operation to check tion shall be suspended and shall not be the efficacy of remedial measures. resumed until the interference has been eliminated. Short test trans- [55 FR 50693, Dec. 10, 1990, as amended at 60 missions may be made during the pe- FR 55484, Nov. 1, 1995] riod of suspended operation to check

526

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00536 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.1204

§ 74.1204 Protection of FM broadcast, Fre- Interference contour of FM Translator and LP100 stations. quency proposed translator Protected contour of separa- station LP100 LPFM station (a) An application for an FM trans- tion lator station will not be accepted for Co- 0.1 mV/m (40 dBu) 1 mV/m (60 dBu) filing if the proposed operation would chan- involve overlap of predicted field con- nel. 200 kHz 0.5 mV/m (54 dBu) 1 mV/m (60 dBu) tours with any other authorized commercial or noncommercial educational NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (a)(4): LP100 stations, FM broadcast stations, FM translators, to the purposes of determining overlap pur- and Class D (secondary) noncommer- suant to this paragraph, LPFM applications cial educational FM stations; or if it and permits that have not yet been licensed would result in new or increased over- must be considered as operating with the lap with an LP100 station, as set forth: maximum permitted facilities. All LPFM TIS stations must be protected on the basis (1) Commercial Class B FM Stations of a nondirectional antenna. (Protected Contour: 0.5 mV/m) (b) The following standards must be Fre- Interference contour of Protected contour of used to compute the distances to the quency proposed translator sta- commercial Class B pertinent contours: separation station tion (1) The distances to the protected Co- 0.05 mV/m (34 dBu) 0.5 mV/m (54 dBu) contours are computed using Figure 1 chan- of § 73.333 [F(50,50) curves] of this chap- nel. ter. 200 kHz 0.25 mV/m (48 dBu) 0.5 mV/m (54 dBu) (2) The distances to the interference 400 kHz/ 50.0 mV/m (94 dBu) 0.5 mV/m (54 dBu) 600 contours are computed using Figure 1a kHz. of § 73.333 [F(50,10) curves] of this chapter. In the event that the distance to (2) Commercial Class B1 FM Stations the contour is below 16 kilometers (ap- (Protected Contour: 0.7 mV/m) proximately 10 miles), and therefore not covered by Figure 1a, curves in Fre- Interference contour of Protected contour of Figure 1 must be used. quency proposed translator sta- commercial Class B1 separation station (3) The effective radiated power tion (ERP) to be used is the maximum ERP Co- 0.07 mV/m (37 dBu) 0.7 mV/m (57 dBu) of the main radiated lobe in the perti- chan- nent azimuthal direction. If the trans- nel. mitting antenna is not horizontally po- 200 kHz 0.35 mV/m (51 dBu) 0.5 mV/m (57 dBu) 400 kHz/ 70.0 mV/m (97 dBu) 0.7 mV/m (57 dBu) larized only, either the vertical compo- 600 nent or the horizontal component of kHz. the ERP should be used, whichever is greater in the pertinent azimuthal di- (3) All Other Classes of FM Stations rection. (Protected Contour: 1 mV/m) (4) The antenna height to be used is the height of the radiation center Fre- quency Interference contour of Protected contour of above the average terrain along each separa- proposed translator any other station pertinent radial, determined in accord- tion ance with § 73.313(d) of this chapter. Co- 0.1 mV/m (40 dBu) 1 mV/m (60 dBu) (c) An application for a change (other chan- than a change in channel) in the au- nel. 200 kHz 0.5 mV/m (54 dBu) 1 mV/m (60 dBu) thorized facilities of an FM translator 400 kHz/ 100 mV/m (100 dBu) 1 mV/m (60 dBu) station will be accepted even though 600 overlap of field strength contours kHz. would occur with another station in an area where such overlap does not al- (4) LP100 stations (Protected Con- ready exist, if: tour: 1 mV/m) (1) The total area of overlap with that station would not be increased: (2) The area of overlap with any other station would not increase;

527

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00537 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.1205 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

(3) The area of overlap does not move ever, that FM translator stations and significantly closer to the station re- booster stations operating with less ceiving the overlap; and, than 100 watts ERP will be treated as (4) No area of overlap would be cre- class D stations and will not be subject ated with any station with which the to intermediate frequency separation overlap does not now exist. requirements. (d) The provisions of this section con- (h) An application for an FM trans- cerning prohibited overlap will not lator station will not be accepted for apply where the area of such overlap filing if it specifies a location within lies entirely over water. In addition, an 320 kilometers (approximately 199 application otherwise precluded by this miles) of either the Canadian or Mexi- section will be accepted if it can be can borders and it does not comply demonstrated that no actual inter- with § 74.1235(d) of this part. ference will occur due to intervening (i) FM booster stations shall be sub- terrain, lack of population or such ject to the requirement that the signal other factors as may be applicable. of any first adjacent channel station (e) The provisions of this section will must exceed the signal of the booster not apply to overlap between a pro- station by 6 dB at all points within the posed fill-in FM translator station and protected contour of any first adjacent its primary station operating on a channel station, except that in the case first, second or third adjacent channel, of FM stations on adjacent channels at provided That such operation may not spacings that do not meet the min- result in interference to the primary imum distance separations specified in station within its principal commu- § 73.207 of this chapter, the signal of nity. any first adjacent channel station (f) An application for an FM trans- must exceed the signal of the booster lator station will not be accepted for by 6 dB at any point within the pre- filing even though the proposed oper- dicted interference free contour of the ation would not involve overlap of field adjacent channel station. strength contours with any other sta- (j) FM translator stations authorized tion, as set forth in paragraph (a) of prior to June 1, 1991 with facilities that this section, if the predicted 1 mV/m do not comply with the predicted inter- field strength contour of the FM trans- ference protection provisions of this lator station will overlap a populated section, may continue to operate, pro- area already receiving a regularly used, vided that operation is in conformance off-the-air signal of any authorized co- with § 74.1203 regarding actual inter- channel, first, second or third adjacent ference. Applications for major channel broadcast station, including changes in FM translator stations Class D (secondary) noncommercial must specify facilities that comply educational FM stations and grant of with provisions of this section. the authorization will result in inter- [55 FR 50694, Dec. 10, 1990, as amended at 56 ference to the reception of such signal. FR 56170, Nov. 1, 1991; 58 FR 42025, Aug. 6, (g) An application for an FM trans- 1993; 65 FR 7649, Feb. 15, 2000; 65 FR 67304, lator or an FM booster station that is Nov. 9, 2000; 65 FR 79780, Dec. 20, 2000] 53 or 54 channels removed from an FM radio broadcast station will not be ac- § 74.1205 Protection of channel 6 TV cepted for filing if it fails to meet the broadcast stations. required separation distances set out in The provisions of this section apply § 73.207 of this chapter. For purposes of to all applications for construction per- determining compliance with § 73.207 of mits for new or modified facilities for a this chapter, translator stations will be noncommercial educational FM trans- treated as Class A stations and booster lator station on Channels 201–220, un- stations will be treated the same as less the application is accompanied by their FM radio broadcast station a written agreement between the NCE- equivalents. FM radio broadcast sta- FM translator applicant and each af- tion equivalents will be determined in fected TV Channel 6 broadcast station accordance with §§ 73.210 and 73.211 of licensee or permittee concurring with this chapter, based on the booster sta- the proposed NCE-FM translator facil- tion’s ERP and HAAT. Provided, how- ity.

528

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00538 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.1231

(a) An application for a construction (3) The applicable noncommercial permit for new or modified facilities educational FM translator interference for a noncommercial educational FM contours are as follows: translator station operating on Chan- Interference nels 201–220 must include a showing Contour that demonstrates compliance with FM channel F(50,10) curves paragraph (b), (c) or (d) of this section (dBu) if it is within the following distances of a TV broadcast station which is au- 201 ...... 54 202 ...... 56 thorized to operate on Channel 6. 203 ...... 59 204 ...... 62 FM Channel Distance 205 ...... 64 (kilometers) 206 ...... 69 207 ...... 73 201 ...... 148 208 ...... 73 202 ...... 146 209 ...... 73 203 ...... 143 210 ...... 73 204 ...... 141 211 ...... 73 205 ...... 140 212 ...... 74 206 ...... 137 213 ...... 75 207 ...... 135 214 ...... 77 208 ...... 135 215 ...... 78 209 ...... 135 216 ...... 80 210 ...... 135 217 ...... 81 211 ...... 135 218 ...... 85 212 ...... 135 219 ...... 88 213 ...... 135 220 ...... 90 214 ...... 134 215 ...... 134 216 ...... 133 (d) FM translator stations authorized 217 ...... 133 prior to June 1, 1991 with facilities that 218 ...... 132 do not comply with the predicted inter- 219 ...... 132 220 ...... 131 ference protection provisions of this section, may continue to operate, pro- (b) Collocated stations. An application vided that operation is in conformance for a noncommercial educational FM with § 74.1203 regarding actual inter- translator station operating on Chan- ference. Applications for major nels 201–220 and located at 0.4 kilo- changes in FM translator stations meter (approximately 0.25 mile) or less must specify facilities that comply from a TV Channel 6 station will be ac- with the provisions of this section. cepted if it includes a certification [55 FR 50695, Dec. 10, 1990, as amended at 58 that the applicant has coordinated its FR 42025, Aug. 6, 1993] antenna with the affected TV station. (c) Contour overlap. Except as pro- § 74.1231 Purpose and permissible vided in paragraph (b) of this section, service. an application for a noncommercial (a) FM translators provide a means educational FM translator station op- whereby the signals of AM or FM erating on Channels 201–220 will not be broadcast stations may be retrans- accepted if the proposed operation mitted to areas in which direct recep- would involve overlap of its inter- tion of such AM or FM broadcast sta- ference field strength contour with any tions is unsatisfactory due to distance TV Channel 6 station’s Grade B con- or intervening terrain barriers, and a tour, as set forth below. means for AM Class D stations to con- (1) The distances to the TV Channel 6 tinue operating at night. station Grade B (47 dBu) field strength (b) An FM translator may be used for contour will be predicted according to the purpose of retransmitting the sig- the procedures specified in § 73.684 of nals of a primary AM or FM radio this chapter, using the F(50,50) curves broadcast station or another translator in § 73.699, Figure 9 of this chapter. station the signal of which is received (2) The distances to the applicable directly through space, converted, and noncommercial educational FM trans- suitably amplified, and originating lator interference contour will be pre- programming to the extent authorized dicted according to the procedures in paragraphs (f), (g), and (h) of this specified in § 74.1204(b) of this part. section. However, an FM translator

529

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00539 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.1231 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

providing fill-in service may use any NOTE: For paragraphs 74.1231(b) and terrestrial facilities to receive the sig- 74.1231(i) of this section, auxiliary intercity nal that is being rebroadcast. An FM relay station frequencies may be used to deliver signals to FM translator and booster booster station or a noncommercial stations on a secondary basis only. Such use educational FM translator station that shall not interfere with or otherwise pre- is operating on a reserved channel clude use of these frequencies for transmit- (Channels 201–220) and is owned and op- ting aural programming between the studio erated by the licensee of the primary and transmitter location of a broadcast sta- noncommercial educational station it tion, or between broadcast stations, as pro- rebroadcasts may use alternative sig- vided in paragraphs 74.531 (a) and (b) of this nal delivery means, including, but not part. Prior to filing an application for an auxiliary intercity relay microwave fre- limited to, satellite and terrestrial quency, the applicant shall notify the local microwave facilities. Provided, how- frequency coordination committee, or, in the ever, that an applicant for a non- absence of a local frequency coordination commercial educational translator op- committee, any licensees assigned the use of erating on a reserved channel (Channel the proposed operating frequency in the in- 201–220) and owned and operated by the tended location or area of operation. licensee of the primary noncommercial (c) The transmissions of each FM educational AM or FM station it re- translator or booster station shall be broadcasts complies with either para- intended only for direct reception by graph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section: the general public. An FM translator (1) The applicant demonstrates that: or booster shall not be operated solely (i) The transmitter site of the pro- for the purpose of relaying signals to posed FM translator station is within one or more fixed received points for 80 kilometers of the predicted 1 mV/m retransmission, distribution, or further contour of the primary station to be relaying in order to establish a point- rebroadcast; or, to-point FM radio relay system. (ii) The transmitter site of the pro- (d) The technical characteristics of posed FM translator station is more the retransmitted signals shall not be than 160 kilometers from the trans- deliberately altered so as to hinder re- mitter site of any authorized full serv- ception on conventional FM broadcast ice noncommercial educational FM receivers. station; or, (e) An FM translator shall not delib- (iii) The application is mutually ex- erately retransmit the signals of any clusive with an application containing station other than the station it is au- the showing as required by paragraph thorized to retransmit. Precautions 74.1231(b)(2) (i) or (ii) of this section; or, shall be taken to avoid unintentional (iv) The application is filed after Oc- retransmission of such other signals. tober 1, 1992. (f) A locally generated radio fre- (2) If the transmitter site of the pro- quency signal similar to that of an FM posed FM translator station is more broadcast station and modulated with than 80 kilometers from the predicted 1 aural information may be connected to mV/m contour of the primary station the input terminals of an FM trans- to be rebroadcast or is within 160 kilo- lator for the purpose of transmitting meters of the transmitter site of any voice announcements. The radio fre- authorized full service noncommercial quency signals shall be on the same educational FM station, the applicant channel as the normally used off-the- must show that: air signal being rebroadcast. Connec- (i) An alternative frequency can be tion of the locally generated signals used at the same site as the proposed shall be made by any automatic means FM translator’s transmitter location when transmitting originations con- and can provide signal coverage to the cerning financial support. The connec- same area encompassed by the appli- tions for emergency transmissions may cant’s proposed 1 mV/m contour; or, be made manually. The apparatus used (ii) An alternative frequency can be to generate the local signal that is used at a different site and can provide used to modulate the FM translator signal coverage to the same area en- must be capable of producing an aural compassed by the applicant’s proposed signal which will provide acceptable re- 1 mV/m contour. ception on FM receivers designed for

530

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00540 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.1232

the transmission standards employed those specified by § 73.211 of this chapter, an by FM broadcast stations. FM booster station will only be authorized (g) The aural material transmitted as within the protected contour of the class of permitted in paragraph (f) of this sec- station being rebroadcast as predicted on the basis of the maximum powers and heights set tion shall be limited to emergency forth in that section for the applicable class warnings of imminent danger and to of FM broadcast station concerned. seeking or acknowledging financial support deemed necessary to the con- [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 45 FR tinued operation of the translator. 37842, June 5, 1980; 52 FR 31406, Aug. 20, 1987; 53 FR 14803, Apr. 26, 1988; 54 FR 35342, Aug. 25, Originations concerning financial sup- 1989; 55 FR 50695, Dec. 10, 1990; 57 FR 41111, port are limited to a total of 30 seconds Sept. 9, 1992; 58 FR 42026, Aug. 6, 1993; 63 FR an hour. Within this limitation the 33879, June 22, 1998; 74 FR 45130, Sept. 1, 2009] length of any particular announcement will be left to the discretion of the § 74.1232 Eligibility and licensing re- translator station licensee. Solicita- quirements. tions of contributions shall be limited (a) Subject to the restrictions set to the defrayal of the costs of installa- forth in paragraph (d) of this section, a tion, operation and maintenance of the license for an FM broadcast translator translator or acknowledgements of fi- station may be issued to any qualified nancial support for those purposes. individual, organized group of individ- Such acknowledgements may include uals, broadcast station licensee, or identification of the contributors, the local civil governmental body, upon an size or nature of the contributions and appropriate showing that plans for fi- advertising messages of contributors. nancing the installation and operation Emergency transmissions shall be no of the translator are sufficiently sound longer or more frequent than necessary to assure prompt construction of the to protect life and property. translator and dependable service. (h) An FM translator station that rebroadcasts a Class D AM radio broad- (b) More than one FM translator may cast station as its primary station may be licensed to the same applicant, originate programming during the whether or not such translators serve hours the primary station is not oper- substantially the same area, upon an ating, subject to the provisions of appropriate showing of technical need § 74.1263(b) of this part. for such additional stations. FM trans- (i) FM broadcast booster stations lators are not counted as FM stations provide a means whereby the licensee for the purpose of § 73.3555 of this chap- of an FM broadcast station may pro- ter concerning multiple ownership. vide service to areas in any region NOTE: As used in this section need refers to within the primary station’s predicted, the quality of the signal received and not to authorized service contours. An FM the programming content, format, or trans- broadcast booster station is authorized mission needs of an area. to retransmit only the signals of its (c) Only one input and one output primary station which have been re- channel will be assigned to each FM ceived directly through space and suit- translator. Additional FM translators ably amplified, or received by alter- may be authorized to provide addi- native signal delivery means including, tional reception. A separate applica- but not limited to, satellite and terres- tion is required for each FM translator trial microwave facilities. The FM and each application shall be complete booster station shall not retransmit in all respects. the signals of any other station nor (d) An authorization for an FM trans- make independent transmissions, ex- lator whose coverage contour extends cept that locally generated signals may beyond the protected contour of the be used to excite the booster apparatus commercial primary station will not be for the purpose of conducting tests and granted to the licensee or permittee of measurements essential to the proper a commercial FM radio broadcast sta- installation and maintenance of the ap- tion. Similarly, such authorization will paratus. not be granted to any person or entity NOTE: In the case of an FM broadcast sta- having any interest whatsoever, or any tion authorized with facilities in excess of connection with a primary FM station.

531

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00541 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.1232 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

Interested and connected parties ex- service to an AM fill-in area must have tend to group owners, corporate par- been authorized by a license or con- ents, shareholders, officers, directors, struction permit in effect as of May 1, employees, general and limited part- 2009, or pursuant to an application that ners, family members and business as- was pending as of May 1, 2009. A subse- sociates. For the purposes of this para- quent modification of any such FM graph, the protected contour of the pri- translator will not affect its eligibility mary station shall be defined as fol- to rebroadcast an AM signal. lows: the predicted 0.5mV/m contour (e) An FM translator station whose for commercial Class B stations, the coverage contour goes beyond the pro- predicted 0.7 mV/m contour for com- tected contour of the commercial pri- mercial Class B1 stations and the pre- mary station shall not receive any sup- dicted 1 mV/m field strength contour port, before or after construction, ei- for all other FM radio broadcast sta- ther directly or indirectly, from the tions. The contours shall be as pre- commercial primary FM radio broad- dicted in accordance with § 73.313(a) cast station. Such support also may through (d) of this chapter. In the case not be received from any person or en- of an FM radio broadcast station au- tity having any interest whatsoever, or thorized with facilities in excess of any connection with the primary FM those specified by § 73.211 of this chap- station. Interested and connected par- ter, a co-owned commercial FM trans- ties extend to group owners, corporate lator will only be authorized within the parents, shareholders, officers, direc- protected contour of the class of sta- tors, employees, general and limited tion being rebroadcast, as predicted on partners, family members and business the basis of the maximum powers and associates. Such an FM translator sta- heights set forth in that section for the tion may, however, receive technical applicable class of FM broadcast sta- assistance from the primary station to tion concerned. An FM translator sta- the extent of installing or repairing tion in operation prior to March 1, 1991, equipment or making adjustments to which is owned by a commercial FM equipment to assure compliance with (primary) station and whose coverage the terms of the translator station’s contour extends beyond the protected construction permit and license. FM contour of the primary station, may translator stations in operation prior continue to be owned by such primary to March 1, 1991 may continue to re- station until March 1, 1994. Thereafter, ceive contributions or support from the any such FM translator station must commercial primary station for the op- be owned by independent parties. An eration and maintenance of the trans- FM translator station in operation lator station until March, 1, 1994. prior to June 1, 1991, which is owned by Thereafter, any such FM translator a commercial FM radio broadcast sta- station shall be subject to the prohibition and whose coverage contour ex- tions on support contained in this sec- tends beyond the protected contour of tion. Such an FM translator station the primary station, may continue to may, however, receive technical assist- be owned by a commercial FM radio ance from the primary station to the broadcast station until June 1, 1994. extent of installing or repairing equip- Thereafter, any such FM translator ment or making adjustments to equip- station must be owned by independent ment to assure compliance with the parties. An FM translator providing terms of the translator station’s con- service to an AM fill-in area will be au- struction permit and license. FM trans- thorized only to the permittee or li- lator stations in operation prior to censee of the AM radio broadcast sta- June 1, 1991 may continue to receive tion being rebroadcast, or, in the case contributions or support from a com- of an FM translator authorized to oper- mercial FM radio broadcast station for ate on an unreserved channel, to a the operation and maintenance of the party with a valid rebroadcast consent translator station until June 1, 1994. agreement with such a permittee or li- Thereafter, any such FM translator censee to rebroadcast that station as station shall be subject to the prohibi- the translator’s primary station. In ad- tions on support contained in this sec- dition, any FM translator providing tion.

532

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00542 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.1233

NOTE: ‘‘Technical assistance’’ refers to ac- nels, or intermediate frequency chan- tual services provided by the primary sta- nels, and any change in antenna location’s technical staff or compensation for the tion where the station would not con- time and services provided by independent tinue to provide 1 mV/m service to engineering personnel. Conversely, such support must not include the supply of equip- some portion of its previously author- ment or direct funding for the translator’s ized 1 mV/m service area. In addition, discretionary use. ‘‘Technical assistance’’ any change in frequency relocating an must occur after the issuance of the trans- unbuilt station from the non-reserved lator’s construction permit or license in band to the reserved band, or from the order to meet expenses incurred by install- reserved band to the non-reserved ing, repairing, or making adjustments to band, will be considered major. All equipment. other changes will be considered minor. (f) An FM broadcast booster station All major changes are subject to the will be authorized only to the licensee provisions of §§ 73.3580 and 1.1104 of this or permittee of the FM radio broadcast chapter pertaining to major changes. station whose signals the booster sta- (2) In the second group are application will retransmit, to serve areas tions for licenses and all other changes within the protected contour of the pri- in the facilities of the authorized sta- mary station, subject to Note, tion. § 74.1231(h) of this part. (b) Processing booster and reserved (g) No numerical limit is placed upon band FM translator applications. the number of FM booster stations (1) Applications for minor modifica- which may be licensed to a single li- tions for reserved band FM translator censee. A separate application is re- stations, as defined in paragraph (a)(2) quired for each FM booster station. FM of this section, may be filed at any broadcast booster stations are not time, unless restricted by the FCC, and counted as FM broadcast stations for will be processed on a ‘‘first come/first the purposes of § 73.5555 of this chapter served’’ basis, with the first acceptable concerning multiple ownership. application cutting off the filing rights (h) Any authorization for an FM of subsequent, conflicting applicants. translator station issued to an appli- The FCC will periodically release a cant described in paragraphs (d) and (e) Public Notice listing those applica- of this section will be issued subject to tions accepted for filing. Conflicting the condition that it may be termi- applications received on the same day nated at any time, upon not less than will be treated as simultaneously filed sixty (60) days written notice, where and mutually exclusive. Conflicting ap- the circumstances in the community or plications received after the filing of a area served are so altered as to have first acceptable application will be prohibited grant of the application had grouped, according to filing date, be- such circumstances existed at the time hind the lead application in a queue. of its filing. The priority rights of the lead applicant, against all other applicants, are [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 43 FR 14660, Apr. 7, 1978; 52 FR 10571, Apr. 2, 1987; 52 determined by the date of filing, but FR 31406, Aug. 20, 1987; 55 FR 50696, Dec. 10, the filing date for subsequent, con- 1990; 58 FR 42026, Aug. 6, 1993; 74 FR 45130, flicting applicants only reserves a Sept. 1, 2009; 77 FR 21015, Apr. 9, 2012] place in the queue. The rights of an applicant in a queue ripen only upon a § 74.1233 Processing FM translator and final determination that the lead appli- booster station applications. cant is unacceptable and if the queue (a) Applications for FM translator member is reached and found accept- and booster stations are divided into able. The queue will remain behind the two groups: lead applicant until a construction per- (1) In the first group are applications mit is finally granted, at which time for new stations or for major changes the queue dissolves. in the facilities of authorized stations. (2) All other applications for booster For FM translator stations, a major stations and reserved band FM trans- change is any change in frequency lator stations will be processed as near- (output channel) except changes to ly as possible in the order in which first, second or third adjacent chan- they are filed. Such applications will

533

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00543 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.1233 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

be placed in the processing line in nu- venience and necessity will be served merical sequence, and will be drawn by by the granting of the application, it the staff for study, the lowest file num- will be granted. If an application is ber first. In order that those applica- found not to be acceptable for filing, tions which are entitled to be grouped the application will be returned, and for processing may be fixed prior to the subject to the amendment require- time processing of the earliest filed ap- ments of § 73.3522 of this chapter. plication is begun, the FCC will peri- (c) In the case of an application for odically release a Public Notice listing an instrument of authorization, other reserved band applications that have than a license pursuant to a construc- been accepted for filing and announc- tion permit, grant will be based on the ing a date (not less than 30 days after application, the pleadings filed, and publication) on which the listed appli- such other matters that may be offi- cations will be considered available cially noticed. Before a grant can be and ready for processing and by which made it must be determined that: all mutually exclusive applications (1) There is not pending a mutually and/or petitions to deny the listed ap- exclusive application. plications must be filed. (2) The applicant is legally, tech- (3) Applications for reserved band FM nically, financially and otherwise translator stations will be processed qualified; using filing window procedures. The (3) The applicant is not in violation FCC will specify by Public Notice, a pe- of any provisions of law, the FCC rules, riod for filing reserved band FM translator applications for a new station or or established policies of the FCC; and for major modifications in the facili- (4) A grant of the application would ties of an authorized station. FM trans- otherwise serve the public interest, lator applications for new facilities or convenience and necessity. for major modifications will be accept- (d) Processing non-reserved band FM ed only during these specified periods. translator applications. Applications submitted prior to the (1) Applications for minor modifica- window opening date identified in the tions for non-reserved band FM trans- Public Notice will be returned as pre- lator stations, as defined in paragraph mature. Applications submitted after (a)(2) of this section, may be filed at the specified deadline will be dismissed any time, unless restricted by the FCC, with prejudice as untimely. and will be processed on a ‘‘first come/ (4) Timely filed applications for new first served’’ basis, with the first ac- facilities or for major modifications for ceptable application cutting off the fil- reserved band FM Translators will be ing rights of subsequent, conflicting processed pursuant to the procedures applicants. The FCC will periodically set forth in subpart K of part 73 release a Public Notice listing those (§ 73.7000 et seq.) Subsequently, the FCC applications accepted for filing. Appli- will release Public Notices identifying: cations received on the same day will mutually exclusive groups of applica- be treated as simultaneously filed and, tions; applications received during the if they are found to be mutually exclu- window filing period which are found to sive, must be resolved through settle- be non-mutually exclusive; tentative ment or technical amendment. Con- selectees determined pursuant to the flicting applications received after the point system procedures set forth in filing of a first acceptable application § 73.7003 of this chapter; and acceptable will be grouped, according to filing applications. The Public Notices will date, behind the lead application in a also announce: additional procedures queue. The priority rights of the lead to be followed for certain groups of ap- applicant, against all other applicants, plications; deadlines for filing addi- are determined by the date of filing, tional information; and dates by which but the filing date for subsequent, con- petitions to deny must be filed in ac- flicting applicants only reserves a cordance with the provisions of § 73.7004 place in the queue. The rights of an ap- of this chapter. If the applicant is duly plicant in a queue ripen only upon a qualified, and upon examination, the final determination that the lead appli- FCC finds that the public interest, con- cant is unacceptable and if the queue

534

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00544 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.1233

member is reached and found accept- defined in 47 U.S.C. 397(6), as well as able. The queue will remain behind the the procedures the FCC will use to re- lead applicant until a construction per- solve the mutually exclusive applica- mit is finally granted, at which time tions; the queue dissolves. (ii) Establishing a date, time and (2)(i) The FCC will specify by Public place for an auction; Notice, pursuant to § 73.5002(a) of this (iii) Providing information regarding chapter, a period for filing non-re- the methodology of competitive bid- served band FM translator applications ding to be used in the upcoming auc- for a new station or for major modi- tion, bid submission and payment pro- fications in the facilities of an author- cedures, upfront payment procedures, ized station. FM translator applica- upfront payment deadlines, minimum tions for new facilities or for major opening bid requirements and applica- modifications, whether for commercial ble reserve prices in accordance with broadcast stations or noncommercial the provisions of § 73.5002; educational broadcast stations, as de- (iv) Identifying applicants who have scribed in 47 U.S.C. 397(6), will be ac- submitted timely upfront payments cepted only during these specified peri- and, thus, are qualified to bid in the ods. Applications submitted prior to auction. the window opening date identified in (4) After the close of the filing win- the Public Notice will be returned as dow, the FCC will also release a Public premature. Applications submitted Notice identifying any short-form ap- after the specified deadline will be dis- plications which are found to be non- missed with prejudice as untimely. mutually exclusive, including any ap- (ii) Such FM translator applicants plications for noncommercial edu- will be subject to the provisions of cational broadcast stations, as de- §§ 1.2105 and 73.5002(a) regarding the scribed in 47 U.S.C. 397(6). These non- submission of the short-form applica- mutually exclusive applicants will be tion, FCC Form 175, and all appropriate required to submit the appropriate certifications, information and exhib- long form application within 30 days of its contained therein. To determine the Public Notice and, for applicants which FM translator applications are for commercial broadcast stations, pur- mutually exclusive, FM translator ap- suant to the provisions of § 73.5005 of plicants must submit the engineering this chapter. Non-mutually exclusive data contained in FCC Form 349 as a applications for commercial broadcast supplement to the short-form applica- stations will be processed and the FCC tion. Such engineering data will not be will periodically release a Public No- studied for technical acceptability, but tice listing such non-mutually exclu- will be protected from subsequently sive applications determined to be ac- filed applications as of the close of the ceptable for filing and announcing a window filing period. Determinations date by which petitions to deny must as to the acceptability or grantability be filed in accordance with the provi- of an applicant’s proposal will not be sions of §§ 73.5006 and 73.3584 of this made prior to an auction. chapter. Non-mutually exclusive appli- (iii) FM translator applicants will be cations for noncommercial educational subject to the provisions of § 1.2105 rebroadcast stations, as described by 47 garding the modification and dismissal U.S.C. 397(6), will be processed and the of their short-form applications. FCC will periodically release a Public (iv) Consistent with § 1.2105(a), begin- Notice listing such non-mutually ex- ning January 1, 1999, all short-form ap- clusive applications determined to be plications must be filed electronically. acceptable for filing and announcing a (3) Subsequently, the FCC will re- date by which petitions to deny must lease Public Notices: be filed in accordance with the provi- (i) Identifying the short-form appli- sions of §§ 73.7004 and 73.3584 of this cations received during the appropriate chapter. If the applicants are duly filing period or ‘‘window’’ which are qualified, and upon examination, the found to be mutually exclusive, includ- FCC finds that the public interest, con- ing any applications for noncommer- venience and necessity will be served cial educational broadcast stations, as by the granting of the non-mutually

535

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00545 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.1233 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

exclusive long-form application, the cations, but such change may not con- same will be granted. stitute a major change. If the sub- (5)(i) Pursuant to § 1.2107 of this chap- mitted long-form application would ter, a winning bidder that meets its constitute a major change from the down payment obligations in a timely proposal submitted in the short-form manner must, within 30 days of the re- application or the allotment, the long- lease of the public notice announcing form application will be returned pur- the close of the auction, submit the ap- suant to paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this sec- propriate long-form application for tion. each construction permit for which it (e) Selection of mutually exclusive was the winning bidder. Long-form ap- reserved band FM translator applica- plications filed by winning bidders tions. shall include the exhibits identified in (1) Applications for FM translator § 73.5005 of this chapter. stations proposing to provide fill-in (ii) Winning bidders are required to service (within the primary station’s pay the balance of their winning bids protected contour) of the commonly in a lump sum prior to the deadline es- owned primary station will be given tablished by the Commission pursuant priority over all other applications. to § 1.2109(a) of this chapter. Long-form (2) Where applications for FM trans- construction permit applications will lator stations are mutually exclusive be processed and the FCC will periodi- and do not involve a proposal to pro- cally release a Public Notice listing vide fill-in service of commonly owned such applications that have been ac- primary stations, the FCC may stipu- cepted for filing and announcing a date late different frequencies as necessary by which petitions to deny must be for the applicants. filed in accordance with the provisions (3) Where there are no available fre- of §§ 73.5006 and 73.3584. Construction quencies to substitute for a mutually permits will be granted by the Commis- exclusive application, the FCC will sion only after full and timely payment apply the same point system identified of winning bids and any applicable late for full service reserved band FM sta- fees, and if the applicant is duly quali- tions in § 73.7003(b) of this chapter. In fied, and upon examination, the FCC the event of a tie, the FCC will con- finds that the public interest, conven- sider: ience and necessity will be served. If a (i) Existing authorizations. Each appli- winning bidder fails to pay the balance cant’s number of existing radio author- of its winning bid in a lump sum by the izations (licenses and construction per- applicable deadline as specified by the mits for AM, FM, and FM-translators Commission, it will be allowed to make but excluding fill-in translators) as of payment within ten (10) business days the time of application shall be com- after the payment deadline, provided pared, and the applicant with the few- that it also pays a late fee equal to five est authorizations will be chosen as (5) percent of the amount due in ac- tentative selectee. If each applicant is cordance with § 1.2109(a) of this chap- applying for a fill-in translator only, ter. Construction of the FM translator and consideration of its other radio station shall not commence until the stations is not dispositive, its number grant of such permit to the winning of existing fill-in translator authoriza- bidder and only after full and timely tions will also be considered, and the payment of winning bids and any appli- fill-in applicant with the fewest fill-in cable late fees. authorizations will be chosen as ten- (iii) All long-form applications will tative selectee. be cut-off as of the date of filing with (ii) Existing applications. If a tie re- the FCC and will be protected from mains, after the tie breaker in para- subsequently filed long-form translator graph (e)(3)(i) of this section, the re- applications. Applications will be re- maining applicant with the fewest quired to protect all previously filed pending radio new and major change applications. Winning bidders filing applications (AM, FM, and non fill-in long-form applications may change the FM translators) will be chosen as ten- technical proposals specified in their tative selectee. If each applicant is ap- previously submitted short-form appli- plying for a fill-in translator only, and

536

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00546 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.1235

consideration of its other radio sta- control equipment as required by tions is not dispositive, its number of §§ 17.47, 17.48, and 17.49 of this chapter. existing fill-in translator applications (b) An application for authority to will also be considered, and the fill-in construct a new station pursuant to applicant with the fewest fill-in au- this subpart or to make changes in the thorizations will be chosen as tentative facilities of such a station, which pro- selectee. poses unattended operation shall in- (iii) Where the procedures in para- clude an adequate showing as to the graphs (e)(1), (e)(2) and (e)(3)(i) and manner of compliance with this sec- (e)(3)(ii) of this section fail to resolve tion. the mutual exclusivity, the applications will be processed on a first-come- [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 37 FR first-served basis. 18540, Sept. 13, 1972; 38 FR 25992, Sept. 17, 1973; 60 FR 55484, Nov. 1, 1995; 63 FR 33879, [63 FR 48632, Sept. 11, 1998, as amended at 64 June 22, 1998; 67 FR 13234, Mar. 21, 2002] FR 19502, Apr. 21, 1999; 65 FR 36382, June 8, 2000; 66 FR 15357, Mar. 19, 2001; 67 FR 45375, § 74.1235 Power limitations and an- July 9, 2002; 68 FR 26229, May 15, 2003; 71 FR tenna systems. 6229, Feb. 7, 2006; 76 FR 18953, Apr. 6, 2011] (a) An application for an FM trans- § 74.1234 Unattended operation. lator station filed by the licensee or permittee of the primary station to (a) A station authorized under this provide fill-in service within the pri- subpart may be operated without a des- mary station’s coverage area will not ignated person in attendance if the fol- be accepted for filing if it specifies an lowing requirements are met: effective radiated power (ERP) which (1) If the transmitter site cannot be exceeds 250 watts. reached promptly at all hours and in (b) An application for an FM trans- all seasons, means shall be provided so that the transmitting apparatus can be lator station, other than one for fill-in turned on and off at will from a point service which is covered in paragraph which is readily accessible at all hours (a) of this section, will not be accepted and in all seasons. for filing if it specifies an effective ra- (2) The transmitter shall also be diated power (ERP) which exceeds the equipped with suitable automatic cir- maximum ERP (MERP) value deter- cuits which will place it in a nonradi- mined in accordance with this para- ating condition in the absence of a sig- graph. The antenna height above aver- nal on the input channel. age terrain (HAAT) shall be determined (3) The on-and-off control (if at a lo- in accordance with § 73.313(d) of this cation other than the transmitter site) chapter for each of 12 distinct radials, and the transmitting apparatus, shall with each radial spaced 30 degrees be adequately protected against tam- apart and with the bearing of the first pering by unauthorized persons. radial bearing true north. Each raidal (4) The FCC in Washington, DC, At- HAAT value shall be rounded to the tention: Audio Division, Media Bureau, nearest meter. For each of the 12 radial shall be supplied by letter with the directions, the MERP is the value cor- name, address, and telephone number responding to the calculated HAAT in of a person or persons who may be con- the following tables that is appropriate tacted to secure suspension of oper- for the location of the translator. For ation of the translator promptly should an application specifying a nondirec- such action be deemed necessary by the tional transmitting antenna, the speci- Commission. Such information shall be fied ERP must not exceed the smallest kept current by the licensee. of the 12 MERP’s. For an application (5) Where the antenna and supporting specifying a directional transmitting structure are required to be painted antenna, the ERP in each azimuthal di- and lighted under the provisions of rection must not exceed the MERP for Part 17 of this chapter, the licensee the closest of the 12 radial directions. shall make suitable arrangements for (1) For FM translators located east of the daily inspection and logging of the the Mississippi River or in Zone I-A as obstruction lighting and associated described in § 73.205(b) of this chapter:

537

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00547 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.1235 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

Maximum 10 watts or less. For purposes of com- Radial HAAT (meters) ERP (MERP pliance with that section, FM trans- in watts) lators will be considered as Class D FM Less than or equal to 32 ...... 250 stations. 33 to 39 ...... 170 (1) Translator stations located within 40 to 47 ...... 120 48 to 57 ...... 80 125 kilometers of the Mexican border 58 to 68 ...... 55 may operate with an ERP up to 50 69 to 82 ...... 38 watts (0.050 kW) ERP. A booster sta- 83 to 96 ...... 27 97 to 115 ...... 19 tion may not produce a 34 dBu inter- 116 to 140 ...... 13 fering contour in excess of 32 km from Greater than or equal to 141 ...... 10 the transmitter site in the direction of the Mexican border, nor may the 60 (2) For FM translators located in all dBu service contour of the booster sta- other areas: tion exceed 8.7 km from the trans- Maximum mitter site in the direction of the Radial HAAT (meters) ERP (MERP Mexican border. in watts) (2) Translator stations located be- Less than or equal to 107 ...... 250 tween 125 kilometers and 320 kilo- 108 to 118 ...... 205 meters from the Mexican border may 119 to 130 ...... 170 131 to 144 ...... 140 operate with an ERP in excess of 50 145 to 157 ...... 115 watts, up to the maximum permitted 158 to 173 ...... 92 ERP of 250 watts per § 74.1235(b)(2). 174 to 192 ...... 75 However, in no event shall the location 193 to 212 ...... 62 213 to 235 ...... 50 of the 60 dBu contour lie within 116.3 236 to 260 ...... 41 km of the Mexican border. 261 to 285 ...... 34 (3) Applications for translator or 286 to 310 ...... 28 311 to 345 ...... 23 booster stations within 320 km of the 346 to 380 ...... 19 Canadian border may employ an ERP 381 to 425 ...... 15.5 up to a maximum of 250 watts, as speci- 426 to 480 ...... 13 481 to 540 ...... 11 fied in § 74.1235(a) and (b). The distance Greater than or equal to 541 ...... 10 to the 34 dBu interfering contour may not exceed 60 km in any direction. (c) The effective radiated power of (e) In no event shall a station author- FM booster stations shall be limited ized under this subpart be operated such that the predicted service contour with a transmitter power output (TPO) of the booster station, computed in ac- in excess of the transmitter certifi- cordance with § 73.313 paragraphs (a) cated rating. A station authorized through (d) of this chapter, may not under this subpart for a TPO that is extend beyond the corresponding serv- less than its transmitter certificated ice contour of the primary FM station rating shall determine its TPO in ac- that the booster rebroadcasts. In no cordance with § 73.267 of this chapter event shall the ERP of the booster sta- and its TPO shall not be more than 105 tion exceed 20% of the maximum allow- percent of the authorized TPO. able ERP for the primary station’s (f) Composite antennas and antenna class. arrays may be used where the total (d) Applications for FM translator ERP does not exceed the maximum de- stations located within 320 km of the termined in accordance with para- Canadian border will not be accepted if graphs (a), (b) or (c) of this section. they specify more than 50 watts effec- (g) Either horizontal, vertical, cir- tive radiated power in any direction or cular or elliptical polarization may be have a 34 dBu interference contour, cal- used provided that the supplemental culated in accordance with § 74.1204 of vertically polarized ERP required for this part, that exceeds 32 km. FM circular or elliptical polarization does translator stations located within 320 not exceed the ERP otherwise author- kilometers of the Mexican border must ized. Either clockwise or counter- be separated from Mexican allotments clockwise rotation may be used. Sepa- and assignments in accordance with rate transmitting antennas are per- § 73.207(b)(3) of this chapter and are lim- mitted if both horizontal and vertical ited to a transmitter power output of polarization is to be provided.

538

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00548 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.1237

(h) All applications must comply § 74.1236 Emission and bandwidth. with § 73.316, paragraphs (d) and (e) of (a) The license of a station author- this chapter. ized under this subpart allows the (i) An application that specifies use transmission of either F3 or other of a directional antenna must comply types of frequency modulation (see with § 73.316, paragraphs (c)(1) through § 2.201 of this chapter) upon a showing (c)(3) of this chapter. Prior to issuance of need, as long as the emission com- of a license, the applicant must: (1) plies with the following: Certify that the antenna is mounted in accordance with the specific instruc- (1) For transmitter output powers no tions provided by the antenna manu- greater than 10 watts, paragraphs (b), facturer; and (2) certify that the an- (c), and (d) of this section apply. tenna is mounted in the proper orienta- (2) For transmitter output powers tion. In instances where a directional greater than 10 watts, § 73.317 (a), (b), antenna is proposed for the purpose of (c), and (d) apply. providing protection to another facil- (b) Standard width FM channels will ity, a condition may be included in the be assigned and the transmitting appa- construction permit requiring that be- ratus shall be operated so as to limit fore program tests are authorized, a spurious emissions to the lowest prac- permittee: (1) Must submit the results ticable value. Any emissions including of a complete proof-of-performance to intermodulation products and radio- establish the horizontal plane radi- frequency harmonics which are not es- ation patterns for both the hori- sential for the transmission of the de- zontally and vertically polarized radi- sired aural information shall be consid- ation components; and, (2) must certify ered to be spurious emissions. that the relative field strength of nei- (c) The power of emissions appearing ther the measured horizontally nor outside the assigned channel shall be vertically polarized radiation compo- attenuated below the total power of nent shall exceed at any azimuth the the emission as follows: value indicated on the composite radi- Minimum at- ation pattern authorized by the con- tenuation struction permit. Distance of emission from center frequency below unmodulated NOTE: Existing licensees and permittees carrier that do not furnish data sufficient to cal- 120 to 240 kHz ...... 25 dB culate the contours in conformance with Over 240 and up to 600 kHz ...... 35 dB § 74.1204 will be assigned protected contours Over 600 kHz ...... 60 dB having the following radii: Up to 10 watts—1 mile (1.6 km) from trans- (d) Greater attenuation than that mitter site. specified in paragraph (c) of this sec- Up to 100 watts—2 miles (3.2 km) from transmitter site. tion may be required if interference re- Up to 250 watts—4 miles (6.5 km) from trans- sults outside the assigned channel. mitter site. [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 52 FR (j) FM translator stations authorized 31406, Aug. 20, 1987; 55 FR 50698, Dec. 10, 1990] prior to June 1, 1991, with facilities that do not comply with the ERP limi- § 74.1237 Antenna location. tation of paragraph (a) or (b) of this (a) An applicant for a new station to section, as appropriate, may continue be authorized under this subpart or for to operate, provided that operation is a change in the facilities of such a sta- in conformance with § 74.1203 regarding tion shall endeavor to select a site interference. Applications for major which will provide a line-of-sight changes in FM translator stations transmission path to the entire area must specify facilities that comply intended to be served and at which with paragraph (a) or (b) of this sec- there is available a suitable signal tion, as appropriate. from the primary station. The trans- [55 FR 50697, Dec. 10, 1990, as amended at 56 mitting antenna should be placed FR 56170, Nov. 1, 1991; 58 FR 42026, Aug. 6, above growing vegetation and trees 1993; 62 FR 51063, Sept. 30, 1997; 63 FR 33879, lying in the direction of the area in- June 22, 1998; 63 FR 36605, July 7, 1998] tended to be served, to minimize the

539

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00549 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.1250 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

possiblity of signal absorption by foli- (c) The following requirements must age. be met before translator, booster or ex- (b) Consideration should be given to citer equipment will be certificated in accessibility of the site at all seasons accordance with this section: of the year and to the availability of (1) Radio frequency harmonics and facilities for the maintenance and op- spurious emissions must conform with eration of the FM translator. the specifications of § 74.1236 of this (c) Consideration should be given to part. the existence of strong radiofrequency (2) The local oscillator or oscillators, fields from other transmitters at the including those in an exciter employed translator site and the possibility that to provide a locally generated and such fields may result in the retrans- modulated input signal to a translator mission of signals originating on fre- or booster, when subjected to vari- quencies other than that of the pri- ations in ambient temperature between mary station. minus 30 degrees and plus 50 degrees (d) The transmitting antenna of an centigrade, and in primary supply volt- FM booster station shall be located age between 85 percent and 115 percent within the protected contour of its pri- of the rated value, shall be sufficiently mary station, subject to Note, § 74.1231 stable to maintain the output center (h). The transmitting antenna of a frequency within plus or minus 0.005 commonly owned commercial FM percent of the operating frequency and translator station shall be located within the protected contour of its to enable conformance with the speci- commercial primary FM station. fications of § 74.1261 of this part. (e) Where an FM translator or boost- (3) The apparatus shall contain auto- er licensee or permittee proposes to matic circuits to maintain the power mount its antenna on or near an AM output in conformance with § 74.1235(e) tower, as defined in § 1.30002, the FM of this part. If provision is included for translator or booster licensee or per- adjusting the power output, then the mittee must comply with § 1.30003 or normal operating constants shall be § 1.30002. specified for operation at both the rated power output and the minimum [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 55 FR power output at which the apparatus is 50698, Dec. 10, 1990; 58 FR 42026, Aug. 6, 1993; 62 FR 51063, Sept. 30, 1997; 78 FR 66298, Nov. designed to operate. The apparatus 5, 2013] shall be equipped with suitable meters or meter jacks so that the operating § 74.1250 Transmitters and associated constants can be measured while the equipment. apparatus is in operation. (a) FM translator and booster trans- (4) Apparatus rated for transmitter mitting apparatus, and exciters em- power output of more than 1 watt shall ployed to provide a locally generated be equipped with automatic circuits to and modulated input signal to trans- place it in a nonradiating condition lator and booster equipment, used by when no input signal is being received stations authorized under the provi- in conformance with § 74.1263(b) of this sions of this subpart must be certifi- part and to transmit the call sign in cated upon the request of any manufac- conformance with § 74.1283(c)(2) of this turer of transmitters in accordance part. with this section and subpart J of part (5) For exciters, automatic means 2 of this chapter. In addition, FM shall be provided for limiting the level translator and booster stations may of the audio frequency voltage applied use FM broadcast transmitting appa- to the modulator to ensure that a fre- ratus verified or approved under the quency swing in excess of 75 kHz will provisions of part 73 of this chapter. not occur under any condition of the (b) Transmitting antennas, antennas modulation. used to receive signals to be rebroadcast, and transmission lines are not [55 FR 50698, Dec. 10, 1990, as amended at 63 subject to the requirement for certifi- FR 36606, July 7, 1998] cation.

540

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00550 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.1261

§ 74.1251 Technical and equipment (i) The license application may not modifications. propose to eliminate the authorized (a) No change, either mechanical or horizontally polarized ERP, if a hori- electrical, except as provided in part 2 zontally polarized ERP is currently au- of this chapter, may be made in FM thorized; translator or booster apparatus which (ii) The installed height of the an- has been certificated by the Commis- tenna radiation center is not increased sion without prior authority of the by more than two meters nor decreased Commission. by more than four meters from the au- (b) Formal application on FCC Form thorized height for the antenna radi- 349 is required of all permittees and li- ation center; and censees for any of the following (iii) The station is not presently au- changes: thorized with separate horizontal and (1) Replacement of the transmitter as vertical antennas mounted at different a whole, except replacement with a heights. Use of separate horizontal and transmitter of identical power rating vertical antennas requires a construc- which has been certificated by the FCC tion permit before implementation or for use by FM translator or FM booster changes. stations, or any change which could re- (8) Any change in area being served. sult in the electrical characteristics or (c) Changes in the primary FM sta- performance of the station. Upon the tion being retransmitted must be sub- installation or modification of the mitted to the FCC in writing. transmitting equipment for which (d) Any application proposing a prior FCC authority is not required change in the height of the antenna under the provisions of this paragraph, structure or its location must also in- the licensee shall place in the station clude the Antenna Structure Registra- records a certification that the new in- tion Number (FCC Form 854R) of the stallation complies in all respects with antenna structure upon which it pro- the technical requirements of this part poses to locate its antenna. In the and the terms of the station authoriza- event the antenna structure does not tion. have a Registration Number, either the (2) A change in the transmitting an- antenna structure owner shall file FCC tenna system, including the direction Form 854 (‘‘Application for Antenna of radiation or directive antenna pat- Structure Registration’’) in accordance tern. with part 17 of this chapter or the ap- (3) Any change in the overall height plicant shall provide a detailed expla- of the antenna structure except where nation why registration and clearance notice to the Federal Aviation Admin- are not required. istration is specifically not required [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 45 FR under § 17.14(b) of this chapter. 26068, Apr. 17, 1980; 47 FR 24580, June 7, 1982; (4) Any change in the location of the 50 FR 3525, Jan. 25, 1985; 50 FR 23710, June 5, translator or booster except a move 1985; 55 FR 50698, Dec. 10, 1990; 61 FR 4368, within the same building or upon the Feb. 6, 1996; 63 FR 33879, June 22, 1998; 63 FR same pole or tower. 36606, July 7, 1998; 65 FR 79780, Dec. 20, 2000] (5) Any horizontal change in the location of the antenna structure which § 74.1261 Frequency tolerance. would (i) be in excess of 152.4 meters (a) The licensee of an FM translator (500 feet), or (ii) would require notice to or booster station with an authorized the Federal Aviation Administration transmitter power output of 10 watts or pursuant to § 17.7 of the FCC’s rules. less shall maintain the center fre- (6) Any change in the output frequency at the output of the translator quency of a translator. within 0.01 percent of its assigned fre- (7) Any increase of authorized effec- quency. tive radiated power. FM translator and (b) The licensee of an FM translator booster stations may decrease ERP on or booster station with an authorized a modification of license application transmitter power output greater than provided that exhibits are included to 10 watts shall maintain the center fre- demonstrate that the following re- quency at the output of the translator quirements are met: or booster station in compliance with

541

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00551 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.1262 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

the requirement of § 73.1545(b)(1) of this discontinued operation and a projected chapter. date for the station’s return to oper- [55 FR 50699, Dec. 10, 1990] ation, substantiated by supporting doc- umentation. If the projected date for § 74.1262 Frequency monitors and the station’s return to operation can- measurements. not be met, another notification and (a) The licensee of a station author- further request for discontinued oper- ized under this subpart is not required ations must be submitted in conform- to provide means for measuring the op- ance with the requirements of this sec- erating frequency of the transmitter. tion. Within 48 hours of the station’s However, only equipment having the return to operation, the licensee must required stability will be approved for notify the Commission of such fact. All use by an FM translator or booster. notification must be in writing. (b) In the event that a station au- (d) The licensee of an FM translator thorized under this subpart is found to or booster station must notify the be operating beyond the frequency tol- Commission of its intent to perma- erance prescribed in § 74.1261, the li- nently discontinue operations at least censee shall promptly suspend operation of the station and shall not re- two days before operation is discon- sume operation until the station has tinued. Immediately after discontinu- been restored to its assigned frequency. ance of operation, the licensee shall Adjustment of the frequency deter- forward the station license and other mining circuits of an FM translator or instruments of authorization to the booster shall be made by a qualified FCC, Washington, DC for cancellation. person in accordance with § 74.1250(g). (e) Failure of an FM translator or booster station to operate for a period § 74.1263 Time of operation. of 30 or more consecutive days, except (a) The licensee of an FM translator for causes beyond the control of the li- or booster station is not required to ad- censee or authorized pursuant to para- here to any regular schedule of oper- graph (c) of this section, shall be ation. However, the licensee of an FM deemed evidence of discontinuation of translator or booster station is ex- operation and the license of the station pected to provide a dependable service may be cancelled at the discretion of to the extent that such is within its the Commission. Furthermore, the sta- control and to avoid unwarranted tion’s license will expire as a matter of interruptions to the service provided. law, without regard to any causes be- (b) An FM booster or FM translator yond control of the licensee or to any station rebroadcasting the signal of an AM or FM primary station shall not be authorization pursuant to paragraph permitted to radiate during extended (c) of this section, if the station fails to periods when signals of the primary transmit broadcast signals for any con- station are not being retransmitted. secutive 12-month period, notwith- Notwithstanding the foregoing, FM standing any provision, term, or condi- translators rebroadcasting Class D AM tion of the license to the contrary. stations may continue to operate dur- [55 FR 50699, Dec. 10, 1990, as amended at 61 ing nighttime hours only if the AM sta- FR 28768, June 6, 1996; 74 FR 45130, Sept. 1, tion has operated within the last 24 2009] hours. (c) The licensee of an FM translator § 74.1265 Posting of station license. or booster station must notify the Commission of its intent to dis- (a) The station license and any other continue operations for 30 or more con- instrument of authorization or indi- secutive days. Notification must be vidual order concerning the construc- made within 10 days of the time the tion of the station or the manner of op- station first discontinues operation eration shall be kept in the station and Commission approval must be ob- record file maintained by the licensee tained for such discontinued operation so as to be available for inspection to continue beyond 30 days. The notifi- upon request to any authorized rep- cation shall specify the causes of the resentative of the Commission.

542

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00552 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.1283

(b) The call sign of the translator or (3) The date, time and nature of ad- booster together with the name, adjustments, repairs or replacements dress, and telephone number of the li- made. censee or local representative of the li- (c) The station records shall be main- censee if the licensee does not reside in tained for inspection at a residence, of- the community served by the trans- fice, or public building, place of busi- lator or booster, and the name and ad- ness, or other suitable place, in one of dress of a person and place where sta- the communities of license of the tion records are maintained, shall be translator or booster, except that the displayed at the translator or booster station records of a booster or translator licensed to the licensee of the pri- site on the structure supporting the mary station may be kept at the same transmitting antenna, so as to be visi- place where the primary station ble to a person standing on the ground records are kept. The name of the per- at the transmitter site. The display son keeping station records, together shall be prepared so as to withstand with the address of the place where the normal weathering for a reasonable pe- records are kept, shall be posted in ac- riod of time and shall be maintained in cordance with § 74.1265(b) of the rules. a legible condition by the licensee. The station records shall be made [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 40 FR available upon request to any author- 24901, June 11, 1975] ized representative of the Commission. (d) Station logs and records shall be § 74.1269 Copies of rules. retained for a period of two years. The licensee or permittee of a station [48 FR 44807, Sept. 30, 1983] authorized under this subpart shall have a current copy of Volumes I (parts § 74.1283 Station identification. 0, 1, 2 and 17) and III (parts 73 & 74) of (a) The call sign of an FM broadcast the Commission’s Rules and shall make translator station will consist of the the same available for use by the oper- initial letter K or W followed by the ator in charge. Each such licensee or channel number assigned to the trans- permittee shall be familiar with those lator and two letters. The use of the rules relating to stations authorized initial letter will generally conform to under this subpart. Copies of the Com- the pattern used in the broadcast serv- mission’s Rules may be obtained from ice. The two letter combinations following the channel number will be as- the Superintendent of Documents, Gov- signed in order and requests for the as- ernment Printing Office, Washington, signment of particular combinations of DC 20402. letters will not be considered. [55 FR 50699, Dec. 10, 1990] (b) The call sign of an FM booster station will consist of the call sign of § 74.1281 Station records. the primary station followed by the (a) The licensee of a station author- letters ‘‘FM’’ and the number of the ized under this Subpart shall maintain booster station being authorized, e.g., WFCCFM–1. adequate station records, including the (c) A translator station authorized current instrument of authorization, under this subpart shall be identified official correspondence with the FCC, by one of the following methods. maintenance records, contracts, per- (1) By arranging for the primary sta- mission for rebroadcasts, and other tion whose station is being rebroadcast pertinent documents. to identify the translator station by (b) Entries required by § 17.49 of this call sign and location. Three such iden- chapter concerning any observed or tifications shall be made during each otherwise known extinguishment or day: once between 7 a.m. and 9 a.m., improper functioning of a tower light: once between 12:55 p.m. and 1:05 p.m. (1) The nature of such extinguish- and once between 4 p.m. and 6 p.m. Sta- ment or improper functioning. tions which do not begin their broad- (2) The date and time the extinguish- cast before 9 a.m. shall make their first ment of improper operation was ob- identification at the beginning of their served or otherwise noted. broadcast days. The licensee of an FM

543

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00553 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR § 74.1284 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

translator whose station identification whose programs are proposed to be re- is made by the primary station must transmitted. The Commission shall be arrange for the primary station li- notified of the call letters of each sta- censee to keep in its file, and to make tion rebroadcast and the licensee of the available to FCC personnel, the trans- FM translator shall certify that writ- lator’s call letters and location, giving ten consent has been received from the the name, address and telephone num- licensee of the station whose programs ber of the licensee or his service rep- are retransmitted. resentative to be contacted in the (c) An FM translator is not author- event of malfunction of the translator. ized to rebroadcast the transmissions It shall be the responsibility of the of any class of station other than an translator licensee to furnish current AM or FM broadcast station or another information to the primary station li- FM translator. censee for this purpose. (2) By transmitting the call sign in [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 74 FR 45130, Sept. 1, 2009] International Morse Code at least once each hour. Transmitters of FM broad- § 74.1290 FM translator and booster cast translator stations of more than 1 station information available on the watt transmitter output power must be Internet. equipped with an automatic keying de- The Media Bureau’s Audio Division vice that will transmit the call sign at provides information on the Internet least once each hour, unless there is in regarding FM translator and booster effect a firm agreement with the trans- stations, rules, and policies at http:// lator’s primary station as provided in www.fcc.gov/mb/audio. § 74.1283(c)(1) of this section. Trans- mission of the call sign can be accom- [67 FR 13234, Mar. 21, 2002] plished by: (i) Frequency shifting key; the car- ALPHABETICAL INDEX—PART 74 rier shift shall not be less than 5 kHz A Additional orders by FCC (All Services) ...... 74.28 nor greater than 25 kHz. Antenna, Directional (Aural STL/Relays) ...... 74.536 (ii) Amplitude modulation of the FM Antenna location— carrier of at least 30 percent modula- LPTV/TV Translator ...... 74.737 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1237 tion. The audio frequency tone use Antenna structure, marking and lighting (All 74.30 shall not be within 200 hertz of the Services). Emergency Broadcast System Atten- Antenna structure, Use of common (All Serv- 74.22 tion signal alerting frequencies. ices). Antenna systems (TV Auxiliaries) ...... 74.641 (d) FM broadcast booster stations Antennas (ITFS) ...... 74.937 shall be identified by their primary Application Processing—ITFS ...... 74.911 stations, by the broadcasting of the Application requirements of Part 73 applicable 74.910 to ITFS. primary station’s call signs and loca- Applications, Notification of filing (All Services) .. 74.12 tion, in accordance with the provisions Assignment, Frequency— of § 73.1201 of this chapter. Experimental Broadcast Station ...... 74.103 (e) The Commission may, in its dis- Remote Pickup ...... 74.402 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.502 cretion, specify other methods of iden- TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.602 tification. LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.702 ITFS ...... 74.902 [55 FR 50699, Dec. 10, 1990] FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1202 Authorization of equipment— § 74.1284 Rebroadcasts. Aural Auxiliary ...... 74.550 Remote Pickup ...... 74.451 (a) The term rebroadcast means the TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.655 reception by radio of the programs or Lw Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.851 ITFS ...... 74.952 other signals of a radio station and the FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1250 simultaneous retransmission of such Authorization, Temporary— programs or signals for direct recep- Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.537 tion by the general public. Remote Pickup ...... 74.433 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.633 (b) The licensee of an FM translator Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.833 shall not rebroadcast the programs of Authorized emission— any AM or FM broadcast station or Experimental Broadcast Station ...... 74.133 Remote Pickup ...... 74.462 other FM translator without obtaining Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.535 prior consent of the primary station TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.637

544

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00554 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission Pt. 74, Index

LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.736 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.651 ITFS ...... 74.936 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.751 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1236 Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.852 Authorized frequencies (remote broadcast pick- 74.402 ITFS ...... 74.951 up). FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1251 Automatic relay stations (Remote pickup) ...... 74.436 Equipment, Notification of— Avoidance of interference (TV Auxiliaries) ...... 74.604 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.550 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.655 ≤ BP=’02’ Equipment Performance— Bandwidth and emissions authorized— FM Tanslators/Boosters ...... 74.1250 Remote Pickup ...... 74.462 Equipment tests (All Services) ...... 74.13 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.535 Experimental Broadcast station ...... 74.101 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.736 Experimental Broadcast Station, Uses of ...... 74.102 IFTS ...... 74.936 Extension of station licenses, Temporary (All 74.16 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1236 Services). Boosters, Signal UHF translator ...... 74.733 Broadcast regulations applicable to LPTV, TV 74.780 F translators, and TV boosters. Filing of applications, Notification of (All Serv- 74.12 Broadcasting emergency information (All serv- 74.21 ices). ices). Frequencies, Authorized (Remote broadcast 74.402 pickup). C Frequency assignment— Changes of Equipment— Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.103 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.151 Remote Pickup ...... 74.402 Remote Pickup ...... 74.452 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.502 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.551 TV Auxiliary ...... 74.602 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.651 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.702 ITFS ...... 74.951 Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.802 Channel assignments (LPTV/TV Translator) ...... 74.702 ITFS ...... 74.902 Channels, Sound (TV Auxiliaries) ...... 74.603 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1202 Charges, Program Service, (Experimental 74.182 Frequency monitors and measurements— Broadcast Stations). Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.162 Classes of stations— Remote Pickup ...... 74.465 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.501 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.562 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.601 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.662 Construction permit, Statement of under- 74.112 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.762 standing, (Experimental Broadcast Stations). ITFS ...... 74.962 Copies of the rules— FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1262 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.769 Frequency tolerance— ITFS ...... 74.969 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.161 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1269 Remote Pickup ...... 74.464 Cross Reference (All Services) ...... 74.5 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.561 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.661 D LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.761 Definitions— ITFS ...... 74.961 General ...... 74.2 FM Translator/Boosters ...... 74.1261 Remote Pickup ...... 74.401 I LPTV/TV translators ...... 74.701 Identification of station— Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.801 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.183 ITFS ...... 74.901 Remote Pickup ...... 74.482 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1201 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.582 Directional antenna required (Aural STL/Relays) 74.536 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.682 E LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.783 Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.882 Emergency information Broadcasting (All Serv- 74.21 ITFS ...... 74.982 ices). FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1283 Emission authorized— Information on the Internet, FM translator and 74.1290 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.133 booster stations. Remote Pickup ...... 74.462 Inspection of station by FCC (All Services) ...... 74.3 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.535 Interference— TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.637 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.703 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.736 ITFS ...... 74.903 ITFS ...... 74.936 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1203 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1236 Interference avoidance (TV Auxiliaries) ...... 74.604 Equipment and installation— Interference—safety of life and property (All 74.23 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1250 Services). Equipment authorization— ITFS— Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.550 Application processing ...... 74.911 Remote Pickup ...... 74.451 Application requirements from part 73 74.910 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.655 Interference ...... 74.903 Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.851 Petition to deny ...... 74.912 ITFS ...... 74.952 Purpose and permissible service ...... 74.931 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1250 Response station hubs ...... 74.939 Equipment Changes— Response stations (individually li- 74.940 Experimental Broadcast Station ...... 74.151 censed). Remote Pickup ...... 74.452 Response stations (ITFS; individually 74.949 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.551 licensed). 545

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00555 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Pt. 74, Index 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–15 Edition)

Signal booster stations ...... 74.985 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.533 Transmission standards ...... 74.938 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.635 Wireless cable use ...... 74.990 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.734 ITFS ...... 74.934 L FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1234 Land mobile station protection (from LPTV) ...... 74.709 Operator requirements, General (All Services) .. 74.18 License period, Station (All Services) ...... 74.15 Orders, Additional (All Services) ...... 73.28 Licenses, Posting of— Ownership, Multiple— Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.165 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.134 Remote pickup broadcast stations ...... 74.432 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.732 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.564 P TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.664 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.765 Permissible service— Low power auxiliary stations ...... 74.832 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.531 ITFS ...... 74.965 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.631 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1265 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.731 Licenses, station, Temporary extension (All 74.16 Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.831 Services). ITFS ...... 74.931 Licensing requirements— FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1231 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.131 Petitions to deny: ITFS ...... 74.912 Remote Pickup ...... 74.432 Posting of licenses— Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.532 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.165 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.632 Remote pickup broadcast stations ...... 74.432 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.732 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.564 Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.832 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.664 ITFS ...... 74.932 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.765 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1232 Low power auxiliary stations ...... 74.832 Lighting and Marking of antenna structures (All 74.30 ITFS ...... 74.965 Services). FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1265 Power limitations— Limitations on power— Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.132 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.132 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.534 Remote Pickup ...... 74.461 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.636 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.534 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.735 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.636 ITFS ...... 74.935 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.735 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1235 ITFS ...... 74.935 Program or service tests (All Services) ...... 74.14 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1235 Program service, Charges (Experimental Broad- 74.182 LPTV, Broadcast rules applicable to ...... 74.780 cast Stations). M Protection by LPTV— To broadcast stations ...... 74.705 Marking and lighting of antenna structures (All 74.30 To other LPTV and TV Translator sta- 74.707 Services). tions. Modification of transmission systems— To Land Mobile stations ...... 74.709 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.751 Purpose of service— ITFS ...... 74.951 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.731 FM Translators and Boosters ...... 74.1251 ITFS ...... 74.931 Modulation limits— FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1231 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.663 ITFS ...... 74.970 R Modulation monitors and measurements (ITFS) 74.971 Rebroadcasts— Modulation requirements (Remote Pickup) ...... 74.463 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.184 Monitors and measurements, Frequency— LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.784 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.162 ITFS ...... 74.984 Remote Pickup ...... 74.465 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1284 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.562 Records, Station (Experimental Broadcast Sta- 74.181 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.662 tions). LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.762 Regulations, Broadcast, applicable to LPTV and 74.780 ITFS ...... 74.962 TV translators. FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1262 Relay stations, Automatic, (Remote Pickup) ...... 74.436 Multiple ownership— Remote pickup broadcast frequencies ...... 74.402 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.134 Remote control operation— LPTV/TV Translator ...... 74.732 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.533 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.634 N Remote pickup stations, Rules special to ...... 74.431 Notification of filing of applications (All Services) 74.12 Renewal, Supplementary report (Experimental 74.113 Broadcast Stations). O Response station hubs (ITFS) ...... 74.939 Operation, Remote control— Response stations (ITFS; individually licensed) 74.940 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.533 Rules, Copies of— TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.634 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.769 Operation, Short term (All Services) ...... 74.24 ITFS ...... 74.969 Operation, Time of— FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1269 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.163 Rules special to Remote Pickup stations ...... 74.431 LPTV/TV Translator ...... 74.763 ITFS ...... 74.963 S FM Translator/Boosters ...... 74.1263 Safety of life and property-interference jeopardy 74.23 Operation, Unattended (and/or attended)— (All services). 546

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00556 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission Pt. 76

Scope (of Subpart—General) ...... 74.1 TV translators, Broadcast rules applicable to 74.780 Service or program tests (All Services) ...... 74.14 (LPTV/TV Translators). Service, Permissible— Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.531 U TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.631 UHF translator signal boosters (LPTV/TV Trans- 74.733 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.731 lators). Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.831 Unattended operation— ITFS ...... 74.931 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.531 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1231 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.635 Service, Scope of (Low Power Auxiliaries) ...... 74.831 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.734 Short term operation (All services) ...... 74.24 ITFS ...... 74.934 Signal boosters— FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1234 UHF translator (LPTV/TV Translators) 74.733 Use of common antenna structure (All services) 74.22 ITFS ...... 74.985 V [Reserved] Sound channels (TV Auxiliaries) ...... 74.603 Statement of understanding (Construction per- 74.112 W mit-Experimental Broadcast Stations). Wireless cable usage of ITFS ...... 74.990 Station identification— X-Z [Reserved] Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.183 Remote Pickup ...... 74.482 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.582 [50 FR 38535, Sept. 23, 1985, as amended at 51 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.682 FR 34622, Sept. 30, 1986; 52 FR 37316, Oct. 6, LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.783 1987; 52 FR 47569, Dec. 15, 1987; 63 FR 33879, Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.882 June 22, 1998; 63 FR 65127, Nov. 25, 1998; 64 FR ITFS ...... 74.982 63744, Nov. 22, 1999] FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1283 Station inspection by FCC (All Services) ...... 74.3 Station license period (All Services) ...... 74.15 PART 76—MULTICHANNEL VIDEO Station records (Experimental Broadcast Sta- 74.181 tions). AND CABLE TELEVISION SERVICE T Technical requirements (Low Power Auxiliaries) 74.861 Subpart A—General Temporary authorizations— Remote Pickup ...... 74.433 Sec. Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.537 76.1 Purpose. TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.633 76.3 Other pertinent rules. Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.833 76.5 Definitions. Temporary extension of stations licenses (All 74.16 76.6 General pleading requirements. Services). 76.7 General special relief, waiver, enforce- Tests, Equipment (All Services) ...... 74.13 Tests, Service or program (All Services) ...... 74.14 ment, complaint, show cause, forfeiture, Time of operation— and declaratory ruling procedures. Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.163 76.8 Status conference. LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.763 76.9 Confidentiality of proprietary informa- ITFS ...... 74.963 tion. FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1263 76.10 Review. Tolerance, Frequency— Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.161 76.11 Lockbox enforcement. Remote Pickup ...... 74.464 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.561 Subpart B—Registration Statements TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.661 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.761 76.29 Special temporary authority. ITFS ...... 74.961 FM Translator/Boosters ...... 74.1261 Subpart C—Cable Franchise Applications Translator signal boosters, UHF (LPTV/TV 74.733 Translators). 76.41 Franchise application process. Translators, TV, Purpose of (LPTV/TV Trans- 74.731 lators). Transmission standards (ITFS) ...... 74.938 Subpart D—Carriage of Television Transmission system facilities (LPTV/TV Trans- 74.750 Broadcast Signals lators). Transmission systems, modification of— 76.51 Major television markets. LPTV/TV Translator ...... 74.751 76.53 Reference points. ITFS ...... 74.951 76.54 Significantly viewed signals; method FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1251 to be followed for special showings. Transmissions, Permissible (Low Power Auxil- 74.831 iaries). 76.55 Definitions applicable to the must- Transmitter power (Remote Pickup) ...... 74.461 carry rules. Transmitters and associated equipment (FM 74.1250 76.56 Signal carriage obligations. Translators/Boosters). 76.57 Channel positioning. TV boosters, Broadcast rules applicable to 74.780 76.59 Modification of television markets. (LPTV/TV Translators/TV Boosters. 76.60 Compensation for carriage. TV Broadcast station protection (from LPTV/TV 74.705 Translators). 76.61 Disputes concerning carriage. TV, Low Power and translators, protection to 74.707 76.62 Manner of carriage. (LPTV/TV Translators). 76.64 Retransmission consent. 547

VerDate Sep<11>2014 09:02 Dec 11, 2015 Jkt 235212 PO 00000 Frm 00557 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\235212.XXX 235212 jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with CFR